Specs Interactive Exhibits

TENDER NO.
GTC 400/2011
Construction of Kahramaa Awareness Park
KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK EXHIBITION SPECIFICATION

DOCUMENTATION
CONTENTS
1. CONTENTS
2. GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING REGISTER & ISSUE SHEET
3. GENERAL ARRANGEMENT TENDER DRAWINGS
4. PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE EXHIBITS DRAWING REGISTER & ISSUE SHEET
5. PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE EXHIBITS TENDER DRAWINGS
6. PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE EXHIBITS SCOPE OF WORKS
7. PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE EXHIBITS DETAILED CREATIVE BRIEFS
8. EXHIBITION ELEMENTS SCHEDULE OF FINISHES
9. GRAPHIC ARTWORK AND PRODUCTION SCHEDULE
10. GRAPHIC STYLING TENDER DOCUMENT
11. GRAPHIC ARTWORK, PRODUCTION AND INSTALLATION SPECIFICATION
12. DARK RIDE DRAWING REGISTER & ISSUE SHEET
13. DARK RIDE TENDER DRAWINGS
14. DARK RIDE SCOPE OF WORKS
15. DARK RIDE DETAILED CREATIVE BRIEFS
16. DARK RIDE SPECIFICATIONS
17. DARK RIDE PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
18. DARK RIDE VEHICLE TRANSPORTATION DESCRIPTION
19. DARK RIDE VEHICLE OPERATIONAL SPECIFICATION
20. COMPUTER INTERACTIVE SCOPE OF WORKS
21. COMPUTER INTERACTIVE DETAILED CREATIVE BRIEFS
22. COMPUTER INTERACTIVE APPROVAL STRATEGY
23. VIDEO PRODUCTIONS SCOPE OF WORKS
24. LV/IV DETAILED CREATIVE BRIEFS
25. LV/IV APPROVAL STRATEGY
26. NBS SPECIFICATIONS
JJA-MUSEUM AND EXHIBITION DESIGN CONSULTANTS
GTC 400/2011 1 Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs

Sec-11 50 00
TENDER NO. GTC 400/2011
KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK, DOHA, QATAR
JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES

25 Abbeville Mews, 88 Clapham Park Road, London SW4 7BX
Tel 0207 622 7277 Fax 0207 622 7278 E-mail admin@jjltd.co.uk
KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK (KEP) JJA JOB NO: 09.05

DRAWING REGISTER AND ISSUE SHEET
Sheet no. 1
Issue date/Revision
21.12.10
05.11.10
Drawing no. Drawing title
09.05.01 GA Ground Floor Exhibition General Arrangment A
09.05.02 GA Mezzanine & Tower Level Exhibition General Arrangment A
09.05.03 GA Section A-A
09.05.04 GA Ground Floor Exhibition Graphic Location Plan A
09.05.05 GA Mezzanine & Tower Exhibition Graphic Location Plan A
09.05.06 GA 1.2 Reception Desk Details
09.05.07 GA 1.2 Reception Desk Details (2 of 2)
09.05.08 GA 7.1 Tower Plan & Section
09.05.09 GA 3.0 Upholstered Bench Detail
09.05.10 GA Lighting Archway Detail
09.05.11 GA Wayfinding Totem Details
Distribution/Copies
John Kress (Cubitt UK Architects)
Walid Ibrahim (Cubitt Qatar Architects)
Legend:
Notes:
Please acknowledge receipt of this issue by return
1
Sec-11 50 00
6.8 6.3
6.2
6.7
6.1
6.4
6.5
11.0
6.13
6.6
5.14
Bench seating see Architects FF&E schedule for detail
Curved glass partition
- see Architects drawings for detail
6.0
10.2 5.0
4.4 Curved glass partition with applied graphics
- see Architects drawings for detail
4.1
4.3 4.0
4.5 4.6
4.2a 4.2
glass ballustrade - see Architects drawings for detail
6.12
3.0 2.0 FOR TENDER

1.2
REV A NOTE Revision to base plan DATE 21.12.10
TITLE
RECEPTION
GROUND FLOOR EXHIBITION GENERAL ARRANGMENT

1.0 LOBBY TO PROJECT
THEATRE
KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - DOHA
1.1
1.1a JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES
25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
6.10 LOBBY
88 CLAPHAM PARK ROAD
LONDON
SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277
6.9 6.11
SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
UPPER GROUND FLOOR PLAN 1:300@ a3 09.05.01 GA OCT 2010 A

Sec-11 50 00
EEE
LLL
+++777
...
000
000
MEZZ. F.F.L
EXHIBITION
EXHIBITION
B3 M-06
MALE TOILETS
EXHIBITION B3 M-10
COMPETITIONS AREA1 B3 M-14

B3 M-09 SCIENCE EXPERIMENTS
B3 M-03
B3 M-13
STAIR CASE-5
B3 M-15
school rooms
DN DN
WASTEFUL HOUSE
8.10 STAIR CASE-4
STAIR CASE-4 CORRIDOR & laboratories
EEE
LLL
+++777
...
000000
MEZZ. F.F.L
H
A-401
CORRIDOR
CORRIDOR
EEE
LLL
+++
777
...
000
000
B3 M-11 B3 M-12
DN
B3 M-05 B3 M-16
ENERGY EFFICIENT HOUSE MEZZ. F.F.L B3 M-04
8.0 DN DN
FEMALE TOILETS
B3 M-17
LIFT LOBBY STAIR CASE-2
COMPETITIONS AREA2
B3 M-02
EEE
LLL
+++
T.O.P
888
...
111
000
8.1 B3 M-07
B3 M-08
8.8 EEE
LLL
+++
T.O.P
888
...
111
000
LIFT
EEE
LLL
+++
777
...
000
000
8.2 LIFT LIFT
8.7
8.3 8.6
MEZZ. F.F.L
8.4 8.5
STAIR CASE-3
STAIR CASE-3
B3 M-18
B3 M-01
LIFT
DN
8.9 OPEN TO BELOW 8.9 LIFT

DN
STAIR CASE-1
EEE
LLL
+++
111
...
222
000
F.F.L B3 M-19
EEE
LLL
+++
222
...
444
555 EEE
LLL
+++
333
...
333
000 EEE
LLL
+++
111
...
666
000
F.F.L F.F.L F.F.L
DN
8.9
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
555
000 LIFT
F.F.L
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
555
000
F.F.L
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
GRD F.F.L EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
EEE
LLL
+++
444
...
888
000
GRD F.F.L
F.F.L
EEE
LLL
+++
444
...
888
000
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555
F.F.L
F.F.L
Water fountain Water fountain

EEE
LLL
+++
444
...
222
000
UP EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555 F.F.L UP
F.F.L
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555 EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555
EEE
LLL
+++
555
...
444
000
F.F.L EEE
LLL
+++
555
...
444
000 F.F.L
F.F.L
F.F.L
FOR TENDER
EEE
LLL
+++
666
...
000
000
EEE
LLL
+++
666
...
000
000 F.F.L
F.F.L
PANORAMIC AREA
EEE
LLL
+++
333
...
666
000
TITLE
B3 PA-01 F.F.L EEE
LLL
...+++
222
222
...
555
000
EL. T.O.P
MEZZANINE & TOWER LEVEL

UP UP
EXHIBITION GENERAL ARRANGMENT
WALL WITH GRAPHICS PROJECT
7.1
GRAPHICS GRAPHICS EEE
LLL
+++
444
...
222
000

SECTION SECTION EEE
LLL
+++
666
...
666
000 EEE
LLL
+++
666
...
666
000
F.F.L
LINE LINE F.F.L F.F.L
BENCH BENCH
KAHRAMAA EDUCATION
PARK MODEL
STAIR CASE
TELESCOPES
DN
TELESCOPES 25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
B3 PA-02
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555 EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555
F.F.L F.F.L
DN EEE
LLL
+++
333
F.F.L
111
...
000
000
LONDON
SW4 7BX
DROPPED CEILING
LIGHTING EFFECT FLOOR IN SKY BLUE RUBBER
7.0 T. 020 7622 7277

TOWER FLOOR PLAN 1:25 @ a3 09.05.02 GA OCT 2010 A

Sec-11 50 00
B1
7.0 BUILDING FOR
PANORAMIC AREA
RF-01
ENERGY SAVING (TOWER)
4000 lumen hi-res projectors (or similar to specialist contractors spec)

location and quantity tbc by specialist contractor
Base & loudspeaker located in service area beyond

projection screen
specialist perforated aluminium projection surface
PROJECTION GANTRY
(tbc by specialist contractor)
4.5 LIGHT
90
SCULPTURE
0
lighting gantry for specialist lighting

access ladder 8.9 HANGING SCREENS
exact location tbc
8.0 MEZZANINE STAIR CASE
EXHIBITS B1 G-44
3.0 THE PEARL

4.4 MUSICAL
1.0 LOBBY & FOUNTAIN
RECEPTION 6.7 CO2 EXHIBIT
PRE RIDE
GRAPHICS WALL
RIDE TUNNEL 6.12 INTRO AREA
access panel EXHIBITION
upholstered bench seating with upholstered headrest

EXHIBITION LEVEL WATER FOR GARDEN
B1 G-46
DESALINATION
smooth acoustic plaster finish B1 G-43
2m diameter puffersphere globe

9.0 THE GARDEN
ASSEMBLAGE
Entrance from lobby area doors to architects detail

AREA
FOR QATAR
GALLERY ASSEMBLAGE
MAIN ENTRANCE
Exit into pre-ride discovery area .Doors to architects detail
B1 G-40
B1 G-06
AND RECEPTION AREA
1850
B1 G-01 B1 G-38
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...333
000
EEE
LLL
+++
000
F.F.L
...555
000
TRACK 6.10 DESALINATION MODEL
F.F.L
(VIEWED FROM MAIN GALLERY)

STAIR CASE
5.0 DARK RIDE

B1 G-47
LOBBY
5000
B1 B-01
4600
TRAIN
TRAIN WINDOW CYCLORAMA
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE DOOR
B1 B-26
VIEWING DIRECTION
hydraulic lift for central spherical puffersphere
5.8 DESALINATION MODEL
CORRIDOR WATER
to specialist contractors detail B1 B-07 DESALINATION
B1 B-05
EXHIBITION AREA
B1 B-06
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
SECTION A-A
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277
1:300 @ a3 09.05.03 GA OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00
TOILETS TOILETS
Construction of Kahramaa Awareness Park F.F.L
ROOM TOILETS
B3 G-62 B3 G-45
B3 G-63 B3 G-40
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000 EXHIBITION
F.F.L B3 G-48
PRAYER
ROOM STORE
STORE SOLAR HOUSE UP UP
STAIR CASE-2 B3 G-46 B3 G-39
STAIR CASE-4
B3 G-61 B3 G-57
B3 G-49
STAIR CASE-4
B3 G-47
B3 G-56 CORRIDOR
B3 G-44 MALE
WG7 WG8 TOILETS
UP
STAIR CASE-5
B3 G-38
B3 G-37
JANITOR
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000 EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
DN
F.F.L B3 G-60 EEE

LLL
+++
000
...
333
000 F.F.L EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
DN
F.F.L F.F.L
STORE EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000 UP GWP3 CORRIDOR
LOADING AREA
F.F.L TEMPORARY
B3 G-64
MULTI-PURPOSE GWP4 B3 G-42

B3 G-34
10.0
EXHIBITION
LOADING
AREA EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
B3 G-59
WG3 B3 G-41
F.F.L
6.3
B3 G-65
LIFT LOBBY
6.2 G2
6.8
FROM EX. LEVEL(2)
AV. CONTROL RM
LOBBY CORRIDOR
CORRIDOR B3 G-72
B3 G-35
B3 G-66
B3 G-58
B3 G-71 EXHIBITION
6.8G1 6.2 G1
B3 G-55
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
WP52 F.F.L
6.2 6.1 G3 STAIR-3
B3 G-36
B3
KITCHEN
G-67
6.4 G1 6.1 G4 DRESSER
6.7G6 6.7 6.7G5 6.1 G5

B3 G-33
WP57
6.4 G2 EXHIBITION WG14
WP58
6.4 G3
6.1
STAIR-3 B3 G-43
WG13 B3 G-68 EEE

LLL
+++
111
F.F.L
...
222000
WATER
6.4 G4 6.1 G2 TOILET
6.4
DESALINATION
6.1 G1
UP UP
6.7G4 STAIR CASE-1 FIRST AID B3 G-32
6.7G3 OPEN TO BELOW

B3 G-50
B3 G-27 B3 G-28 CORRIDOR
6.4 G5
B3 G-31
EEE
LLL
+++
222
...
444
555 EEE
LLL
+++
111
...
666
000
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
F.F.L 6.5 G2 F.F.L GENERAL MANAGER
F.F.L WP56 B3 G-30
6.5 G1 6.5 G3 DN
6.7G2
UP
TO EX LEVEL(1)
6.7G1 GWP2 6.5 UP
LOBBY
B3
PANTRY
G-29 OFFICE
B3 G-26
WP54 WP52 6.13 G1

11.0
B3 G-25
SHOP
6.13
TO EX. LEVEL(2) FROM EX. LEVEL(1)
B3 G-69
B3
CAFETERIA
G-70
6.6 ASSEMBLAGE
AREA
GWP1 MALE
TOILETS
FEMALE
TOILETS B3
OFFICE
G-24
EEE
LLL
---
000
...
111
111
555 B3 G-51
B3 G-20
B3 G-21
F.F.L
OFFICE EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
F.F.L
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
555
000 B3 G-19
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
555
000 F.F.L
6.0
F.F.L
10.2G1 FROM GR.LEVEL
B3
OFFICE
G-18 B3
CORRIDOR
G-22
OFFICE
B3 G-23
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
F.F.L
5.0
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
000
777
555
10.2
F.F.L
10.2G1 4.4 EEE

LLL
+++
000
F.F.L
...
555
000
Water fountain
4.3 G1 4.1
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
555
000
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
555
000 EEE
LLL
---
000
...
555
000
F.F.L
4.7 G1
4.3 4.0
F.F.L F.F.L EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
555
000 ADMIN. RECEPTION
F.F.L
4.1G1/ x 8 B3 G-17
4.1G2/ x 24
4.5 B3
EXHIBITION
G-48 G-54
4.2aG1 4.2aG2 4.2G1 EXHIBITION
B1B3 4.6 EEE

LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
4.2G2
ASSEMBLAGE G-52
10.2G1 AREA
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
555
000
F.F.L F.F.L
4.2a
B3 G-53
4.2 B3
SERVICE
G-15
F.C CENTER
B3 G-16
EEE
LLL
---
222
...
999
000
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000 EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
F.F.L
F.F.L EEE
LLL
---
000
...
555
000 EEE
LLL
---
000
...
555
000 F.F.L
F.F.L F.F.L FROM
EEE
LLL
---
222
...
333
000
F.F.L
BASEMENT
EEE
LLL
---
222
...
111
333
555 EEE
LLL
---
222
...
999
000
6.12 G3 F.F.L F.F.L
6.12 G1 6.12 G2
6.12
UP
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000 THEATER
UP
EEE
LLL
+++
333
...
333
000 F.F.L DN
B3 G-14
F.F.L
POOL POOL
FEMALE
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555 B3 G-08 B3 G-10 EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555
TOILETS F.F.L
F.F.L
UP UP
B3 G-07
STAIR CASE-4 STAIR CASE-2 STAIR CASE-4
B3 SE-02 B3 SE-03 B3 SE-05 EEE

LLL
---
000
...
999
111
111
3.0
DN DN F.F.L DN
2.0 FOR TENDER

MALE
WG9 WG10 TOILETS

BACK OFFICE
B3 G-03
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
B3 G-05 JANITOR
F.F.L
DN
JANITOR B3 G-06
B3 G-04
DN
UP
1.2 G1 GALLERY
B3 G-09
TO GROUND FLOOR LEVEL
LIFT LOBBY
WG4
1.2 TITLE
FROM B3 SE.-08 UP
RECEPTION
UP
RECEPTION EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
F.F.L
333
000
EX.LEVEL(2) B3 G-02
GROUND FLOOR EXHIBITION GRAPHIC LOCATION PLAN

1.0
BASEMENT
LLL
+++
EEE 000
...
333
000
1.1 G3 F.F.L
CORRIDOR
LOBBY TO
2.0G1 PROJECT
WG 1 B3 G-11 UP
WG 2
UP
1.1 G2 THEATRE
LOBBY
6.10G2 B3 G-12
PROJECTOR
1.1 G1
B3 G-13
MAIN ENTRANCE
6.10G2
1.1a
EEE
LLL
+++
111
...
222
000 EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
1.1
AND RECEPTION

F.F.L F.F.L
6.10
B3 G-01
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
F.F.L
6.9G2 6.10G3 LOBBY

6.9G3 6.10G1 6.10G1 6.11G6 88 CLAPHAM PARK ROAD
6.9G4
OPEN TO BELOW
6.11G5x6 LONDON
SW4 7BX
6.9 6.10G2 6.10G2
6.11
T. 020 7622 7277
6.9G1 6.11G3 EEE
LLL
---
000
...
555
000
EEE
LLL
---
000
...
555
000
EEE
LLL
+++
333
...
333
000 EXHIBITION
OPEN EXHIBITION 6.11G4 F.F.L
F.F.L
TO
F.F.L
B3 SE-04
6.11G1 SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
6.11G2
EX.LEVEL(3)
GTC 400/2011
LEVEL(3)
UPPER GROUND FLOOR PLAN 6
Water fountain
1:300@ a3 09.05.04 GA OCT 2010 A
Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs
EEE
LLL
...±±±
000
...
000
000 Sec-11 50 00
EEE
LLL
+++777
...
000000
MEZZ. F.F.L
EXHIBITION
EXHIBITION
B3 M-06
MALE TOILETS
EXHIBITION B3 M-10
COMPETITIONS AREA1 B3 M-14

B3 M-09 SCIENCE EXPERIMENTS
B3 M-03
8.10G3 B3 M-13
STAIR CASE-5
B3 M-15
school rooms
DN DN
WASTEFUL HOUSE
8.10 8.10G1 STAIR CASE-4
WG11 WG12
STAIR CASE-4 CORRIDOR & laboratories
EEE
LLL
+++777
...
000
000
MEZZ. F.F.L
H
A-401
CORRIDOR
CORRIDOR
EEE
LLL
+++
777
...
000
000
B3 M-11 B3 M-12
DN
B3 M-05 B3 M-16
ENERGY EFFICIENT HOUSE MEZZ. F.F.L B3 M-04
8.10G2 8.0 DN DN
FEMALE TOILETS
8.1
B3 M-17
8.10G3 LIFT LOBBY STAIR CASE-2
COMPETITIONS AREA2
8.7G1
8.7G1
B3 M-08
WG5
B3 M-07
B3 M-02
EEE
LLL
+++888
...
111
000 EEE
LLL
+++
T.O.P
888
...
111000
LIFT
8.8
T.O.P
8.7G2 x 3
8.1 8.3G1
8.3G2
LIFT LIFT
EEE
LLL
+++
777
...
000
000
8.6G1 x 2
8.3G3 8.7
MEZZ. F.F.L
8.2 8.4G1 8.5G1 STAIR CASE-3
8.4G2 8.5G2
8.6
STAIR CASE-3
8.3 WG16
B3 M-18
WG15 B3 M-01
8.4G3
LIFT 8.4 8.5
DN
8.9 OPEN TO BELOW 8.9 LIFT

DN
STAIR CASE-1
EEE
LLL
+++
111
...
222
000
F.F.L B3 M-19
EEE
LLL
+++
222
...
444
555 EEE
LLL
+++
333
...
333
000 EEE
LLL
+++
111
...
666
000
F.F.L F.F.L F.F.L
DN
8.9
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
555
000 LIFT
F.F.L
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
555
000
F.F.L
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
GRD F.F.L EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
333
000
EEE
LLL
+++
444
...
888
000
GRD F.F.L
F.F.L
EEE
LLL
+++
444
...
888
000
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555
F.F.L
F.F.L

EEE
LLL
+++
444
...
222
000
UP EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555 F.F.L UP
F.F.L
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555 EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555
EEE
LLL
+++
555
...
444
000
F.F.L EEE
LLL
+++
555
...
444
000 F.F.L
F.F.L
F.F.L
EEE
LLL
+++
666
...
000
000
EEE
LLL
+++
666
...
F.F.L
000
000
FOR TENDER
F.F.L
PANORAMIC AREA
EEE
LLL
+++
333
...
666
000
B3 PA-01 F.F.L EEE
LLL
...+++
222
222
...
555
000
EL. T.O.P TITLE
GWP5 PROJECT
MEZZANINE & TOWER EXHIBITION GRAPHIC
TOWER FLOOR PLAN
LOCATION PLAN
UP UP
WALL WITH GRAPHICS
7.1
GRAPHICS GRAPHICS EEE
LLL
+++
444
...
222
000
SECTION SECTION EEE
LLL
+++
666
...
666
000 EEE
LLL
+++
666
...
666
000
LINE LINE
F.F.L
F.F.L F.F.L PROJECT

BENCH BENCH
7.1 G2 7.1 G1
KAHRAMAA EDUCATION
PARK MODEL
STAIR CASE
TELESCOPES
7.0 DN
TELESCOPES JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES
25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
B3 PA-02
EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555 EEE
LLL
+++
000
...
111
555
F.F.L F.F.L
DN EEE
LLL
+++
333
F.F.L
111
...
000
000
LONDON
DROPPED CEILING
LIGHTING EFFECT
7.1 G3 x10
SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277
WG6
GTC 400/2011 7
1:25 @ a3 09.05.05 GA
OCT 2010 A
Sec-11 50 00
FOR TENDER

Sec-11 50 00
FOR TENDER

Sec-11 50 00
FOR TENDER

Sec-11 50 00
COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES

1.DO NOT SCALE OFF DRAWING
2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK
3. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONS
5 THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN IS VESTED IN THE DESIGNERS
NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY
CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL
INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT.
ALL EXHIBITS TO BE FABRICATED TO CONFORM TO LOCAL
HEALTH AND SAFETY LEGISLATION
SECTION A-A 1:50
upholstered head rest to dims shown

230 A upholstered bench seats to perimeter of 'Pearl' Theatre
120
F.F.L
upholstered seat pad to dims shown

575
460 a pprox
6mm ply/MDF curved to radius shown 6260
384
9707
suitable prepared to recieve spray paint finish 3.0
FOR TENDER
145
REV NOTE DATE

TITLE
F.F.L
45
BASEMENT AREA 3 UPHOLSTERED BENCH DETAIL

CORRIDOR
B1 G-11
MDF/ply on s/wood formers to suit PROJECT
400 KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - DOHA

310

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
SW4 7BX
100
A T. 020 7622 7277
PLAN 1:1200 SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
DETAIL 1:10 VARIES 09.05.09 GA OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00
NOTE:
DRAWING IS TO PROVIDE INDICATIVE DIMENSIONAL
line of archway
250
INFORMATION AND IS SUGGESTIVE OF EXHIBIT PROFILE ONLY
M/steel 'fixing shoe' or similar to suit of appropriate dimensions CONTRACTOR IS WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE
suitably anchored to structural slab - to structural engineers detail STRUCTURAL CORRECTNESS AND IS TO PROVIDE SHOP
DRAWINGS AND STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS
AS SUBMISSIONS FOR APPROVAL BY EXHIBITION DESIGNER

screed to architects detail
Concrete slab
SECTION AT BASE 1:5

650mm diameter brushed st/steel cylinder to house overhead projector
(exhibits 6.1 &6.6)
800
650
250
240
180
120
structure to incorporate accessible area for housing
4600 approx
AV/power cables as necessary

SECTIONAL PLAN 1:5 CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL
track lighting to recess to inner face of lighting archway INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT.

st/steel faced and edged curved archway to HEALTH AND SAFETY LEGISLATION
4600mm o/a height - See exhibit layout drawings for location
REV NOTE
FOR TENDER
DATE
TITLE
LIGHTING ARCHWAY DETAIL
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277

1:25 @ a3 09.05.10 GA OCT 2010
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT
GTC 400/2011 12
TYPICAL FRONT ELEVATION 1:5 Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs
Sec-11 50 00
6mm foamex graphic panel suitably fixed to monolith fascia 6x6mm anodized aluminum angle to all exposed edges and corners to graphic panel NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY
number of faces dependant on location (see graphic location plan for detail CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL

988 HEALTH AND SAFETY LEGISLATION
1000
m/steel framework to suit
2600
screed to architects detail

M/steel 'fixing shoe' or similar to suit of appropriate dimensions
marble/granite slabs appropriately fixed to framework Concrete slab

suitably anchored to structural slab - to structural engineers detail
Concrete slab
FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 M/steel 'fixing shoe' or similar to suit of appropriate dimensions screed to architects detail
brushed st/steel kicker

suitably anchored to structural slab - to structural engineers detail
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
Wayfinding monolith faced in granite/marble ( to match floor finish to lobby - TITLE
See Architects spec for detail) All edges to have mitred joints WAYFINDING TOTEM DETAILS
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277
1.DO NOT SCALE OFF DRAWING SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
3. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS 1:25 @ a3 09.05.11 GA OCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00


Sheet no. 1
Issue date/Revision
21/12/10
9/12/10
5/11/10
09.05.1.1 PI 1.1 Practical Interactive Details
09.05.1.1a PI 1.1a Practical Interactive Details
09.05.4.1 PI Interactive graphic details
09.05.6.1 PI 6.1 Practical Interactive Details (1 of 2)
09.05.6.1.1 PI 6.1.1 Practical Interactive Details (2 of 2)
09.05.6.4/5 PI 6.4/6.5 Practical Interactive Details (1 of 3)
09.05.6.4/5.1 PI 6.4/6.5 Practical Interactive Details (2 of 3)
09.05.6.6.1 PI 6.6 Practical Interactive Details (2 of 2)
09.05.8.1-8.4 PI 8.1-8.4 Practical Interactive Details
09.05.8.3/4 PI 8.3/8.4 Practical Interactive Details
09.05.8.5/6/7 PI 8.5/8.6/8.7 Practical Interactive Details
09.05.8.10 PI 8.10 Practical Interactive Details(1 of 2)
09.05.4.4PI 4.4 Practical Interactive Details
Distribution/Copies
Legend:
Notes:

1
Sec-11 50 00

Hollow section st/steel sphere
spherical device with negative charges

clear acrylic tube housing electrical rollers
or sim to suit
1700
1010
480
930
Plastic laminate faced plinth with secure access
290
to switching etc
FRONT ELEVATION 1:25

Note: Contractor to be wholly responsibile for the electrical safety of exhibit
Contractor to ensure that all local Health and safety criteria are met
0
50
7
20
Inset contrasting floor pattern by others
1090
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
1.1 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS
PROJECT
2060
25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
1.DO NOT SCALE OFF DRAWING 88 CLAPHAM PARK ROAD
2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THECOMMENCEMNET OF ANY SHOP
DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK
LONDON
3. ANY DISPCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED SW4 7BX
IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR T. 020 7622 7277
COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT
PLAN 1:25 1:25 @ a3 09.05.1.1 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00

Circular Marble base to water bowls exhibit to dims shown
Stainless steel bowls with appropriate drainage to dimensions shown INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT.
Water 'squirt' device suitably fixed to centre of each bowl HEALTH AND SAFETY LEGISLATION
3540
Dancing water bowls exhibit comprises a series of stainless steel bowls fitted with directional water squirting
devices which are programmed to propel droplets of water from one bowl to another
900
700
610

170
Marble base unit to incorporate all necessary
drainage, pumps, water filtration to facilitate
full and safe operation of water feature.

4
62
Base to incorporate all necessary access
to designers approval
9
3230
58
FOR TENDER
2
96
REV NOTE DATE

TITLE
1.1a PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THECOMMENCEMNET OF ANY SHOP SW4 7BX
3. ANY DISPCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED T. 020 7622 7277
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR
COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
PLAN 1:25 1:25 @ a3 09.05.1.1a PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00

Brushed st/steel side returns Di bond faced interactive discs suitably spaced off glass partition
fixings to be confirmed
125
4.1 G1(See graphic spec for detail)
500
70
O/a thickness of partition to Architects Detail
180
SECTION 1:10
NOTE : Method of Interaction with graphics to be
finalised
Contractor to allow for 3 no interactive mechanisms
such as
1. Lift the flap
2. Internal swivel reveal
3. Lenticular sliders
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
4.1 G2(See graphic spec for detail) 88 CLAPHAM PARK ROAD
LONDON
SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
1:10 @ a3 09.05.4.1 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00

graphic backdrop (see graphics spec for detail)

4.2 G1 (See graphic spec for detail) HEALTH AND SAFETY LEGISLATION
brushed st/steel upstand to graphic backdrop
RFID SCANNER TO BE LOCATED ON EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP
EXACT LOCATION TBC
830
100
540
760
brushed st/steel uprights secretly fixed to structural slab fixed to upstand at
490
appropriate centres
FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 brushed st/steel fascia to incorporate feature expressed gap join at 1oomm above base
2322
9°
23
working model of the Al- Jazari water raising pump
to be fabricated in materials selected to mimic the original

2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP
4.2 G1 (See graphic spec for detail) DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK
3. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED
3074 COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT
214°
553 46
1
brushed st/steel countertop and fascia to profile shown
400
316°
148° 4.2 G2(See graphic spec for detail)

FOR TENDER
308°
400
2959
REV NOTE DATE

2326
1760 TITLE
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
210° 88 CLAPHAM PARK ROAD
LONDON
SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277
line of support plinth below. plinth to allow for secure access to
PLAN 1:25 any mechanical and electrical workings housed within. Location and method for securing to designers approval 1:25 @ a3 09.05.4.2 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00
COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY
1. DO NOT SCALE OFF DRAWING graphic backdrop (see graphics spec for detail)
2. ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP
DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL
IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT.
4.2a G1(See graphic spec for detail)
5 THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN IS VESTED IN THE DESIGNERS ALL EXHIBITS TO BE FABRICATED TO CONFORM TO LOCAL
EXACT LOCATION TBC
100
540
760
brushed st/steel uprights secretly fixed to structural slab fixed to upstand at
490
appropriate centres
FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 brushed st/steel fascia to incorporate feature expressed gap join at 1oomm above base
3785
working model of the Taqi-Al-Din six cylinder pump
to be fabricated in materials selected to mimic the original
2322 graphic backdrop (see graphics spec for detail)

23
9°
4.2a G1(See graphic spec for detail) brushed st/steel upstand to graphic backdrop
3096 570
1184
2 148°
44°
46
FOR TENDER
474
52°
REV NOTE DATE
295
0
° 229 TITLE
146 4.2a PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS
9
1808 PROJECT

4.2a G2(See graphic spec for detail) brushed st/steel countertop and fascia to profile shown 25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
210° SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277
any mechanical and electrical workings housed within. Location and method for securing to designers approval SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
PLAN 1:25 1:25 @ a3 09.05.4.2a PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00
50
1060 950
1375 NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY
4590 857

3770 ALL EXHIBITS TO BE FABRICATED TO CONFORM TO LOCAL

271°
EXACT LOCATION TBC

112°
lighting and projection systems housed within. Location and method for securing to designers approval
48
2 6
83
84 brushed st/steel freestanding archway with integral lighting and power /data cabling and suitable fixings for
overhead projector system

35
67
400mm o/all diameter glass tube housing inner tube filled with neon or appropriate gass
formulated to ionize (glow) with streams of light to emulate lighening.
Unit to be installed complete with all appropriate safety systems such as firemans switching
14 housed in base
6°
lightning cut out for strobe lighting effect
exact profile to designers approval
118°
Note: The Contractor is to be wholly responsible for
°
79
the structural correctness of all elements and is to provide
795
shop drawings and structural calculations with
submission of information
1946 FOR TENDER
for sign off by designer
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE

(1 of 2)
PROJECT

plastic laminate fascia and countertop with cut outl ightning shape faced in acrylic diffuser to allow
strobe lightening effect to countertop JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
1. DO NOT SCALE OFF DRAWING 88 CLAPHAM PARK ROAD
2. ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP LONDON
3. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED SW4 7BX
IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS T. 020 7622 7277
5 THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN IS VESTED IN THE DESIGNERS inset floor pattern by others SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
PLAN 1:25 1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.1 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00

1.DO NOT SCALE OFF DRAWING St/steel cylinder to house overhead projector and IR cameras NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY
DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL
3. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED (dims to be confirmed) See AV hardware spec for details
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT.
EXACT LOCATION TBC
brushed st/steel freestanding archway with integral lighting and power /data cabling and suitable fixings for
overhead projector system

4653
4480
3720
6.1 G5See graphic spec for detail) 6.1 G3(See graphic spec for detail)

540
2770
540
753
540
2920
plastic laminate fascia and solid surface acrylic countertop with cut out lightning shape faced in acrylic diffuser to allow
FOR TENDER
FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 strobe lightening effect
REV
TITLE
NOTE DATE

line of support plinth below. plinth to allow for secure access to (2 of 2)
PROJECT
lighting and projection systems housed within. Location and method for securing to designers approval KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - DOHA
25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
400mm o/all diameter glass tube housing inner tube filled with neon or appropriate gas LONDON
SW4 7BX
formulated to ionize (glow) with streams of light to emulate lightening. T. 020 7622 7277
Unit to be installed complete with all appropriate safety systems such as fireman switching
housed in base 1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.1.1 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00

projector for interactive touch table and 'slave' projector fixed to u/side of coil structure
contractor to ensure that all associated cabling is accomodated within the carcass of the
structure with suitable access provided for 3620
graphic backdrop fixed back to coil structure to designers approval
4560 Coil support structure to dimensions shown with metallic
copper powder coat finish to designers approval

See AV spec for dims
EXACT LOCATION TBC
'slave' projected image
2860
1105
see AV spec for dims
2830
Countertop faced and edged in solid surface acrylic - colour white

or similar to designers approval
interactive touchscreen projection
Note: The Contractor is to be wholly responsible for
the structural correctness of all elements and is to provide
shop drawings and structural calculations with
submission of information
FOR TENDER
for sign off by designer
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE

(1 of 2)
PROJECT
3500
Exhibit B - spinning magnets and copper coil exhibit housed Exhibit A - magnets and copper wire housed in 650mm diameter 25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
in 650mm diameter glass dome - See PI multi -media brief for detail glass dome - See PI multi -media brief for detail
LONDON
SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277
3. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
PLAN 1:25 4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR
1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.2 PI OCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00
122
4480
78 CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL

6.2 G1See graphic spec for detail) HEALTH AND SAFETY LEGISLATION
graphic backdrop fixed back to coil structure to designers approval
2080
Exhibit A - magnets and copper wire housed in 650mm diameter
3110
glass dome - See PI multi -media breif for detail
6.2 G2See graphic spec for detail) Exhibit B - spinning magnets and copper coil exhibit housed
in 650mm diameter glass dome - See PI multi -media breif for detail
support plinth to recieve powder coart finish colour matt black

780

Coil support structure to dimensions shown with metallic
copper powder coat finish to designers approval
357°
projector for interactive touch table and 'slave' projector fixed to u/side of coil structure
contractor to ensure that all associated cabling is accomodated within the carcass of the
EXACT LOCATION TBC
structure with suitable access provided for
6.2 G1See graphic spec for detail)

1500 Radius
FOR TENDER
Countertop faced and edged in solid surface acrylic - colour Glazier white
REV NOTE DATE
or similar to designers approval
TITLE
8
117
1722 ° 6.2 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS
125 (2 of 2)
PROJECT

318
6
1 16
25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
16°

2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP LONDON
3. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED SW4 7BX
°
242
2212
SIDE ELEVATION 1:25 1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.2.1 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00
660 brushed st/steel faced and edged

1274 simple household electrical appliances tbc
42"LCD monitor
display boxes with recessed adjustable light fittings to
with st/steel surround
inside top face spaced off exhibit fascia with st/steel spacers to suit
117 ° inset into 9mm toughened glass upstand
3565
580
83
35 660
42"LCD monitor inset coloured LED lights or similar to suit
with st/steel surround
inset into exhibit fascia
2110
400
232
°
1943
1919
77
°
1146
10
4° 5°
10
102
800
800
745
3
12
800 10
5250
325
4 °
FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 st/steel upstand to exhibit supports

SIDE ELEVATION 1:25
9mm toughened glass panel to profile and dims shown. Pre drilled at appropriate centres
spaced off plastic laminate facscia on 1omm st/steel spacers

700 700
inset coloured LED lights or similar to suit
6080

300
340
300
890
RFID SCANNER TO BE LOCATED TO EXHIBIT FASCIA

625
625
EXACT LOCATION TBC
920
line of inset flooring by others
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
700 700 700
TITLE
PROJECT
stainless steel interactive manual 'winders' KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - DOHA

1250 JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES
25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
stainless steel rotating interactive capstan wheel 1.DO NOT SCALE OFF DRAWING
SW4 7BX
2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP T. 020 7622 7277
IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR COMMUNICATED TO
PLAN 1:25 THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT

1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.3 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00

EXHIBIT 6.5 SEE DRAWING INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT.
30
7
09.05.6.4/5.2 FOR DETAIL
Continuous brushed st/steel countertop to profile shown
stainless steel lighting archway with inset track lighting RFID SCANNER TO BE LOCATED ON EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP
EXACT LOCATION TBC

inclined glass screen located within the showcase displays
a short film which explains the activities carried out within
1730
21" touch screen interactive monitor
the selected area
3350
2265
1979
782
Scale model of a selected Kahramaa power station
2360
6.4 G3(See graphic spec for detail) graphic backdrop decorative st/steel shape to profile shown
with internal illumination
spaced off rear of upstand
displayed within a glass showcase. Showcase constructed 670
in 11mm toughened glass with clear silicone
1280
bonding to mitred corners
520
stainless steel touch buttons inset into the countertop
94
° 6.4 G1(See graphic spec for detail)
allow the visitor to
select specific areas within the model. Quantity of buttons tbc graphic panel with continuous brushed st/steel
325 320 880
28
surround spaced off brushed st/steel upstand to

3100
0

°
graphic panel
line of inset floor finish by others

EXHIBIT 6.4SEE DRAWING 9mm laminated glass fascia
stainless steel cut away scale model of gas turbine
6.4 G5(See graphic spec for detail) 09.05.6.4/5.1 FOR DETAIL located within recess behind glass fascia
PLAN 1:50 4no. back illumiated push buttons allow visitor interaction with
the scale model beyond
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
6.4/6.5 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS

(1 of 3)
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
SW4 7BX
2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP T. 020 7622 7277
VISUAL REFERENCE COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT
1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.4/5 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00
Large scale graphic image to exhibit backdrop

stainless steel lighting archway with inset track lighting
located behind glass fascia panel
stanless steel continuous surround to graphic panel
42" touch screen interactive inset into exhibit backdrop
Computer interactive illustrates the processes involved in graphic introduction to exhibit which outlines the principles of generating electricity
the generation of electricity via the gas turbine, coupled with real life footage via the gas turbine
6400
6.4 G3(See graphic spec for detail) to rear face of exhibit
6.4 G2(See graphic spec for detail) 4260

920
2005
645
750
360
FOR TENDER
stainless steel cut away scale model of gas turbine
6.4 FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 stainless steel countertop with curved edges located within recess behind glass fascia
REV
TITLE
NOTE DATE
6.4/5 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS

(2 of 3)
PROJECT

4no. back illumiated push buttons allow visitor interaction with JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES
25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
the scale model beyond 88 CLAPHAM PARK ROAD
NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY LONDON
SW4 7BX
CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL 2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP T. 020 7622 7277
INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT. 3. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED
RFID SCANNER TO BE LOCATED ON EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP 4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR
ALL EXHIBITS TO BE FABRICATED TO CONFORM TO LOCAL COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT
1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.4/5.1 PI OCT 2010
EXACT LOCATION TBC
Sec-11 50 00

EXACT LOCATION TBC

6.4 G3(See graphic spec for detail) to rear face of exhibit
840
stainless steel continuous surround to graphic panel brushesd stainless steel to side returns to exhibit 6.4
decorative stainless steel shape to profile shown spaced off rear of upstand
2540
inclined glass screen located within the showcase displays
a short film which explains the activities carried out within
the selected area
scale model of a selected Kahramaa power station
6.5 G1(See graphic spec for detail) displayed within a glass showcase. Showcase constructed in 11mm toughened glass with clear silicone
bonding to mitred corners

510

stainless steel countertop with curved edges
touch buttons inset into the countertop allow the visitor to

750
select specific areas within the model.
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
6.5 FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 st/steel support plinth to allow access to lighting and rear rojection systems housed within
TITLE
6.4/5 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS

(3 of 3)
Location and method of securing to designers approval PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
3500 88 CLAPHAM PARK ROAD
LONDON
SW4 7BX
COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES T. 020 7622 7277
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR 1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.4/5.2 PI OCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00
Stainless steel lighting archway with inset track lighting

solid surface acrylic finish to countertop/projection surface
and brackets to overhead projector system
00 23
23 00
Area of projected image
line of support plinth below. Plinth to allow for secure access to all power/data cabling
Location of access and method of securing to designers approval
18
57
s
iu
ra
d
diu
ra
s
86
13
solid surface acrylic finish to consoles with inset coloured opal acrylic inset
with internal LED (or similar) illumination. Colour of acrylic insert and spacing
0°0
of LED lighting to designers approval
108.
2057
1436
inset 21" Chassis touchscreen
75
60
2300
2300
4 00
RFID SCANNERs TO BE LOCATED TO EXHIBIT CONSOLES
EXACT LOCATION TBC

1434
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE

(1 of 2)
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES 88 CLAPHAM PARK ROAD
2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP LONDON
SW4 7BX
2300
5 THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN IS VESTED IN THE DESIGNERS SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
PLAN 1:25 1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.6 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00
brushed st/steel freestanding archway with integral lighting and power /data cabling and suitable fixings for
Stainless steel lighting archway with inset track lighting overhead projector system
and brackets to overhead projector system
solid surface acrylic finish to countertop/projection surface
solid surface acrylic finish to consoles with inset coloured opal acrylic inset
with internal LED (or similar) illumination. Colour of acrylic insert and spacing
of LED lighting to designers approval

4565
3810
inset 21" Chassis touchscreen
830
FOR TENDER
100
830
820
720
REV NOTE DATE

TITLE
335
100

(2 of 2)
PROJECT

FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES
25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
support plinth below. Plinth to allow for secure access to all power/data cabling LONDON
Location of access and method of securing to designers approval SW4 7BX
COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL T. 020 7622 7277
DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT.
ALL EXHIBITS TO BE FABRICATED TO CONFORM TO LOCAL 1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.6.1PI OCT 2010
5 THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN IS VESTED IN THE DESIGNERS HEALTH AND SAFETY LEGISLATION
Sec-11 50 00
NOTE:

CONTRACTOR IS WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE

Plastic laminate fascia and solid surface acrylic countertop with cut out rear projection touch sensitive interactives
STRUCTURAL CORRECTNESS AND IS TO PROVIDE SHOP
see AV Hardware spec for detail 8000
LED to front face of elevated cube structure
9
395 230°
800
90 34 6
36
0
576
245°
2 92 °
15
7040 27
280°
3991 148°
4237
144°
323°
3100 147°
1 32
59
°
14
30
43
122°
110
2
135
7
800
0
3704
°
235
brushed st/steel upstand to graphic backdrop 4328
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
line of support plinth below. plinth to allow for secure access to 6.7 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS
8000 (1of 2)
lighting and projection systems housed within. Location and method for securing to designers approval PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
SW4 7BX
COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES RFID SCANNERS TO BE LOCATED TO EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP T. 020 7622 7277
EXACT LOCATION TBC
PLAN 1:50 IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS

THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT
1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.7 PI OCT 2010
GTC 400/2011 5 THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN IS VESTED IN THE DESIGNERS 30 Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs
Sec-11 50 00
RFID SCANNERS TO BE LOCATED TO EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP

NOTE:
EXACT LOCATION TBC
CONTRACTOR IS WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE
STRUCTURAL CORRECTNESS AND IS TO PROVIDE SHOP
Contractor to ensure that support method and fixings to LED cube
are checked with architect and main Contractor. PI contractor to liaise on all necessary interfaces
6.7 G6 (See graphic spec for detail)
Brushed st/steel 'ribbon' to LED cube
LED to front face of elevated cube structure
8000
Plastic laminate fascia and solid surface acrylic with cut out rear projection touch sensitive interactives
550
11424
see AV Hardware spec for detail
4
124
696
3D brushed st/steel letterforms suitably fixed to cube structure
8
1510
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
6.7 G3(See graphic spec for detail) 520
880
6.7 G1(See graphic spec for detail) 6.7 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS
540
(2 of 2)
100
PROJECT

540

°
66
650

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
FRONT ELEVATION 1:50 COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES
SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277
1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.7.1 PI OCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00
brushed st/steel upstand with 100 x 50mm brushed st/steel supports
secretly fixed to structural slab to designers approval

st/steel archway with inset track lighting
46" LCD monitors with bespoke st/steel surround
suitably fixed back to countertop of st/steel upstand on fixed armature NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY
to designers approval CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL

5820
Decorative box section 30x30mm st/steel shapes fixed 60 330
to exhibit structure to locations shown
3550 110 210
40
60
50
230
210
100
140
400
360
290
80
100
560
146°
620
190
760
370
FRONT ELEVATION 1:50 3260 RFID SCANNER TO BE LOCATED ON EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP
EXACT LOCATION TBC

5689
8801
line of st/steel faced support plinth below.
78
5
Plinth to incorporate secure access to data and power cabling cabling as appropriate 24
0°
Method of securing to designers approval
79
4
480
98
300
165°
°
°
133
°
°
293
304
6229
rear illuminated buttons for film selection
3347
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
199°
PROJECT
brushed st/steel countertop to dimensions shown KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - DOHA

2432
25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES LONDON
inset contracting floor pattern by others 2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP SW4 7BX
DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK T. 020 7622 7277
PLAN 1:50 1:50 @ a3 09.05.6.8 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00
DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND
FINISH ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO BE
WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR
STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY AND SAFETY OF
EXHIBIT
ALL EXHIBITS TO BE FABRICATED TO
CONFORM TO LOCAL HEALTH AND
SAFETY LEGISLATION
RFID SCANNERTO BE LOCATED AT

internal lighting to EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP EXACT
designers approval LOCATION TBC
50mm thick brushed stainless steel upstand to exhibit

graphics on both sides of upstand
1780 mm
with central support as appropriate
ramp up to water tower
measuring tower (in litres)
1306 mm
water bottle tower (made from 1 litre bottles)
700 mm
919 mm
with internal lights
1862 mm
500 mm
2390 mm
2434 mm
1644 mm
980 mm
3443 mm
plastic laminate fascia and solid core acrylic countertop
with cut out rear projection touch sensitive interactives.
see AV schedule for detail
2050 mm
2394 mm
brushed stainless steel lighting archway
6677 mm
graphic panel with introduction to exhibit
FOR TENDER
PLAN
GTC 400/2011 33 1/50@ A3 Appendix

09.05. 6.9 PI A: S.O.W & Specs
OCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00
6.9 G4 (see graphic spec for detail) water bottle tower (made from 1 litre bottles)
with internal lights
brushed s/s lighting archway
6.9 G2 (see Graphic spec for detail)
5145 mm
4738 mm
on front of S/S upstand
4651 mm
3638 mm
500 mm
2854 mm
6.9 G1 (see graphic spec for detail) STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY AND SAFETY OF
with introduction to exhibit EXHIBIT
700 mm
SAFETY LEGISLATION
FRONT ELEVATION Interactive table with rear projected screen RFID SCANNERTO BE LOCATED AT
EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP EXACT
LOCATION TBC
water bottle tower with

arc for lighting
internal lights
s/s continuous surround to graphic panel.

graphic panel with introduction
to exhibit to profile shown
6.9 G3 (see graphic spec for detail)
5145 mm
4738 mm
4651 mm
on rear face of upstand
3644 mm
500 mm
FOR TENDER
stainless steel exhibit upstand
REAR ELEVATION
GTC 400/2011 34 1/50@ A3 Appendix
09.05. 6.9.1 PI A: S.O.W & Specs
OCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00

EXHIBIT
SAFETY LEGISLATION

LOCATION TBC
curved toughened glass balustrade

with edge polished all round. s/s in
concealed floor channel to designers
when a console is activated the highlighted LIFTS approval
area of the model lights up and a
short film plays on a monitor modelled water to rear of model.
6.10 G2
(see graphic spec for detail)
console with monitor & buttons to
activate one of the 4 featured areas
of the desalination plant
RFID reader
9525 mm
6.10 G2
7584 mm
6.10 G1 (see graphic spec for detail)
H20 Exhibit console to house salt
Generic model of Qatari desalination plant to o/a dimensions shown.
800 mm
& fresh drinking water. Inclusive of
Trade contractor to provide visual reference to designers approval. all tap dispenser pumps/ filtration/
Exact materials for fabrication to be confirmed, contractor to allow for drainage as necessary
the model to be detailed and accurate liekness when seen from any
side visible to the visitor. The contractor should allow for internal 6.10 G3
2026 mm
illumination to be sychronized with A/V light show and for 25% cutaway (see graphic spec for detail)
detail, i.e showing plant interior
6.10 G2 6.10 G1
(see graphic spec for detail) (see graphic spec for detail)
FOR TENDER
21" chassis touchscreen monitor
6.10 G2
PLAN
GTC 400/2011 35 Appendix

1/100@ A3 09.05. 6.10 PI A: S.O.W & Specs
OCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00
RFID Reader loaction scaled model to represent one of 21" touch screen monitor
Qatar's desalination plants
RFID Reader location

when a console is activated the highlighted LIFTS
area of the model lights up and a
short film plays on a monitor
0 mm
console with monitor & buttons to
RFID reader
1100 mm
activate one of the 4 featured areas
790 mm
 of the desalination plant
21" chassis touchscreen monitor
 H20 Exhibit console to house salt

& fresh drinking water. Inclusive of
all tap dispenser pumps/ filtration/

drainage as necessary. Brushed s/s
faced & edged
exhibit instruction graphics
brushed s/s faced and edged console
to 21" interactive touchscreen.
FRONT ELEVATION Contractors to ensure all edges are
pencil round & polished all round

LOCATION TBC
FOR TENDER

VISUAL STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY AND SAFETY OF
EXHIBIT
SAFETY LEGISLATION
GTC 400/2011 36 Appendix
1/100@ A3 09.05. 6.10.1 PI A: S.O.W & Specs
OCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00
decorative stainless steel shape to profile shown spaced off rear of upstand curved st/steel tubes fixed to 300mm diameter cylinders and suitably conected to inetractive
4053 stainless steel stop cock/valve
6°
27
20 155°
°0
126
°
0
30
95
19
33°
522
°
97
154
73 1 140°
22
2817
232
1
.4
15
23
glass/acrylic tubes suitably fixed to structural framework located within plinth
Stainless steel faced plinth to dims shown
60
1000
28
1986
42" LCD display inset into graphic backdrop
284
2769
5
5
837
2600mm glass/acrylic tube with double internal acrylic thickness, to house volume of
water. St/steel base to house all neccessary pumps/filtration system inclusive of secure access
99
0
FOR TENDER
50mm thickness brushed stainless steel upstand to graphic panels
NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY REV NOTE DATE
on brushed st/steel supports secretly fixed to structural slab TITLE

CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL 6.11 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS
(1 of 2)
PROJECT
ALL EXHIBITS TO BE FABRICATED TO CONFORM TO LOCAL KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - DOHA
25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
RFID SCANNER TO BE LOCATED ON EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP 2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP SW4 7BX
3. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED T. 020 7622 7277
EXACT LOCATION TBC IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS
COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
PLAN 1:25 1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.11 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00

2600mm glass/acrylic tube with double internal acrylic thickness, to house volume of
RFID SCANNER TO BE LOCATED ON EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP water. St/steel base to house all necessary pumps/filtration system inclusive of secure access
EXACT LOCATION TBC
curved st/steel tubes fixed to 300mm diameter cylinders and suitably connected to interactive glass/acrylic tubes suitably fixed to structural framework located within plinth
stainless steel stop cock/valve
42" LCD display inset into graphic backdrop

6.11 G5 x6(See graphic spec for detail)
6.11 G3 (See graphic spec for detail) 6.11 G2 (See graphic spec for detail)
stainless steel continuous surround to graphic panel
4720
2620
1990
2345
2290
1470
2135
1670
1955
1440
1825
2060
940
1400
810
390
310
230
FRONT ELEVATION 1:50 6.11 G4 (See graphic spec for detail) REV NOTE
FOR TENDER
DATE
50mm thickness brushed stainless steel upstand to graphic panels TITLE

Stainless steel faced plinth to dims shown on brushed st/steel supports secretly fixed to structural slab (2 of 2)
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
SW4 7BX
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR 1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.11.1 PI OCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00
solid surface acrylic faced plinth Contractor to ensure that all edges are suitably radiused, as not to cause injury
1895
1370
Glass/acrylic container with clear silicone joins to edges, of 22mm (or suitable o/a thickness
with edges polished all round. Container to be capable of holding volume of fresh water
700
Plinth to house all necessary mechanisms, pumps motors, filtration drainage etc
to be made accessible with secure access to designers approval

270
2520 working model of Al - Jazari's reciprocating pump fabricated in st/steel and timber
to dimensions shown and to designers approval

1900

FOR TENDER
600
2500
2100
REV NOTE DATE

TITLE
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
SW4 7BX
6.12 G3(See graphic spec for detail) COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES
T. 020 7622 7277
2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THECOMMENCEMNET OF ANY SHOP
DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
3. ANY DISPCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED

1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.12PI OCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00
211° 795 NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY
ox
720
pr
ap
0
322°
60
323°
line of solid balustrade beyond
°
2 33 HEALTH AND SAFETY LEGISLATION
ro x
PLAN 1:25 RFID SCANNER TO BE LOCATED ON EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP
pp EXACT LOCATION TBC

8a
65 0
1 39
app
ro x
151°
0
104
1
7°
157
12
47 Plastic laminate fascia and solid surface acrylic countertop with cut out rear
° 1
431 projection touch sensitive interactives see AV Hardware spec for detail
6 Area of touch sensitive rear projected interactive

44 544
°
8
531
3907
3

443
lighting and projection systems housed within. Location and method for securing to designers approval
LED digital displays with brushed st/steel shaped

graphic backdrop (see graphics spec for detail) surround to profile shown
brushed st/steel upstand to graphic backdrop on brushed st/steel uprights
at appropriate centres secretly fixed to structural slab
LED digital displays with brushed st/steel shaped
surround to profile shown

1940
540
FOR TENDER
100
REV NOTE DATE

TITLE

50
PROJECT
840

760

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
SW4 7BX
6.13 G1(See graphic spec for detail) T. 020 7622 7277
ELEVATION 1:25 COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES
IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS 1:25 @ a3 09.05.6.13 PI OCT 2010
GTC 400/2011 40 5 THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN IS VESTED IN THE DESIGNERS
Sec-11 50 00
brushed st/steel faced and edged console to 21" interactive touchscreen

6mm bonded glass showcase with hinged access on vgc
Contractor to ensure all edges are pencil round and polished all round
hinges or similar to designers approval
Colourcore plastic laminate faced and edged countertop 1910
with 10mm expressed gap detail as shown
540
465
230
100
10
7°
885
2990
720

FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 RFID SCANNER TO BE LOCATED ON EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT.
EXACT LOCATION TBC ALL EXHIBITS TO BE FABRICATED TO CONFORM TO LOCAL
Visual reference for Model
21"touchscreen monitor
3000
EQ
635
2000
1500
100 FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
Architectural model of Kahramaa Education Park building with selected
energy conservation features highlighted with internal illumination
PROJECT
O/A footprint of model and landscape to not exceed 1920 x 1500mm.
Exact materials for model construction tbc.
PLAN 1:25 1920 JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES
EQ
Contractor to allow for the model to be a detailed and accurate 25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
likeness when seen from any side and above.
LONDON
Contractor to allow for 10 no areas for internal illumination and 10% SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277
1.DO NOT SCALE OFF DRAWING cutaway detail, i.e showing building interior
IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS 1:25 @ a3 09.05.7.1 PI OCT 2010
GTC 400/2011
5 THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN IS VESTED IN THE DESIGNERS 41 Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs
Sec-11 50 00
8.4 PI exhibit see 09.05.8.3/4for detail decorative stainless steel shape to profile shown spaced off rear of upstand
2331 NOTE : DRAWING SHOWS DIMENSIONAL SETTING OUT
3820
TO EXHIBIT DISPLAY UNIT HOUSING EXHIBITS 8.1-8.4
860
8.4 1910
1980
159°
8.2 975 15" LCD touchscreen x 6 FOR DETAIL OF PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE EXHIBITS 8.3 & 8.4
820 REFER DWG 09.05.8.3/4
676
° 280 160
650 120
80
660
70
1370
565
60
600
650
1375
825
400
385
115 INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT.
90
100
8.3 42" LCD touchscreen 8.1 HEALTH AND SAFETY LEGISLATION
760
EXACT LOCATION TBC

FRONT ELEVATION 1:50 graphic backdrop graphic backdrop 50mm thickness brushed stainless steel upstand to graphic panels
8.3 PI exhibit see 09.05.8.3/4for detail on brushed st/steel supports secretly fixed to exhibit countertop
rcolorcore plastic laminate faced and edged countetop and plinth fascia
Plinth to incorporate secure access for access to AV equipment 1875 3755

and mechanisms/fixings to practical interactive exhibits
29
311°
5°
4365
°
111
125°
0
60
2310
93
10
157°
40°
0 4425
460
155°
212°
1150
6°
13
5
748
PLAN 1:50
31
1.0
4°
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
8.1-8.4 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES SW4 7BX
1.DO NOT SCALE OFF DRAWING T. 020 7622 7277
2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE
COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK
3. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER
DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE
REPRODUCED NOR COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN
CONSENT
1:25 @ a3 09.05.8.1-8.4 PIOCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00
1820
decorative stainless steel shape to profile shown spaced off rear of upstand decorative stainless steel shape to profile shown spaced off rear of upstand
800 8.3 G2(See graphic spec for detail)
graphic back drop
650
820
1920
600
800
320
1010
830
540
360
330
100
enclosed 9mm glass container with protective 20m dia

760
st/steel edge covers to all corners
FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 Stainless steel fan Scale working model of wind turbine
elliptical st/steel plinth with interactive light source (tbc) Stainless steel fan
interactive modelled vehicles with

Digital read out display photovoltaic panels on brushed st/steel frame work 50mm thickness brushed stainless steel upstand to graphic panels
various types of blade and sail attachments
linked to photovoltaic panels spaced off rear upstand on 10mm st/steel rods at appropriate centres on brushed st/steel supports secretly fixed to structural slab
Area of desktop to house interactive exhibits
760
exploring battery power, such as lemon powered clock
detail tbc. Contractor to allow for 3no fixed to countertop
800
EXACT LOCATION TBC

760
8.4 8.3
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
125
0 8.3/8.4 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS
2231
650 PROJECT
FOR TENDER KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - DOHA
8.4 G2(See graphic spec for detail) 8.3 G3(See graphic spec for detail) 25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY SW4 7BX
1.DO NOT SCALE OFF DRAWING CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL
INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT. SCALE DRG no. DATE REV

1:25 @ a3 09.05.8.3/4 PI OCT 2010
GTC 400/2011 43 HEALTH AND SAFETY LEGISLATION Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs
Sec-11 50 00
NOTE : DRAWING SHOWS DIMENSIONAL SETTING OUT
8.7 PI exhibit see 09.05.8.5/6/7 for detail 8.6 PI exhibit see 09.05.8.5/6/7 for detail graphic backdrop TO EXHIBIT DISPLAY UNIT HOUSING EXHIBITS 8.5-8.8
42" LCD touchscreen exhibit 8.7 FOR DETAIL OF PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE EXHIBITS 8.5/6/7
see AV Hardware spec for detail 8.6 120
REFER DWG 09.05.8.5/6/7
8.8 560 8.5 PI exhibit see 09.05.8.5/6/7 for detail
8.5
80
795
740
230
610
610
140
470
155
515
420
360
325
310
100
50mm thickness brushed stainless steel upstand to graphic panels
760
on brushed st/steel supports secretly fixed to exhibit countertop
FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 decorative stainless steel shape to profile shown spaced off rear of upstand
brushed st/steel faced and edged countertop and plinth fascia
Plinth to incorporate secure access for access to AV equipment
and mechanisms/fixings to practical interactive exhibits
4925 NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY
224 55 CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL

° 6
208° INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT.
320
°
°
52°
°
205 0
5 116
748
RFID SCANNERS TO BE LOCATED ON EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP

4598
7403 EXACT LOCATION TBC
295°
3 157° FOR TENDER

233
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
8.5-8.8 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS

249°
125° 57 PROJECT
5 25
311°
44 KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - DOHA

3 25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
PLAN 1:25 LONDON

SW4 7BX
2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE
COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK
3. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER
DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE
1:25 @ a3 09.05.8.5-8.8PI OCT 2010
REPRODUCED NOR COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN
CONSENT
GTC 400/2011
5 THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN IS VESTED IN THE DESIGNERS 44 Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs
Sec-11 50 00
920
decorative stainless steel shape to profile shown spaced off rear of upstand graphic back drop 8.6 G1x2(See graphic spec for detail) 8.5 G1(See graphic spec for detail)
8.7 G1(See graphic spec for detail) 1150 1150 1610 graphic back drop
650
1370
1020
700
370
810
860
980
830
2400
360
8.7 G2x3(See graphic spec for detail)
100
enclosed 22mm glass container with protective 20m dia
760
1930
st/steel edge covers to all corners
FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 stainless steel exterior to cut away model of the earth
10
20
Exterior to include etched outline of wold map.
784
Interior to illustrate earth's internal strata and include
2742
illuminated inner molten core
9mm glass column with model biomass material to inside face 8.5
column to include 100mm st/ steel kicker at base
8.6 816
glass tank with real water and mechanism to create effect of tidal flow houses
working models of 3 types of tidal power generation systems
eg. Off shore turbines, Tidal Barrage and Tidal lagoon

FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
8.5/8.6/8.7 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS
PROJECT

560 NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES
CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL 25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT. LONDON
1.DO NOT SCALE OFF DRAWING SW4 7BX
8.7 2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP ALL EXHIBITS TO BE FABRICATED TO CONFORM TO LOCAL
T. 020 7622 7277
560


5 THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN IS VESTED IN THE DESIGNERS RFID SCANNERS TO BE LOCATED ON EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP 1:25 @ a3 09.05.8.5/6/7 PI OCT 2010
EXACT LOCATION TBC
Sec-11 50 00
curved 12mm glass window with applied graphics.

final appliances tbc for energy ENERGY 100mm thick white painted fascia above
efficient & wasteful rooms
EFFICIENT
HOUSE
coloured lighting strips

inset under glass floor 36 mm
linking to appliances
8775 mm
9000 mm
bulkhead 2000 mm
 1190 mm  DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND
21" touch screen VISUAL FINISH ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO BE
monitor inset into WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR
1190mm diameter
2206 mm 400 mm 8.10 G1 STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY AND SAFETY OF
solid surface acrylic (see graphic spec for detail) EXHIBIT
faced & edged console. ALL EXHIBITS TO BE FABRICATED TO
Upstand to console to touch screen monitor CONFORM TO LOCAL HEALTH AND
allow secure access to activates lights to appliances SAFETY LEGISLATION
AV hardware. Access
area of 12mm clear laminated EXHIBIT COUNTERTOP EXACT
8.10 G2 glass floor LOCATION TBC
(see graphic spec
for detail)
raised MDF floor on framework
to suit floor, finished in Dalsouple
rubber floor tiles with inset lights &
applied graphics FOR TENDER
WASTEFUL final appliances tbc for energy
curved 12mm glass window with applied graphics.
100mm thick white painted fascia above HOUSE efficient & wasteful rooms
PLAN curved glass with applied graphics

8.10 G3
GTC 400/2011 46 1/50@ A3 Appendix

09.05. 8.10 PI A: S.O.W & Specs
OCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00

EXHIBIT
SAFETY LEGISLATION

LOCATION TBC
coloured lighting inset into wall panels curved opaque glass with applied graphic to
up walls to illustrate energies consumed illustrate energy consumption.
see graphic spec for detail
MDF fascia panel with applied paint finish MDF fascia panel with applied paint finish bulkhead
8775 mm 3500 mm
500 mm
500 mm
back lit text
in curved fascia
3000 mm
3000 mm
2500 mm
2500 mm
1000 mm
700 mm
700 mm
200mm high
ramp

Glass floor with coloured lights
linked to appliances clear 9mm curved curved opaque glass with graphic to glass floor with coloured
final selection of toughened glass illustrate energy consumption lights linked to appliances
touch screen monitors on
appliances tbc s/s table with pedestal barrier with edges
polished all round
FRONT ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION
FOR TENDER
200mm high ramp

GTC 400/2011 47 1/50@ A3 Appendix

09.05. 8.10.1 PI A: S.O.W & Specs
OCT 2010
Sec-11 50 00
50
9mm curved laminated glass enclosure to radius shown
50 mm brushed st/steel channel to with applied translucent coloured film interlayer
top and base of circular glass enclosure

12mm mdf discs faced and edged in metallic
plastic laminate spaced off glass fascia

Freestanding laminate faced and edged partition to dims
with st/steel rods or sim to designers approval
2600
shown with brushed st/steel upright supports at base
21" touchscreen fixed back to plastic laminate faced
1800
freestanding partition to dims shown
camcorder and RFID scanner location
1075
plastic laminate faced and edged disc at high level
secretly fixed to partitions to house
50
directional/adjustable light fittings
250
250
FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 10.2 G3See graphic spec for detail)

80
21" touchscreen fixed back to plastic laminate faced
freestanding partition to dims shown 00

18 50
900
120
63 0
.00

°
CONTRACTOR TO BE WHOLLY RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUCTURAL FOR TENDER

REV NOTE DATE
INTEGRITY AND ELECTRICAL SAFETY OF EXHIBIT. EQ TITLE
ALL EXHIBITS TO BE FABRICATED TO CONFORM TO LOCAL 10.2 PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILS
HEALTH AND SAFETY LEGISLATION EQ PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
2850 88 CLAPHAM PARK ROAD
LONDON
SW4 7BX
PLAN 1:25 SCALE
1:25 @ a3
DRG no.
09.05.10.2 PI
DATE
OCT 2010
REV

Sec-11 50 00
3000
540
brushed st/steel canopy to dims shown
4800
light source note light type and exact location tbc by contractor
Aqua graphic modules suitably fixed to overhead canopy
to manufacturers recommendations. For detail see AV hardware specification
4030
screen printed/back painted glass backdrop suitably fixed back
3970
to m/steel framework to contractors detail
brushed st/steel plinth to dims shown
st/steel water trough
decorative pebbles
499.4
FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 SECTION 1:25 NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY

3040R
FOR TENDER
160
REV NOTE DATE

TITLE

340
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
21" Touchscreen monitor face fixed to curved glass backdrop
LONDON
SW4 7BX
3000 DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK
1:25 @ a3 09.05.4.4 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00
KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTATION

PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE SCOPE OF WORKS
SCOPE OF WORKS – PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE EXHIBITS
Practical Interactive/Mechanical displays to:
Ground Floor AREA 1. Lobby

AREA 4. Pre–ride Area
AREA 6. Principle Display Area
Tower Level AREA 7. Building for energy saving
Balcony Level AREA 8. Future power
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS
The following generally describes the work to be carried out under the Trade Contract and
draws attention to certain associated items that are to be completed. It is not intended to
limit or exclude items required by the Trade Contract Documents.
The Scope of the Works covered by this Trade Contract includes the design, co-ordination,
engineering, co-ordinated fabrication drawings, manufacture, supply and delivery to site,
equipment and labour, unloading and storage on site as necessary, taking from store and
hoisting into position, assembly, fixing, installation/protection, cleaning and everything
necessary to undertake complete installation, setting to work and commissioning.
DESIGN WORKS
The design works comprise the following:
• All temporary works required to allow completion of the works.

• Selection and Design of all components of the works to meet/achieve the Design
Specification
• Design and sizing of all components, assemblies, methods of connection, joints,
welds,
• fixings, adhesives, support structures, suspension systems, including all supporting
• calculations as may be required to the Structural Engineers satisfaction.
• All interface details are to be prepared and agreed with the respective Trade
• Contractors/Trades and clearly identified.
The Trade Package works shall include but are not limited to: -
AREA 1. Lobby
• 1.1 Van de Graaff exhibit

• 1.2 Dancing Water bowls exhibit
AREA 4 Pre-ride Area
• 4.1 8 no. interactive graphic displays

• 4.2 Working model of Al –Jazari water raising pump
• 4.2a Working model of Taqi-Al Din’s six cylinder pump
• 4.4 Bit fall fountain
AREA 5 Dark Ride Exit platform
• 5.14 Modelled section of water pipe
• 6.1 Interactive exhibit about Lightning (Electricity in the Sky)
JJA - MUSEUM AND EXHIBITION DESIGN CONSULTANTS

Sec-11 50 00

• 6.2 Interactive showing principles of Electromagnetic Induction

• 6.3 Interactive in which visitors can generate electricity by using
human ‘wind up’ power
• 6.4 Interactive model of gas turbine illustrating LNG and Electricity
generation
• 6.5 Interactive scale model of Kahramaa power station
• 6.6 AV based group interactive exploring the World’s resources
• 6.7 Interactive exhibit about Co2
• 6.8 An AV based interactive exploring alternative methods of generating
electricity
• 6.9 Interactive display examines water consumption in Qatar and the rest
of the world
• 6.10 A model of a de-salination plant which allows visitors to explore its
different aspects
• 6.11 Examines the different ways in which water is consumed
• 6.12 Working model of the Al –Jazari reciprocating pump
• 6.13 An AV based touch table exhibit examines safety in the use of water
and electricity
AREA 7. Building for energy saving
• 7.1 Interactive model of the Kahramaa Education Park Building

• Telescopes x 4
• 8.1 A multi screen presentation portraying alternatives to power

generation from fossil fuels
• 8.2 A touch screen interactive demonstrates the principles of nuclear
power
• 8.3 Practical interactive explores wind power
• 8.4 Interactive displays demonstrate the principles of photovoltaic power
generation and battery power
• 8.5 Tidal power is explored through working models
• 8.6 Animated cut through model of the Earth
• 8.7 Modelled display of Biomass materials
• 8.8 A touch screen interactive examines further means of generating
electricity
• 8.10 Exhibit compares high energy consuming good and energy efficient
goods in a stylised domestic setting
1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.1 The Project Manager will coordinate and direct the Trade Contractor in
the development and execution of the Works and no other instructions or
directions by whomsoever they are given shall have any effect or validity for
the purposes of the Package Contract
1.2 The Design Consultant shall instruct on the creative development and
execution of the works and will advise the Project Manager on questions
of quality and suitability, the Project Manager shall instruct the Trade
Contractor accordingly. In addition the Project Manager will consult with
the Design Consultant and Client and take any account of any
representations, opinions and decisions which the Design Consultant may
take or express prior to the Project Manager giving or withholding certain
decisions, opinions, consents, approvals, authorisations, instructions,
satisfactions, directions or agreements under the package contract.
1.3 The Trade Contractor shall provide subject to these conditions everything
necessary for the execution and completion of the works, in accordance with
the Package Contract and all Drawings, Specifications and/or instructions
issued to him and will deliver up the Works to the Client complete in every

Sec-11 50 00

particular.
1.4 The Trade Contractor shall exercise in the design, all the skill, care and
diligence to be expected of a competent Practical Interactive Package
Contractor and in the execution and completion of the Works all skill, care and
diligence to be expected of a properly qualified and competent Contractor
experienced in carrying work of a similar scope, nature and size to the Works.
1.5 The Trade Contractor shall not knowingly infringe any copyright laws in the
production of his works and will indemnify the Client in accordance with the
terms of the Contract.
1.6 The Trade Contractor shall ensure that the Works are compatible with lighting
levels, acoustic needs and other site arrangements and that picture quality
and audio tracks take due note of the levels and conditions of same.
1.7 Due note should be paid of all graphic styles, colour palettes and typographic
guidelines created by others. Any aspect of the Works must follow these
guidelines and allowances should be made for such.
1.8 Where audio tracks are used, consideration must be given for the separation
of voice-over and background music or effects tracks in order that balance of
sound can be undertaken on site.
1.9 The Trade Contractor shall identify and provide a person responsible for the
coordination, liaison and development of the Works who shall efficiently
supervise the execution of the works using their best skill and attention. The
Trade Contractor shall not remove such person from the Works without the
prior written approval of the Project Manager (such approval shall not be
reasonably withheld) and if such approval is given the Trade Contractor shall
be responsible for replacing such person or persons with a person or persons
of equivalent competence who shall have been previously approved by the
Project Manager.
2. PROJECT NOTES
2.1 This tender is for Works comprising the Design, Development, Production,
Installation and commissioning works for the Kahramaa Education Park Practical
Interactive package.
2.2 Trade Contractor to provide (named) Producer/Project Manager to Liaise with

Client and design companies.
2.3 Trade Contractor to provide a scriptwriter to develop all narrative elements to

final approvals stage.
2.4 Trade Contractor to provide specialist researcher/content advisor to liaise with

client and design Consultant for development of content brief
2.5 Trade Contractor to provide outline and detailed storyboards/visuals for client
approval.
2.6 Trade Contractor to be free-issued by the Hardware Contractor with

computers and other relevant hardware for development of software
programmes. (if applicable) This equipment must be made available for on-site installation
on the date requested by the Specialist Package Manager. Trade Contractor
must provide sufficient insurance cover for all equipment whilst on their
premises.
2.7 Trade Contractor will be responsible for all translation requirements (Arabic
/ English, English / Arabic).
2.8 Trade Contractor to include for all expenses (e.g. travel, presentation

Sec-11 50 00

materials etc). This is to include all expenses to visit offices of Design Consultant, and to
cover all travel and subsitance expenses of Design Consultant to inspect works at Trade
Contractors workshop or other location specified
2.9 Trade Contractor to be present for on site programming / commissioning.
2.10 Trade Contractor to provide operational manuals that include a full description
of each of the exhibits installed, a description of the mode of operation of
all programmes including starting up, operating and shutting down
instructions, procedures for fault finding and emergency procedures, including
telephone contact numbers for emergency services.
2.11 The design of all items by the Trade Contractor shall reflect the design intentions,
particularly dimensional configurations, profiles and visible appearances indicated on the
Trade Contract drawings, schedules & specifications.
2.12 The Trade Contractor shall ensure and demonstrate that the works meet the
performance specifications to the entire satisfaction of the Design Consultant.
2.13 The works shall be designed to accommodate any given tolerances and for
differences between actual site dimensions and dimensions shown on drawings and to
ensure that components and assemblies are accurately located in relation to specific
gridlines, structure, respective Trade Contractors/Trades.
2.14 For the avoidance of doubt the Trade Contractor shall take full responsibility as
designer for the above part of the works in particular complying with CDM regulations, or
local equivilant
2.15 All drawings by the Trade Contractor shall be produced to a format to be agreed
with the Project Manager.
2.16 The consultant’s drawings are spatially co-ordinated and all equipment shown in
the drawings will fit within the spaces shown and co-ordinate with other services, Trade
Contractors/Trades.
The Trade Contractor shall ensure that all of his works are finally co-ordinated with all
other trades, the building structure, internal and external finishes and any previously
installed work.
2.17 The Trade Contractor is responsible for co-ordinating and interfacing his works
with others.
Some typical interface works are listed below as an aid to establishing the interfaces:
• Joinery / Display Cases, support frameworks, studwork, Architectural metalwork.
• Joinery / Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbed services, including Audio Visual

elements, Security, Lighting, Display Case monitoring ports and Information
Technology.
The Trade Contractor shall agree with the other Trade Contractors and the Project
Manager a common scale for the preparation of drawings to allow proper co-ordination to
occur. The initial drawings prepared by the Trade Contractor shall show base build “as
built”, all grids and services or restrictions within the zone as a faint background. Layouts
and details describing design are to be superimposed on the base building information.
These drawings will also recognise the needs of other Trade Contractors and the natural
restrictions of the zone.
The Trade Contractor is responsible for ensuring that he has incorporated all relevant
details of other works on his drawings that may affect the construction of the Works of this
and other Trade Contracts.
2.18 The Trade Contractor is to advise in good time for the purpose of design of other
works; the structural loading imposed by his equipment in point and distributed loads.

Sec-11 50 00

2.19 With respect to fixings and supports the Trade Contractor shall use the specified
fixings and note that all details must be submitted for comment and agreement.
2.20 The Trade Contractor shall take notice of the requirement to leave areas, which
are partially complete when installing the Works and allow for returning to complete these
works at a later date prior to handover.
2.21 Survey levels of existing base build floors, structure.

The Trade Contractor is to take note of any particular structural tolerances of the structure
and allow for these within the proposed support and fixing systems being utilised.
2.22 Prior to beginning design work the trade contractor is required to travel to Doha to
meet the KEP construction team and visit the site of work to view and compile the
information needed to undertake the work successfully.
2.23 The trade contractor must prepare a preliminary design presentation to show the
intended design solutions to all aspects of the design problems as given in this document,
the drawings and the specifications.
2.24 The trade contractor must prepare detailed scale models to demonstrate the
intended final appearance, including the proportions, details and visual properties of the
works.
Deviation from approved models and samples will not be accepted. The works are artistic
in nature and may require remedial adjustments to the finished works in order to achieve
the intended appearances. Any and all such work shall be completed at no extra cost to
the contract.
2.25 The submittal must contain a programme including the intended sequence and
timing of the tasks described herein, dates of deliverables and definition of any critical
path which exists between the various activities.
The programme must include the following:
Visits to Doha to meet with Kahramaa and project team;
Design stages (include time for review and approvals);
Documentation (include time for review and approvals);
Models, maquettes, samples, mock-ups, shop drawings (include time for review and
approvals);
Fabrication;
Clean up; The trade contractor must comply with the need for completion prior to the
dust-free period according to the overall project programme. All works must be installed
and successfully commissioned by the required date.
2.26 The trade contractor must provide complete documentation as required to

illustrate fully the system of construction, colour, texture, materials, methods, structure
and overall appearance of all aspects of the work.
2.27 The trade contractor must provide samples of each major type of material or
surface treatment that will form part of the finished works. Samples must be made using
the actual materials and methods to be used in the final works.
2.28 The trade contractor is responsible for preparation, review and co-ordination of
respective shop drawings to ensure proper interfaces of all works.
2.29 Upon agreement with the Project Manager removal of any previous base build
bonding materials/debris that would prevent the Works meeting the Performance
Specification and make good as necessary.
2.30 Allow for providing attendance upon other Trade Contractors as required.
2.31 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING:
* As stated in the specification the Trade Contractor is to prove that the system meets the
required specification, tests to be witnessed by the Consultants and the Project Manager
and certificates issued by independent testing laboratories.

Sec-11 50 00

* The Trade Contractor shall allow sufficient time for the testing/approval of materials prior
to commencement on site.
* Testing of parts of the works is required in order that void closures may proceed and
other Trade Contractors will interface with a standard closing up format and give at least 5
days notice for inspection.
* The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for testing on an ongoing basis where
necessary in order to allow follow on works to commence. Furthermore, the installation of
an element will not be regarded as complete without submitted and approved test result.
All systems tested on the above basis shall be tested again as complete systems.
* The tests specified shall be carried out in the presence of the Project Manager and design
Consultant. The Trade Contractor shall give the Project Manager seven days notice in
writing of the date upon which the Trade Contractor will be ready to carry out tests upon
completion.
* Where testing specific to the project is required, test certificates shall include the project
title, details and date of the test, signature of those witnessing the test, the Contractors
name and the specific location of the item in the works.
* The accuracy of each test shall be to the satisfaction of the Project Manager, whose
decision shall be final. The Trade Contractor shall supply all necessary attendance,
materials and instruments, and shall demonstrate, if required the accuracy of the
instruments used.
* The Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the commissioning of the Works and shall
be responsible for accepting commissioned base building services systems such that the
Trade Contractor integrates the fit out works with the base building works to offer fully
commissioned building services systems. The Trade Contractor is to co-operate fully with
the project Manager in the preparation and monitoring of his commissioning activities.
* Prior to the Project Manager witnessing commissioning activity, the Trade Contractor
must submit a complete test report detailing all results achieved.
* Include for demonstrating to the Client and Statutory Authorities various tests and
system operation. It will be a requirement that these tests have been witnessed by the
Project Manager prior to these demonstrations taking place.
* In order to demonstrate satisfactorily the operation of entire systems, it will be

necessary for the Trade Contractor to co-operate and attend on other trades.
* The Testing and Commissioning is to be carried out to the requirements of the

Specification.
* In order to ensure co-ordination of and efficient testing and commissioning the Trade
Contractor will:
- Submit schedules showing those parts of the works for which inspections and tests are
required.
- Provide for fully detailed, comprehensive record information as specified, prior to

completion for inclusion in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals.
- Provide full technical/product information for inclusion within the Project Health and
Safety File
2.32 The trade contractor is required to make available a supply of spare parts
necessary to guarantee the smooth and trouble-free functioning of the exhibits for a period
of three years.

Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00

PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE DETAILED CREATIVE BREIFS
INDEX OF PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE EXHIBITS

key:
PI – PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE
1 1.1 PI Van de Graaff exhibit
2 1.1a PI Dancing water bowls exhibit
3 4.1 PI 8 no. interactive graphic displays
4 4.2 PI Working model of Al –Jazari water raising pump
5 4.2a PI Working model of Taqi-Al Din’s six cylinder pump
6 5.14 Modelled section of Water pipework
7 6.1 PI Practical interactive about lightning
8 6.2 PI Interactive showing principles of Electromagnetic Induction
9 6.3 PI Interactive in which visitors can generate electricity by using human
‘wind up’ power
10 6.4 PI Interactive model of gas turbine illustrating LNG and Electricity generation
11 6.5 PI Interactive scale model of Kahramaa power station
12 6.6 PI AV based group interactive exploring the World’s resources
13 6.7 PI Interactive exhibit about Co2
14 6.8 PI AV based interactive
15 6.9 PI Interactive exhibit about Qatari Water consumption
16 6.10 PI A model of a de-salination plant which allows visitors to explore its
different aspects and taste salinated and desalinated water
Rev A – 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00

17 6.11 PI Examines the different ways in which water is consumed
18 6.12 PI Working model of the Al –Jazari reciprocating pump
19 6.13 PI An AV based touch table exhibit examines safety in the use of water and
electricity
20 7.1 PI Interactive model of the Kahramaa Education Park Building
21 Telescopes Located within the tower for viewing Desalination Plant
22 8.0 bench
23 8.3 PI Practical interactive explores wind power through cut away scale model of
gas turbine and model cars onto which types of blade and sail can be affixed and made to race
through wind power
24 8.4 PI Interactive displays demonstrate the principles of photovoltaic power
25 8.5 PI Tidal power is explored through working models
26 8.6 PI Animated cut through model of the Earth
27 8.7 PI Modelled display of Biomass materials
28 8.10 PI The Green House exhibit compares high energy consuming goods and
energy efficient goods in a stylised domestic setting
29 10.2 PI Visitor feed back and further information
30 4.4 PI Bit Fall Fountain
key:
LV – LINEAR VIDEO
CI – COMPUTER INTERACTIVE

Sec-11 50 00

IV – INTERACTIVE VIDEO
O - OTHER

Sec-11 50 00

DETAILED CREATIVE BRIEFS
Reference number: 1.1 PI
Type: PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE
AV hardware requirement: INTEGRAL TO EXHIBIT (any sound,lighting FX, movement
mechanisms to be included in the practical interactive construction)
Exhibit overview: Van de Graaff generator
Objective:
The exhibit poses an exciting introduction to one of the themes explored with in the Kahramaa
education park
Treatment and storyline:

A Van de Graaff generator is designed to generate static electricity--the same phenomenon that
can give you a nasty shock on a shag carpet and make your hair stand on end. It is also a
wonderful tool for teaching science, especially to children.
Reference number: 1.1a PI
Exhibit overview: Dancing Water bowls fountain
Objective:
The exhibit poses an exciting introduction to the theme of water explored with in the Kahramaa
Education Park

Jets of water are propelled from one area of the exhibit to another as a timed sequence

Sec-11 50 00

AV hardware requirement: NONE (any sound,lighting FX, movement mechanisms to be included in
the practical interactive construction)
Exhibit overview: 8 no interactive graphic displays
Objective: to get children (and adults) thinking about water
An interactive asking 8 questions to which there are three possible answers. These might be:
1. Why is the sea salty?
2. Why can’t we drink seawater?
3. How much water is there on earth?
4. How much fresh water is there?
5. Where is most of the world’s freshwater?
6. How much fresh water is there in Qatar?
7. How much water is used in a 5 minute shower?
8. How much water is used in a washing machine?
The visitor touches their choice and is ‘told’ if their answer is right or wrong and then given the
correct answer.

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number 4.2 PI
AV hardware requirement: None (any sound,lighting FX, movement mechanisms to be included in
Exhibit overview: Working model of Al –Jazari water raising pump
Objective: to demonstrate that water management in the Islamic world has a long heritage
Treatment: A working model approximately 0.5 metre in length. Caption should include its date
(13th century CE)
Background information: see catalogue of1001 Inventions: Muslim Heritage in Our World
(Foundation for Science Technology and Civilisation)

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Working model of Taqi-Al Din’s six cylinder pump
Treatment: A working model approximately 1 metre in length. Caption should include its date
(16th century CE)

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 5.14
Type: PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE (MODEL)
Exhibit overview: Large scale section of industrial ‘valve’
Objective: to grasp the scale of some of the machinery involved in the process of De-salination
Treatment: A model approximately 2.5 metres in diameter. A caption should include its origin
and use
Background information: Visual reference to be provided by Kahramaa client

Sec-11 50 00

AV hardware requirement(any sound,lighting FX, movement mechanisms to be included in the
practical interactive construction)
(FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC
OF EXHIBIT SEE AV SPECIFICATION FOR DETAIL)
Exhibit overview: Demonstration of lightning
Objective: To show the actual phenomenon of lightning
Treatment: A lighting tube 400 mm in length. The exhibit is to be supported by graphics give a
few startling facts about lightning, such as:
• The temperature of a lighting strike is hotter than the surface of the sun
• A flash of lighting is less than 3 cm wide
• There are between 50 and 100 lightning strikes on earth every second
• Most lightning bolts are 3 to 5 kilometres long
• Countries near the equator get the most lightning
• One American was struck by lightning seven times in his life and survived
Background information:
Lighting tubes are commercially available: see for example
http://www.strattman.com/products/lightning/index.html
Notes:
AV Hardware tbc by specialist AV hardware contractor

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 6.1 CI (FOR INFORMATION ONLY – COMPUTER INTERACTIVE EXHIBIT
BY OTHERS)
Type: COMPUTER INTERACTIVE
AV hardware requirement: (FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF EXHIBIT SEE AV SPECIFICATION FOR DETAIL)
Objective:
To demonstrate graphically how lighting is caused – by the build up of electrical charges within a
cloud
Treatment:
A touchtable. The opening screen is blue – representing the sky – with a number of stylised frozen
raindrops floating. Some bump into each other and a + or – symbol appears. The positive symbols
move to the top of the screen and the negative symbol towards the bottom
The electrical cartoon character Kahroob appears in the corner of the screen and tells visitors that
this is a cloud of frozen raindrops and that they can help make lightning by making more of the
raindrops collide.
By running a finger rapidly on a raindrop, the visitor can make a raindrop move across the screen
and bump into another raindrop. Again, this creates positive and negative symbols, the former
moving up, the latter moving down.
After 30 seconds, while visitors continue to make the collisions Kahroob explains what is
happening: the collisions are creating an electrical charge and all the positive charges are forming
at the top of the cloud and all the negative charges are forming at the bottom.
The cloud then shrinks and moves up the screen so that visitors can now see the ground, with a
number of positive charges building up underneath the cloud
Kahroob explains that because opposites attract, a positive charge is building up.
The negative charges in the cloud start to stretch down… and the positive charges on the ground
build higher and higher...
Just before the two meet, the screen switches to actual film footage of a lightning strike, with the
accompanying roar of thunder.

Sec-11 50 00

Duration: Children should be able to complete the game in 3 minutes.
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

AV hardware requirement: (any sound,lighting FX, movement mechanisms to be included in the
Exhibit overview Interactive showing principles of Electromagnetic Induction
Objective: to demonstrate how electricity is generated by moving a magnet in a coil.
A. Housed under a protective dome, a cylinder wrapped around with copper wire is attached to a
galvanometer. A magnet is attached to a transparent lever which allows the visitor to push the
magnet into the cylinder and move it back and forth. When the visitor uses the lever to move the
magnet back and forth in the cylinder, the needle on the galvanometer moves. A graphic image at
the back of the exhibit demonstrates the action needed and how, simply by moving a magnet back
and forth in a wire coil, an electrical current can be created.
B. This interactive is similiarly housed under a protective dome but this time the visitor turns a
handle which spins a magnet inside a copper coil. The copper is linked to a light bulb, which will
illuminate as the handle is spun.
Graphics at the back explain the action required and how changing the magnetic field is causing
the nuclei in the copper atoms to flow.
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number 6.2 IV
Type: INTERACTIVE VIDEO (FOR INFORMATION ONLY –INTERACTIVE VIDEO EXHIBIT BY
OTHERS)
Exhibit overview: Interactive video about principles of Electromagnetic Induction
(component part of 6.2 PI above)
Objective: to explain electromagnetic induction, its history and its importance to older visitors
and adults
Treatment: A touch table interactive to:
1. show what is happening at the atomic level to neutrons in the copper coil when the
magnet is moved, or the coil is moved around the magnet – possibly through the use of
animated graphics
2. introduce Michael Faraday and the equipment he used to discover electricity almost 200
years ago– which is remarkably similar to that in this exhibit
3. show that electromagnetic induction is still the primary method of electrical generation by
showing electrical motors, turbines, etc.
Duration: the electromagnetic induction exhibit should engage visitors for approximately 4
minutes.
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

AV hardware requirement (any sound,lighting FX, movement mechanisms to be included in the
Exhibit overview: Generating power by hand
Objective: to show that only a very small amount of electricity can be generated by human
power, even if working in a team and a huge amount of energy is needed to power a home
A: three separate cranks (possibly based on a yachtsman’s winch for ease of use) are each linked
to domestic device – a light bulb, a kettle and radio for example. The on-screen instruction says
“How much electricity can you generate? Turn the handle to find out.”
When the crank is turned, the device begins to work according to the amount of power generated.
When the visitor stops turning, a screen displays the amount of electricity generated and how long
the crank would have to be turned at that rate in order to generate enough power for the device
to work for an hour.
B: a capstan, linked to a generator and digital read-out .The on-screen instruction says “Get
together with your friends to see how much electricity you can generate? Just turn the capstan.”
When the capstan is turned, a number of light bulbs are illuminated according to the amount of
power generated. When the turning stops, a screen displays the amount of electricity generated
and how long the capstan would have to be turned in order to generate the power needed for a
typical Qatari house in a single day.
After two three minutes continual use both Exhibit A and Exhibit B should become more difficult to
turn and eventually lock.
The exhibit will have a built-in camera which will allow young visitors and their families to see
their efforts on the internet
Duration: this should engage visitors for approximately 4 ½ minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Notes:AV Hardware tbc by specialist AV hardware contractor
Reference number: 6.3 CI
Type: COMPUTER INTERACTIVE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY – COMPUTER INTERACTIVE
EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)
AV hardware requirement (FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
Objective: to demonstrate the effort required to generate even small amounts of power.
A: a computer is inked to the three separate cranks. The on-screen instruction says “How much
electricity can you generate? Turn the handle to find out”. The computer works out the amount of
energy generated by the cranks and converts it the amount of power needed to run the device to
which the crank is attached (a light bulb, a kettle or a radio) for one hour.
B: This computer is linked to the capstan and generator and digital read-out .The on-screen
instruction says “Get together with your friends to see how much electricity you can generate? Just
turn the capstan.” When the capstan is turned, a number of light bulbs are illuminated according
to the amount of power generated. When the turning stops, a screen displays the amount of
electricity generated and how long the capstan would have to be turned in order to generate the
power needed for a typical Qatari house in a single day.
Notes: AV Hardware tbc by specialist AV hardware contractor

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview Interactive model of gas turbine illustrating LNG and Electricity generation
Objective: to show how Qatar’s primary product, natural gas, is used in the electrical generation
process
A large model of a gas turbine used in the generation of electricity. It should be cutaway to
demonstrate what happens in each area. It is not a requirement that it represents an actual
turbine, but is rather amalgam of the key features in a visually striking configuration.
It should have a button adjacent to each feature which identifies its function.
Duration: 1 ½ minutes
Note:

Sec-11 50 00

Type COMPUTER INTERACTIVE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY – COMPUTER INTERACTIVE
EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)
Exhibit overview: touchscreen computer interactive illustrates processes involved
in generation of electricity via the gas turbine
process
A touchscreen which depicts the large gas turbine model. The key elements can be touched, which
activates an animated film which explains what is happening. The touchscreen is ‘hosted’ by the
cartoon electricity figure Kahroob.
Duration: ½ to 1 minute
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

AV hardware included: (any sound,lighting FX, movement mechanisms to be included in the
practical interactive construction) (FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
Exhibit overview: Interactive scale model of a Kahramaa power station
Objective: to explain how a real Qatari power station works and how power reaches the house
A scale model of one of Kahramaa’s power stations surrounded by h by touch buttons, positioned
in rough proximity to key features on the model. Each is labelled with the name of the feature –
e.g. Natural Gas input. When pressed, these illuminate part of the model where this activity takes
place and launch a short film showing the corresponding activity at the plant.
Duration: 3 minutes
Background information: The Client will select the plant to be modelled.

Sec-11 50 00

Type: VIDEO INTERACTIVE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY – VIDEO INTERACTIVE EXHIBIT
BY OTHERS)
AV hardware included: (FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
Exhibit overview: Interactive video shows real life film footage of daily activities within a
Kahramaa power plant
Objective: to reveal how electricity is generated in Qatar
Treatment and storyline: Surrounding the scale model of one of Kahramaa’s power stations are
touch buttons which launch short films showing the activiy in that area of the plant. Five short
films depict the key activities in an LNG power station. They should include live action but may
need to be supplemented with graphic interpretation where the process is invisible. Any captioning
should be in Arabic and English. The precise process is to be discussed with the Client, but the
films might depict:
 LNG coming into the power plant
 LNG ignited
 Electrical turbines being driven
Duration: This exhibit should engage visitors for 3 minutes. Each film should last about 20
seconds

Sec-11 50 00

ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF EXHIBIT SEE AV SPECIFICATION FOR DETAIL
Exhibit overview: AV based group interactive exploring the World’s resources
Objective: to raise awareness of the limited supply of natural resources
Treatment and storyline: This is a competitive quiz which can be played by individuals or up to
three teams against each other, or a single visitor can play against the machine. Visitors group
around consoles and register themselves with their RFIDs. One console is reduced in height to
allow small children or visitors in wheelchairs to play. They form teams according to the colour of
their consoles’ coloured acrylic surround. Projected on a circular table is a world globe, slowly
revolving (so that no team has an advantage of seeing the world in the usual north-south
configuration). The computer narration says “What are the world’s most precious resources?” As
images are projected on to the large screen in the centre of the exhibit, it continues “They are
fossil fuels, water and uranium. Where do you think they are?” The computer flashes up, “Fossil
fuels. These are primarily in the form of coal, oil and gas. Where are the world’s largest reserves of
gas? Press the area of the world on your console.” The console displays a world map. When an
area is highlighted, it is also projected with the colour of the console on the large projected map in
the centre of the exhibit.
“Where else are there large reserves of gas? Press the area of the world on your console”
Again the area touched on the console is also projected onto the large central map. The computer
then calculates whether the correct areas have been identified and gives out scores to each team
appropriately. It then identifies the correct areas.
The narrator then says “Play again?” Each console now has the options
• Yes
• New Game
• No
If Yes is selected the same procedure is followed with other resources.
If New Game is selected, the consoles and central projection show a film of Qatar’s gas fields. The
narrator says “Qatar has 25 trillion cubic metres of natural gas. Each day we remove XXX cubic
metres. How long will our reserves last?”
The consoles come up with three options and visitors select one.

Sec-11 50 00

A film is shown of a Qatar electricity generating plant. The narrator says “Each day in Qatar, we
use XXX cubic metres of natural gas. If this continues, we will run out of gas in 20XX. But if we cut
our consumption by 10%, how long could we continue to enjoy our gas reserves?”
The computer then calculates whether each team’s answers are correct and gives out scores to
each team appropriately. It then gives the correct answers
Yes
No
If Yes is selected the same procedure is followed with oil consumption as the topic
Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)
AV hardware included: : (FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
Exhibit overview: Group computer game challenges the visitors to identify
the World’s energy resources (componant part of 6.6 PI above)
Treatment and storyline;
This is a competitive quiz which can be played by individuals or up to three teams against each
other, or a single visitor can play against the machine. Visitors group around consoles and register
themselves with their RFIDs. They form teams according to the colour of their consoles’ coloured
acrylic surround. Projected on a circular table is a world globe, slowly revolving (so that no team
has an advantage of seeing the world in the usual north-south configuration). The computer
narration says “What are the world’s most precious resources?” As images are projected on to the
large screen in the centre of the exhibit, it continues “They are fossil fuels, water and uranium.
Where do you think they are?” The computer flashes up, “Fossil fuels. These are primarily in the
form of coal, oil and gas. Where are the world’s largest reserves of gas? Press the area of the
world on your console.” The console displays a world map. When an area is highlighted, it is also
projected with the colour of the console on the large projected map in the centre of the exhibit.
• Yes
• New Game
• No

Sec-11 50 00

Yes
No
Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

practical interactive construction) (AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF EXHIBIT SEE AV SPEC FOR DETAIL)
Exhibit overview: Interactive exhibit about Co2
Objective: to raise awareness of the quantity of CO2 being released into the atmosphere.
Treatment and storyline: This area consists of four interactives which should seek to convey the
following learning points:
• CO2 is a major contributor to global warming
• domestic electronic goods consume large amounts of power and therefore contribute to
the release of large quantities of CO2
• if energy efficient devices are used, the amount of CO2 released is significantly reduced
• How does Qatar compare to the rest of the world
• Commit to change

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 6.7 CI-I
AV hardware included: Supplied by AV Hardware Contractor (FOR INFORMATION ONLY –
COMPUTER VIDEO EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)
Exhibit overview: How does Co2 get into the atmosphere? Touch table
rear projected game
Objective: to raise awareness of the range of sources of CO2
The theme of this interactive is: how does CO2 get into the atmosphere? A projected world map is
surrounded by images of key producers of CO2 such as an aeroplane, a car, a camel, a factory and
an insect. The player ‘drags’ one of these images onto the map and information about their CO2
output is displayed.
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 6.7 CI-2
Exhibit overview: A game to demonstrate the amount of Co2 produced by
everyday domestic goods
Objective: to demonstrate the amount of CO2 produced by everyday domestic goods.
Along the length of the table are projected images of several domestic items - not the latest
models:
a TV set
an ordinary 60W lightbulb
a computer
an air conditioner
a microwave
In front of each is a small screen. The game begins with a film of a power station emitting CO2
into the atmosphere. The narrator says “Every electric device uses power and when we create
electric power, we release carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. Every day in Qatar we release XX
tons of CO2 into the atmosphere. Look above you to see how much space a ton of CO2 occupies”
Visitors look up and see an 8.2metre cube above them, marked out in LED lights.
The narrator continues: “CO2 is believed to be a major contributor to global warming. But do you
know how much CO2 the things in your house are contributing?”
On the screen in front of each object it says: “How much CO2 does [name of the item] generate in
one hour? ”
The visitor then selects a number of weights onscreeen and then the computer then tells them
whether they have guessed correctly.
The narrator then says “But if you used the most modern, most efficient versions of all these
machines, how much CO2 do you think you could stop going into the atmosphere. Select the
weight you think you could save.”

Sec-11 50 00

Once selected, the computer then tells the visitors whether they have selected the correct weight
and if not supplies the correct answer.
Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Computer interactive to demonstrate how co2 ommissions
in Qatar compare to the rest of the world
Objective: to surprise visitors by the very high consumption of power in Qatar
Treatment and storyline: this interactive allows visitors to select one of a number of countries
and guess whether consumption of power per capita is greater or less than in Qatar.
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Visitors commitments to change the amount of CO2 they produce
Objective: to push visitors into committing themselves to reduce their power consumption
Treatment and storyline: EK
This interactive allows visitors to record comments about power consumption which can be
displayed on the overhead LED cube. It should be voice activated and prompt visitors by asking
open questions such as “what do you think about the consumption of power in Qatar?” “What
could you do to reduce the consumption of power in Qatar?”
Duration:1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Multi screen presentation introducing the major alternative means of
generating power without using fossil fuels

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 6.8 1-6 LV (SEE LINEAR/INTERACTIVE DETAIL TENDER BRIEFS FOR
DETAIL OF CONTENT FOR INFORMATION ONLY – LINEAR VIDEO EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)
Type LINEAR VIDEO
AV hardware included:) SEE ABOVE
Exhibit overview: Linear video demonstrates the major alternative means of generating power
without using fossil fuels
Objective: To show benefits and drawbacks of major types of non-fossil fuel based power
generation
Treatment and storyline: A series of short films on nuclear, geothermal, biomass, wind, solar,
tidal power generation.
Duration: each film to last about 20 seconds, with an expectation that the visitor will engage with
the exhibit for a total of one minute.

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 6.9PI
Type PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE
Exhibit overview This consists of a tower made of 5,000 empty water bottles of one litre
capacity.
Objective: to highlight the amount of water consumed by a Qatari Citizen
Treatment and storyline: This consists of a tower made of 5,000 empty water bottles of one
litre capacity. In front of a tower, the visitor stands in front of a touchsceen . The message comes
up “Press here to see how much water a European consumes in a week”. Half the bottles are
illuminated. The message comes up “Press here to see how much water an American consumes in
a day”. Most of the bottles are illuminated.
The message comes up “Press here to see the average water consumption around the world in a
day.” Less than half the bottles are illuminated.
The message comes up on screen. “How much does the average Qatari consume during a day?
Keep your finger on the button until you think you have the right answer, then release”.
If visitors take their fingers off, the message comes up on screen “Wrong – we consume nearly
4,750 litres of water a week: the highest in the world!” Almost all the bottles are illuminated.
If visitors keep their fingers on the button until all the bottles are illuminated, the message comes
up on screen “Correct! We consume nearly 4,750 litres of water a week: the highest in the world!”
Duration: 3 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

AV hardware included:) (any sound,lighting FX, movement mechanisms to be included in the
Exhibit overview A model of a de-salination plant which allows visitors to explore its
Objective: to explain desalination and give visitors a taste
Treatment and storyline: A scale model with all key features identified. In addition there are two
water dispensers – where the water is dispenses just one drop at time. One dispenses salinated
water; the other desalinated water.
Duration: 1 minute
Background information: The Client will advise on the plant to be selected for modelling and to
supply technical information on processes and production costs
SEE 6.10 CI FOR AV HARDWARE TO BE ACCOMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF EXHIBIT

Sec-11 50 00

Type COMPUTER INTERACTIVE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY –COMPUTER VIDEO EXHIBIT
BY OTHERS)
AV hardware included:) (FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
Exhibit overview 4 no. interactive stations provide visitor with interaction with model 6.10 PI
(above)
Objective: to explain how a desalination plant works
Treatment and storyline: four consoles surround the model of the desalination plant glimpsed
on the Ride. Around each console are touch buttons, individually labelled with the name of the
feature – e.g. ‘Natural Gas input’. When activated, these buttons illuminate the part of the model
where this activity takes place and launches a short film showing the corresponding activity at the
plant. The use of salinated water in the production of electricity, and the role of electricity in
desalination will be particularly highlighted. Each console also includes a button to activate a one-
minute film highlighting the air pollution and CO2 production associated with desalination and the
effect on wildlife in the areas surrounding the desalination plants.
There is also an opportunity for visitors to sample a single drop of desalinated water and this
should be accompanied by an interactive screen alongside which allows visitors to guess how much
it costs to produce and distribute to a Qatari household one cubic metre of desalinated water.
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview Examines the different ways in which water is consumed
Objective: to demonstrate that a disproportionate amount of water is used in personal cleanliness
Treatment and storyline: This interactive begins with images of the different ways in which
water is consumed:
 for drinking
 for personal hygiene
 for clothes washing
 for gardening
 for cooking
 for car washing
After reflecting on these, the visitor encounters a transparent water tank holding 675.5 litres of
water with pipes leading to six transparent tubes of equal height and diameter. The tubes are
labelled “drinking”, “personal hygiene, “clothes washing”, “gardening”, “cooking” and “car
washing”
At the bottom of each is a valve which allows water to flow from the tank into the tube.
A sign says:
“Where does your water go? On washing the car? On drinking?
“The tank holds the average daily water consumption in Qatar - 675.5 litres. Turn the valves on
each tube to distribute it amongst these six categories.”
“Press this button when you have finished”
When complete, the amount of water in each tube is brought up on a screen. The water is pumped
back into the tank, then re-distributed among the tubes according the known consumption
patterns (e.g. 75.5 % on personal hygiene, 2.1% on cooking) and these values put alongside the
visitor’s estimates.

Sec-11 50 00

Type COMPUTER INTERACTIVE( FOR INFORMATION ONLY –COMPUTER VIDEO EXHIBIT
BY OTHERS)
Exhibit overview Displays visitors estimates of water consumption and compares with
current data
Objective: to reinforce the message that a disproportionate amount of water is used for personal
cleanliness
Treatment and storyline: When visitors have completed the challenge of filling the tubes with
water, the amount of water is brought up on a screen. Estimates of actual consumption for each
category are then displayed alongside.
Duration: The entire exhibit should engage visitors for at least 1 ½ minutes

Sec-11 50 00

AV hardware requirement: None (any sound, lighting FX, movement mechanisms to be included in
Exhibit overview:. Working model of Al –Jazari water reciprocating pump
Objective: to demonstrate a low tech method of water management
(13th century CE). It should also include graphics to introduce the garden and explain oxygen
generation and irrigation methods

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. An AV based touch table exhibit examines safety in the use of water and
electricity
Objective: SEE 6.13 CI BELOW

Sec-11 50 00

Type: COMPUTER INTERACTIVE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY –COMPUTER VIDEO EXHIBIT
BY OTHERS)
AV hardware included: Supplied by AV Hardware Contractor Exhibit overview: Rear
projected touchscreen where visitors are challenged to identify dangers in the featured scenarios
Objective: to stress electricity is potentially dangerous / bare wires must never be touched /
water and electricity are a deadly combination
Treatment and storyline: a rear projected touchscreen, again on the theme of electrical safety
and visitors are asked to identify dangers. Projected onto the screen is a domestic setting where,
for example:
someone is trying to get the toast out of a toaster with a metal knife
a TV in the bathroom is powered by an extension lead
a repair has been made with electrical tape
Duration: 30 seconds – 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

BY OTHERS)
AV hardware included: Supplied by AV Hardware Contractor Exhibit
overview: Two person interactive rear projected touchscreen where visitors must find solutions to
dangerous situations, competeing against the clock
to help younger visitors understand the safety issues around electricity and electricity/water
Treatment :A two-person touch-screen game, with the objective of identifying safe and unsafe
practices in the minimum amount of time. This should include:
 shelter under a tree or in a car during a lightning storm
 leave an extension reel wound or unwind it
 use a hair dryer in a bathroom or a bedroom
 add an adapter or find another socket
 repair a worn cable or replace it
and other scenarios

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. Interactive model of the Kahramaa Education Park Building
Objective: to demonstrate the innovative features of the Kahrammaa Education Park Building
Treatment: Scale model
Background information: See plans of building to determine appropriate scale

Sec-11 50 00

BY OTHERS)
AV hardware included (FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
Exhibit overview
Innovative energy saving features of the KEP building are explored in a touch screen interactive
Objective: to demonstrate the innovative features of the Kahrammaa Education Park Building and
those which could be adapted for domestic use
Treatment and storyline: touchscreen identifies particular features of the model (which are then
illuminated) - such as the turbines, wind tower, solar panels, heat exchangers - and displays key
facts. Where possible it should also show a domestic equivalent of the feature.
Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Type: PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE (DISPLAY STRUCTURE TO HOUSE PI /CI/IV EXHIBITS
8.1 – 8.8 SEE DETAIL BREIFS FOR DETAIL
AV hardware requirement: (any sound, lighting FX, movement mechanisms to be included in the
Exhibit overview:. Display structures x 2 to house PI/CI/IV exhibits 8.1 – 8.8
Objective: The principal function of the Balcony area is to showcase the alternatives to fossil fuel
based energy production and some of the newest technological innovations in energy saving. The
information is technically more advanced and is aimed primarily at older pupils and adults.

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 8.1 IV – 1-6
Type: INTERACTIVE VIDEO (AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF DISPLAY STRUCTURE)
(FOR INFORMATION ONLY –INTERACTIVE VIDEO EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)
AV hardware included
Exhibit overview: Visitors can select from a total of 6 video films on alternatives to fossil fuel
power generation
SEE FOLLOWING FOR DETAIL

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 8.1 IV-1
Type INTERACTIVE VIDEO (AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
AV hardware included Supplied by AV Hardware Contractor
SEE ABOVE
Exhibit overview: Alternatives to fossil fuel power generation – nuclear power
Objective: To outline the generation process, the benefits and drawbacks of nuclear power
Images of nuclear power plants, internal and external, accompanied by key words and phrases (in
Arabic and English) which summarise the pros and cons, such as “Clean”, “Inexpensive”, “Toxic
waste” and “Dangerous”. Images could include pictures of Chernobyl as well as effective nuclear
plants. It should also include a graphic animation of the generation process. The cost of producing
a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed (QUAR 0.43)
Duration: 1 minute
Background information: Expanded version of film 6.8 1

Sec-11 50 00

SEE ABOVE
Exhibit overview: Alternatives to fossil fuel power generation – geothermal power
Objective: To outline the generation process, the benefits and drawbacks of geothermal power
Images of geothermal power plants, internal and external, accompanied by key words and phrases
(in Arabic and English) which summarise the pros and cons, such as “Environmentally friendly”,
“Costly to build”. It should also include a graphic representation of the generation process. The
cost of producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed (QUAR 0.42)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

SEE ABOVE
Exhibit overview: Alternatives to fossil fuel power generation – biomass power
Objective: To outline the generation process, the benefits and drawbacks of power from biomass
Treatment and storyline: Images of biomass power generation, accompanied by key words and
phrases (in Arabic and English) which summarise the pros and cons, such as “Renewable”,
“Polluting”. It should also include a graphic animation of the generation process. The cost of
producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed (QUAR 0.40)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

SEE ABOVE
Exhibit overview: Alternatives to fossil fuel power generation – wind power
Objective: To outline the generation process, the benefits and drawbacks of wind power
Treatment and storyline: Images of wind farms and turbines accompanied by key words and
phrases (in Arabic and English) which summarise the pros and cons, such as “Renewable”, “It is
not always windy”. It should also include a graphic animation of the generation process. The cost
of producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed (QUAR 0.70)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

SEE ABOVE
Exhibit overview: Alternatives to fossil fuel power generation – solar power
Objective: To outline the generation process, the benefits and drawbacks of solar power
Treatment and storyline: Images of solar panels accompanied by key words and phrases (in
Arabic and English) which summarise the pros and cons, such as “Sustainable”, “Only works during
the day”. It should also include a graphic animation of the generation process. The cost of
producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed (QAR 0.93)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

SEE ABOVE
Exhibit overview: Alternatives to fossil fuel power generation – tidal power
Objective: To outline the generation process, the benefits and drawbacks of tidal power
Treatment and storyline: Images of tidal power generators accompanied by key words and
phrases (in Arabic and English) which summarise the pros and cons, such as “Renewable”, “Low
cost to run” and “Costly to build”. It should also include a graphic animation of the generation
process. The cost of producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed (to be checked –
approximately QAR 0.44)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Type: COMPUTER INTERACTIVE (AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
Exhibit overview: Touchscreen interactive demonstrates priniples of nuclear power
Objective: to provide a more in-depth assessment of the pros and cons of nuclear power
Treatment and storyline: A touch-screen interactive demonstrates the principles of nuclear
power to create steam. The visitor is challenged to assess the pros (little pollution) with the cons
(waste disposal, limited uranium, risk).
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. Practical interactive explores wind power
Objective: demonstration of wind power
Treatment: cutaway scale model of a turbine and model cars onto which types of blade and sail
can be affixed and made to race through wind power, This will turn as visitors experiment with
various types of blade and sail – including traditional designs – to find the most efficient. Through
a projected film, the visitor will discover the efficiency of wind farms compared to fossil fuel based
electrical generation.
Duration: 1 – 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. Interactive displays demonstrate the principles of photovoltaic power
Objective: to demonstrate non-electromagnetic electrical generation
Treatment: 1) a simplified and symbolic representation of how a solar panel converts light into
electricity.
2) visitors use lemons to power a low voltage LED clock. It is essential that in doing so they grasp
the concept of the electrochemical energy – the battery.

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. Tidal power is explored through working models
Objective: to show how the sea can be harnessed to generate electricity
Treatment: A large tank demonstrates the theory of using the power of the tides to generate
electricity. Supporting information must reveal that this is only effective in areas of significant
tides, so it is not an option for Qatar.

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. Animated cut through model of the Earth
Objective: to remind visitors that the centre of the earth is a molten furnace - and therefore a
potential energy source.
Treatment: A cutaway model of the earth – reminding visitors, as they have seen in the Pearl –
that the earth’s centre is a molten furnace. Graphics explain how heat pumps tap into this free
source of power.

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. Modelled display of biomass materials
Objective: to show the quantity of plant material needed to generate a certain amount of power
Treatment: A 2.4m x 0.6 m tower of glass tower full of miscanthus. Supporting graphics explain
how much power can be obtained from this quantity of biomass, as well as revealing other sources
of biomass, such as wood and garbage
Duration: ½ minute

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 8.8 IV
ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF DISPLAY STRUCTURE
Exhibit overview: A touch screen interactive compares green means of generating electricity
Objective: to demonstrate that renewablae energy sources do not generate sufficient power to
replace fossil fuels.
Treatment and storyline: A touchscreen display: visitors select a ‘green’ method - tidal, solar,
geothermal or bio-mass– and the energy output is compared with that of conventional sources. It
should also demonstrate the quantities needed to replace conventional power – for example, what
are of solar panels would be required to fulfil all of Qatar’s needs?

Sec-11 50 00

(AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF
DISPLAY STRUCTURE)
Exhibit overview:. The Qatari House exhibit compares high energy consuming goods and energy
efficient goods in a stylised domestic setting
Objective: to demonstrate the energy efficiency of the best new domestic appliances.
Treatment: the visitor enters a circle and stands by one of a number of consoles in the centre.
One half of the circle shows a stylised bathroom and kitchen, of a ‘normal’ house, equipped with
high energy-consuming goods. The other half of the circle shows exactly the same setting, but
equipped with environmentally friendly and energy efficient goods. The devices themselves should
be cutaway to reveal their inner workings.
Duration: the whole exhibit should engage the visitor for 4 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 8. 10 CI
Exhibit overview: A central console allows visitor to interact and compare household goods
and collect further information
Treatment and storyline: The visitor selects either a room or a specific piece of equipment on
the touch screen to illuminate these in the rooms, both green and non-green. Comparative
information – in an appealing way (animated graphics rather than figures) is then revealed about
comparative running costs, C02 emissions, carbon footprint of manufacture, etc. There should
also be an explanation of HOW the more energy efficient appliences achieve this. This should
include basic cut away animated diagrams to show usually ‘hidden’ mechanisms etc

Sec-11 50 00

AV hardware included: (any sound, lighting FX, movement mechanisms to be included in the
Exhibit overview: Visitor feed back stations
Objective: to allow visitors to download their game scores and to commit to energy saving.
Treatment and storyline: Three walk in circular pod structures , each with three consoles.
Within each, visitors can scan their RFDI medallions. Interactive screens set into freestanding
partition s will then ask them to choose from a number of energy and water saving options that
they will commit to putting into practice.
The pod will then provide a summary of their scores from the interactives and a list of their
commitments, which the visitor can print out at home. It will also give them a unique number to
access the KEP website and find films of themselves participating in the activities where possible.
The visitors can also access further information on the key themes explored during their visit.
Notes: AV Hardware by specialist AV hardware contractor
SEE AV SPECIFICATION FOR AV HARDWARE TO BE ACCOMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF EXHIBIT

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Interactive fountain
Objective: To enable a name of an individual or group to be displayed through falling water
droplets
The bit fall fountain forms a centrepiece to the pre ride area. This is programmed with a selection
of popular and traditional tunes, according to the audience. The KEP education team are able to
project a name of the visiting group on to the falling water
Duration: tbc

Sec-11 50 00

EXHIBITION FINISHES SCHEDULE
AREA/ DESCRIPTION LOCATION MATERIAL REFERENCE/ SUPPLIER NOTES

EXHIBIT FINISH
1.1 Van de Graffe exhibit Spheres to electrical Stainless steel polished Sample to be
charge display submitted to
designers approval
Cylinder housing Clear acrylic
electrical rollers
Plinth Plastic laminate F2253 www.formicacollection. Or equal to
Diamond Black eu designers approval
Further conduit Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
covers/ submitted to
Enclosures as designers approval
necessary
1.1a Water bowls fountain Circular marble base marble tbc To match lobby floor
to fountain bowls finish
Water bowls Stainless steel polished Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
Water propelling tbc Black colour To designers
device to centre of tbc approval
bowl
1.2 Reception Curved backdrop Polished plaster SMX0065 www.armourcoat.com
Post hooks for display Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
of RFID medallion submitted to
designers approval
Fascia and countertop Color core plastic CC2255polar www.formicacollection.
to reception desk laminate white eu
Feature countertop Opal acrylic Red 4T26 Perspex
Lucite
www.lucitesolutions.c
om
WG1/2/7/8/ wayfinding monolith fascia Marble/granite tbc To match lobby floor

9/10/11/12 finish
3.0 The Pearl immersive AV Floor finish rubber Reflect acier www.dalsouple.com
theatre argent - uni
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00

Walls To specialist AV tbc

hardware
contractors spec
Paint finish to central To specialist AV tbc
globe pit hardware
contractors spec
4.2 Working model of Al- Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
Jazari water raising pump submitted to
designers approval
Upright supports to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
graphic backdrop submitted to
designers approval
Countertop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
and edge returns submitted to
designers approval
fascia Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
model tbc Selected to match
those of original
devise – to designers
approval
graphics See graphics spec for
detail
4.2a Working model of Taqi - Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
Al- Din six cylinder pump submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
designers approval
Fascia to plinth Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


those of original
approval
detail
4.1 Interactive graphics See graphics spec for
detail
Side returns to graphic Stainless steel brushed Sample to be

enclosures submitted to
designers approval
4.4 Bit fall fountain
Fascia to housing Stainless steel brushed Sample to be

submitted to
designers approval
Backdrop glass Back painted Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
6.1 Lightening exhibit Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
Lighting archway M/steel faced and brushed
edged in stainless
steel
Countertop Solid surface acrylic Perma white LG Himacs
and edge returns P01 www.lgchem.com
Fascia to plinth Plastic laminate F3091 www.formicacollection.
eu
Top and base to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
lightening tube submitted to
display designers approval
6,2 Electromagnetic exhibit Coil exhibit structure M/steel with copper Sample to be
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00

metallic powder submitted to
coat finish designers approval
Base to coil structure M/steel with powder black Sample to be
coat finish submitted to
designers approval
Shaped countertop Solid surface acrylic Perma white LG Himacs
P01 www.lgchem.com
Acrylic domes to acrylic clear Sample to be
interactive exhibits submitted to
designers approval
detail
Graphic fixings St/steel Brushed finish Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
6.3 Human Power Exhibit fascia Plastic laminate F3091 www.formicacollection.
eu
Side returns to St/steel Brushed finish Sample to be
exhibit fascia submitted to
designers approval
Upstands to LCD glass toughened
monitors
Electrical appliance St/steel Brushed finish Sample to be
display boxes submitted to
designers approval
Rotating capstan St/steel Brushed finish Sample to be
wheel submitted to
designers approval
Individual rotating St/steel Brushed finish Sample to be
handle winders submitted to
designers approval
Upstand to handle M/steel with powder RAL 3020
winders coat finish
6.4 LNG Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


designers approval
edged in stainless
steel
Exhibit fascia (front Laminated glass To front face of
and rear) graphic backdrop
graphics See graphic spec for
detail
Recess to model Mdf spray paint To match RAL
finish 3020
model tbc
Side returns to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
exhibit enclosure submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
designers approval
6.5 Countertop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
designers approval
submitted to
designers approval
Buttons to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
interactive model submitted to
designers approval
Showcase enclosure glass toughened
to model
model tbc
6.6 Natural Resources Countertop Solid surface acrylic Perma white LG Himacs
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


eu
Console structures Solid surface acrylic Perma white LG Himacs
P01 www.lgchem.com
Inset acrylic to Opal acrylic tbc Perspex Colours to be
consoles Lucite specified in
www.lucitesolutions.c conjunction with CI
om producer to
designers approval
edged in stainless
steel
6.7 Co2 Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
detail
eu
Cube structure Anodised aluminium Tbc with contractor
Graphic ribbon and See graphics spec for
letterforms detail
6.8 Alternative energy Countertop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
sources and edge returns submitted to
designers approval
submitted to
designers approval
interactive Videos submitted to
designers approval
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00

Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be

submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
edged in stainless
steel
6.9 Water Consumption Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
detail
eu
6.10 Desalination Model
model tbc
Interactive Consoles Stainless steel brushed
H2o Console M/steel powder coat RAL 5012
finish
Upstand to model Smooth plaster 10BB 73/039 iCI Dulux
matt emulsion paint
finish
6.11 Water usage Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


edged in stainless
steel
1000mm dia Water Glass/acrylic Tbc by contractor
cylinder
Base to water Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
container cylinder submitted to
designers approval
Stop cock/valve Stainless steel polished
300mm dia water Glass/acrylic Tbc by contractor
cylinders
Plinth to 300mm dia Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
water cylinders submitted to
designers approval
Tubes linking water Stainless steel polished
cylinders
6.12 Introduction to garden Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
6.12 G1 & G2 submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
detail
Interactive model Plinth enclosure Solid surface acrylic Perma white LG Himacs
P01 www.lgchem.com
Glass tank glass toughened
those of original
approval
6.13 Safety Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


designers approval
detail
eu
Housing to LED Stainless steel polished
display
7.1 Countertop Solid surface acrylic Perma white LG Himacs

upright supports
Upright and housing Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
for LCD touchscreen submitted to
monitor designers approval
Architectural model tbc To be agreed with
Architect and
exhibition design
consultant
detail
8.0 Display benches x2 Countertop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
designers approval
submitted to
designers approval
submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
8.1 Alternatives to fossil fuel Decorative shapes to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00

graphic upstand submitted to

designers approval
detail
8.2 Nuclear power Decorative shapes to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
designers approval
detail
8.3 Wind power Enclosure to Wind glass toughened
turbine model
Enclosure to vehicle glass toughened
tracks
Model vehicles Timber/cotton/nylon tbc Tbc with design
consultant
detail
8.4 Photo voltaic power Surround to light Plastic laminate tbc
source
Frame to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
photovoltaic panels submitted to
designers approval
display
detail
Decorative shapes to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
designers approval
3no. interactive tbc
exhibits to
countertop
8.5 Tidal power Enclosure to Water glass toughened
tank
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


designers approval
detail
8.6 Geothermal power External face to cut Stainless steel polished
away model of the
Earth
Internal strata tbc
Interanaly Coloured acrylic tbc
illuminated inner
sphere
designers approval
detail
8.7 Biomass Enclosure to glass toughened
modelled plant
matter
designers approval
detail
8.8 Further means of Decorative shapes to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
generating electricity graphic upstand submitted to
designers approval
8.9 ‘Blue sky’ vision of the Projection screens tbc Material capable of
future rendering projected
image to front and
rear faces tbc by AV
hardware consultant
Method of St/steel tensioned tbc by AV hardware
suspension cables or similar to consultant
suit
8.10 The Qatari House Curved exterior glass toughened
partitions
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00

Curved exterior Stainless steel brushed

partitions and fascia
panels
Floor to visitor glass laminated
interaction area
Ramp and room set Rubber Dalsouple - colour tbc
floor Uni
Interactive Console Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
10.2 Visitor feedback Fascia to enclosure glass Laminated Colour interlayer tbc
with coloured sample to be
interlayer submitted to
designer for approval
Support channel to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
top and base/upright submitted to
supports designers approval
Decorative applied Metallic plastic tbc
discs laminate
detail
Central structure housing All faces Plastic laminate F3091 www.formicacollection.
touchscreen eu
monitors/camcorder/RFID
scanner location
Disc with recessed Plastic laminate F3091 www.formicacollection.
lighting faces and eu
edge
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00
KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - Graphics Artwork and Production Schedule

28th October 2010 Rev: 0 JJA Jasper Jacob Associates
POSITION GRAPHIC CODE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION PRODUCTION TYPE SIZE (H X W) IN MILLIMETERS ARTWORK NOTE
1.1 Reception 1.1 G1 1 Cartoon Characters Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and spaced off 1500 x 750 Characters to be supplied by client
back wall 10mm diabond black edges, Characters fret cut to
shape
1.1 G2 1 Cartoon Characters Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and spaced off 1500 x 750 Characters to be supplied by client
shape
1.1 G3 1 Cartoon Characters Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and spaced off 1500 x 750 Characters to be supplied by client
shape
1.2 Reception Desk 1.2 G1 1 Wayfinding/Signage Fret cut letters, silver finish, spaced off wall behind reception 300mm approx cap height Welcome to Kahramaa Education Park '
desk or similar (Arabic and English)
1.2 G2 10,000 RFID Medallion disc. 50mm Specialist RFID 50mm dia Logo instructions
dia integrated smart chip see
AV spec
1.2 G3 10,000 RFID Ribbon Ribbon to take disc around childs neck with graphics 10mm approx Ribbon Continual image
embroider
2.0 Theatre 2.0 G1 1 Wayfinding/Signage Fret cut letters, silver finish, spaced off wall above Theatre 300mm approx cap height Welcome Theatre' or similar (Arabic and
entrance English)
4.2 Pre Ride Area Practical 4.2 G1 1 Backdrop discs Linked graphic discs made up of 16no. Discs to suit stainless 2080 x 4480 Various artwork and text to each disc in
Interactive Water Raising Pump steel upstand. Printed direct to diabond substrate and spaced Arabic and English
off back wall
4.2 G1 1 Interactive Operating Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to counter top 400 x 200 Turn Handle Arrow (Arabic and
instructions English)
4.2a Taqi-Al-Din pump 4.2a G1 1 Backdrop discs Linked graphic discs made up of 16no. Discs to suit stainless 2080 x 4480 Various artwork and text to each disc in
steel up stand. Printed direct to diabond substrate and spaced Arabic and English
of back wall
4.2a G2 1 Interactive Operating Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to counter top 500 x 500 Turn Handle Arrow (Arabic and
instructions English)
4.3 Pre boarding briefing 4.3 G1 1 Health and Safety Lambda or high res digital print heatsealed mounted to 10mm 1500 x 750 Health and Safety instructions (Arabic
Instructions diabond black edges, Graphic shaped to tear drop to fit and English)
background graphic backdrop. Spaced off back wall
4.7 Graphic Backwall 4.7 G1 1 Glass curved backdrop Applied duratran to back face of curved glass, predrilled to 4200 x 20,000 tapering to 1500 Large graphic backdrop with illustrated
accept interactive graphics for practical interactives (See below high graphic similar to graphic detail design
4.1)
4.1 Practical Interactives 4.1 G1 8 Practical interactive discs Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and spaced off 500 dia Various artwork and text to each disc in
back wall. Integral to practical interactive Arabic and English
4.1 G2 24 Practical interactive discs Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and spaced off 180 dia Various artwork and text to each disc in
back wall. Integral to practical interactive Arabic and English
KEP Graphic Scope Page 1

Sec-11 50 00
6.1 Electricity in the Sky 6.1 G1 1 Exhibit Title Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl graphics applied to 3720 x 540 Text in Arabic and English
stainless steel structure
6.1 G2 1 Interactive Backdrop Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl graphics applied to 8600 x 540 Illustrated graphic similar to scheme
stainless steel structure design
6.1 G3 1 Facts Panel Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and cut to shape 1500 x 1000 Various artwork text and images in
with rounded edges Arabic and English
6.2 Electro magnetic Induction 6.2 G1 1 Backdrop discs Linked graphic discs made up of 16no. Discs to suit stainless 2080 x 4480 Various artwork and text to each disc in
of back wall
6.2 G2 1 Interactive operating Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to counter top 500 x 500 Text in Arabic and English
instructions
6.3 Human Power 6.3 G1 no graphic required Exhibit title to form part of the CI screen
titling
6.3 G2 no graphic required Exhibit title to form part of the CI screen

titling
6.4 LNG and Electricity Generation 6.4 G1 1 Title Panel Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and cut to shape 2000 x 2000 Various artwork images and text in
6.4 G2 1 Graphic backdrop Opaque graphics applied to rear of front face of unit 6400 x 2000 (incorporating 4260 x Various artwork images
920 cut out)
6.4 G3 1 Graphic backdrop Opaque graphics applied to rear of back face of unit 6400 x 2000 Various artwork images
6.4 G4 4 Interactive Buttons Backlight duratrans 300 x 200 Text in Arabic and English
6.4 G5 1 Interactive operating Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to stainless steel 600 x 200 Text in Arabic and English
instructions counter top
6.5 Power Station Model 6.5 G1 1 Title Panel Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and cut to shape 2000 x 2000 Various artwork images and text in
6.5 G3 8 Interactive Buttons Buttons etched and filled stainless steel for interactives see AV 80 dia Text in Arabic and English
scope
6.6 Natural Resources 6.6 G1 1 no graphic required Exhibit title to form part of the CI screen
titling

Sec-11 50 00
6.7 Co2 6.7 G1 1 Exhibit Title Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to stainless steel 1500 x 540 Title Text in Arabic and English
structure
6.7 G2 1 Interactive Backdrop Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to stainless steel 5500 x 540 Illustrated graphic similar to scheme
structure design
6.7 G3 1 Graphic Intro Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to solid acrylic 1500 x 880 Into text
structure
6.7 G4 1 Co2 Stainless steel cut out letters applied to cube structure 800 cap height Text only in Arabic and English
6.7 G5 1 70x Stainless steel cut out letters applied to cube structure 800 cap height Text only in Arabic and English
6.7 G6 1 Banding around cube Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl graphics applied to 550 x 32,000 (8000 lengths) Text only in Arabic and English
stainless steel band
6.8 Alternative Methods of 6.8 G1 1 Exhibit Title Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to stainless steel 3000 x 540 Title Text in Arabic and English
Generating Electricity structure
6.9 Water Consumption 6.9 G1 1 Title Panel Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and cut to shape 2000 x 2000 Various artwork images and text in
6.9 G2 1 Backdrop discs Linked graphic discs made up of 11no. Discs to suit stainless 3640 x 1200 Various artwork and text to each disc in
of back wall
of back wall
6.9 G4 1 Measuring stick Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl graphics applied to 5400 x 350 Numbers and rules in Arabic and
stainless steel monolith English
6.10 Desalination Model 6.10 G1 2 Title graphic Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl graphics to inside face 200mm approx cap height Title Text in Arabic and English
of upstand of hand rail
6.10 G2 1 Exhibit instruction Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and inset into 400 x 300 Title Text in Arabic and English
structure
6.10 G3 1 H2O Exhibit instruction Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to stainless steel 100 x 100 Title Text in Arabic and English
structure
6.11 Your Own Water Consumption 6.11 G1 1 Title Panel Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and cut to shape 2000 x 2000 Various artwork images and text in
6.11 G2 1 Facts Panel Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and cut to shape 2000 x 2000 Various artwork images and text in
6.11 G3 1 Graphics to cylinder '675 Litres' Frosted Cast vinyl graphics applied to glass 300mm approx cap height '675 Litres' Text in Arabic and English
cylinder
6.11 G4 1 Interactive Operating 'Turn the handle' with arrows, screen print two pack ink or cast 500 dia 'Turn the handle' Text in Arabic and
instructions vinyl instructions applied to structure English

Sec-11 50 00
6.11 G5 6 Graphics to cylinders Frosted Cast vinyl graphics applied to glass cylinders 150mm approx cap height Text in Arabic and English
6.11 G6 1 Graphic surround to LCD Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and cut to shape 2000 x 2000 Various artwork images and text in
screen with rounded edge, allocation for LCD screen inset Arabic and English
6.12 Garden 6.12 G1 1 Backdrop discs Linked graphic discs made up of 16no. Discs to suit stainless 2080 x 4480 Various artwork and text to each disc in
steel upstand. Printed direct to diabond substrate and spaced Arabic and English
of back wall
of back wall
6.12 G3 4 Title to Model Plinth Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to plinth 200 x 2500 Text in Arabic and English
6.13 Stay Safe 6.13 G1 1 Backdrop discs Linked graphic discs made up of 16no. Discs to suit stainless 2080 x 4480 Various artwork and text to each disc in
of back wall
7.1 Interactive Model Kahraama 7.1 G1 1 Title Panel Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and cut to shape 2000 x 2000 Various artwork images and text in
Education Park with rounded edges Arabic and English
7.1 G2 1 Facts Panel Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and cut to shape 2000 x 2000 Various artwork images and text in
7.1 G3 10 Graphic applied to glass Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to glass 400 x 400 10no. Illustration outlines and arrows,
windows text in Arabic and English
8.3 Wind Power 8.3 G1 1 Title Panel Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and spaced off rear 600 X 1980 Various artwork images and text in
substrate Arabic and English
8.3 G2 1 Interactive Operating Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to rear of glass 350 x 350 Text in Arabic and English
instructions
8.3 G3 1 Choose a Vehicle Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to rear of glass 1800 x 400 'Choose a Vehicle' Text in Arabic and
English
8.4 Photovoltaic and 8.4 G1 1 Title Panel Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and spaced off rear 600 X 1980 Various artwork images and text in
Electrochemical Power Generation substrate Arabic and English
8.4 G2 1 Interactive Operating Graphic etched and filled to stainless steel substrate 500 x 500 approx Text in Arabic and English
instructions
8.4 G3 1 Graphic backdrop Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate, cut to shape and 600 x 800 Various artwork images and text in
spaced of rear substrate Arabic and English
8.5 Tidal Power 8.5 G1 1 Graphic backdrop Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and spaced off rear 700 x 1600 Various artwork images and text in
8.5 G2 1 Tank Graphics Text only applied Screen print or cast vinyl applied to front face 1000 x 400 Text in Arabic and English
8.6 Geothermal Power 8.6 G1 2 Graphic backdrop Graphic printed direct to diabond substrate and spaced of rear 1150 x 810 Various artwork images and text in

Sec-11 50 00
8.7 Biomass Power 8.7 G1 1 Title Screen print two pack ink or cast vinyl applied to front face of 500 x 500 Text in Arabic and English
glass display
8.7 G2 3 Framed Images Images printed direct to diabond substrate and recessed into 200 x 350 Various artwork images
stainless steel frames
8.10 The Green Qatari House 8.10 G1 1 Title Fret cut letters, silver finish, spaced off wall above entrance 300mm approx cap height Green Qatari House ' or similar (Arabic
and English)
8.10 G2 5 Floor graphics Graphics vinyl lettering applied to rear face of floor glass 150 cap height Text in Arabic and English
8.10 G3 12 Floor graphics within each Graphics vinyl lettering applied to rear face of floor glass 150 cap height Text in Arabic and English
room
9.0 Garden for Qatar 9.0 G1 5 External Graphic Plinth External grade UV stable graphic produced in either Rhino 1000 x 500 Various artwork images and text in
core or Vault (or similar) 5 year guarantee minimum Arabic and English
9.0 G2 30 Plant labels External grade labels, stainless steel, etched and filled text, 500 x 400 Text in Arabic and English
aperture cut to middle (see graphic detail design)
9.1 Grey water for irrigation 9.1 G1 5 External Graphic Plinth External grade UV stable graphic produced in either Rhino 1000 x 500 Various artwork images and text in
9.2 Biofuels 9.2 G1 3 External Graphic Plinth External grade UV stable graphic produced in either Rhino 1000 x 500 Various artwork images and text in
9.3 Ground water 9.3 G1 3 External Graphic Plinth External grade UV stable graphic produced in either Rhino 1000 x 500 Various artwork images and text in
10.2 Interactive pods 10.2 G1 3 Graphic to pods 'What have you learnt' frosted cast vinyl lettering applied at 250 cap height Text in Arabic and English
high level to orange curved glass
10.2 G2 18 Internal pod panels and Durable graphics to laminate. Aluminum strip to edges. 1800 x 1200 Various artwork images and text in
instructions Arabic and English
Wayfinding and Signage
Ride Exit GWP1 1 Wayfinding Graphics mounted to foamex heatseal wrap, applied to wall 2000 x 3000 Artwork to include directional arrows
and solid balustrade and text in Arabic and English.
Ramp at principal display area GWP2 1 Wayfinding Graphics mounted to foamex heatseal wrap, applied to wall 18,000 x 2000 Artwork to include directional arrows
and solid balustrade and text in Arabic and English.
Rear of upstand to principal display GWP3 1 Wayfinding Graphics mounted to foamex heatseal wrap, applied to wall 36,000 x 2000 Artwork to include directional arrows
area and solid balustrade and text in Arabic and English.
Rear of upstand to principal display GWP4 1 Wayfinding Graphics mounted to foamex heatseal wrap, applied to wall 36,000 x 2000 Artwork to include directional arrows
area and solid balustrade and text in Arabic and English.

Sec-11 50 00
Tower GWP5 1 Wayfinding Graphic backdrop Wallpaper graphic applied directly to wall 3000 x 11,000 Illustrated graphic similar to scheme
design
Lobby and Reception WG1 2 Wayfinding / signage Lambda or high res digital print mounted to 6mm foamex 1000 x 1000 Artwork to include directional arrows
heatseal wrapped edges. Graphic applied to monolith, and text in Arabic and English.
aluminum strip to surround graphic edges.
Lobby and Reception WG2 2 Wayfinding / signage Lambda or high res digital print mounted to 6mm foamex 1000 x 1000 Artwork to include directional arrows
heatseal wrapped edges. Aluminum strip to edges. and text in Arabic and English.
Lift - Lower Ground Floor WG3 1 Wayfinding / signage Durable graphics to laminate to lift surround. Aluminum strip to 3000 x 2500 Illustrated graphic similar to scheme
edges. design
Lift - Ground floor WG4 1 Wayfinding / signage Durable graphics to laminate to lift surround. Aluminum strip to 3000 x 2500 Illustrated graphic similar to scheme
edges. design
Lift - Mezzanine WG5 1 Wayfinding / signage Durable graphics to laminate to lift surround. Aluminum strip to 3000 x 2500 Illustrated graphic similar to scheme
edges. design
Lift - Tower WG6 1 Wayfinding / signage Durable graphics to laminate to lift surround. Aluminum strip to 3000 x 2500 Illustrated graphic similar to scheme
edges. design
Totem - Lower Ground Floor WG7 4 Wayfinding / signage Durable graphics to laminate to sides of Totem. Aluminum strip 2500 x 400 Artwork to include directional arrows
to edges. and text in Arabic and English.
Totem - Lower Ground Floor WG8 4 Wayfinding / signage Durable graphics to laminate to sides of Totem. Aluminum strip 2500 x 400 Artwork to include directional arrows
Totem - Ground Floor WG9 4 Wayfinding / signage Durable graphics to laminate to sides of Totem. Aluminum strip 2500 x 400 Artwork to include directional arrows
Totem - Ground Floor WG10 4 Wayfinding / signage Durable graphics to laminate to sides of Totem. Aluminum strip 2500 x 400 Artwork to include directional arrows
Totem - Mezzanine Level WG11 4 Wayfinding / signage Durable graphics to laminate to sides of Totem. Aluminum strip 2500 x 400 Artwork to include directional arrows
Totem - Mezzanine Level WG12 4 Wayfinding / signage Durable graphics to laminate to sides of Totem. Aluminum strip 2500 x 400 Artwork to include directional arrows
Spiral Staircase - Ground Floor WG13 1 Wayfinding / signage Graphics to be printed direct to vinyl and mounted to curved 1000 x 2500 Artwork to include directional arrows
staircase central structure and text in Arabic and English.
Spiral Staircase - Ground Floor WG14 1 Wayfinding / signage Graphics to be printed direct to vinyl and mounted to curved 1000 x 2500 Artwork to include directional arrows
Spiral Staircase - Mezzanine Level WG15 1 Wayfinding / signage Graphics to be printed direct to vinyl and mounted to curved 1000 x 2500 Artwork to include directional arrows
Spiral Staircase - Mezzanine Level WG16 1 Wayfinding / signage Graphics to be printed direct to vinyl and mounted to curved 1000 x 2500 Artwork to include directional arrows

Sec-11 50 00
KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK
Graphic Styling for Tender
JAMES CUBITT & PARTNERS, 109 Uxbridge Road, London, W5 5TL, Tel 020 8579 6873
JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES, 25 Abbeville Mews, 88 Clapham Park Road, London SW4 7BX, Tel 020 7622 7277

Sec-11 50 00
GRAPHIC STYLING 2010


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00

GRAPHIC ARTWORK, ILLUSTRATION, PRODUCTION AND INSTALLATION
GRAPHICS ARTWORK, ILLUSTRATION, PRODUCTION AND INSTALLATION

(To be read in conjunction with KEP Graphics Schedule JJA.xls)
For the purposes of this tender the Trade Contractor is to provide visual examples and
written descriptions of three (3) similar projects that demonstrate a full understanding and
experience of the scope of services.
Provide details of staff including software skills to be made available for the contract.
Include an estimated number of days per staff member allocated to the project along
with day rates.
Provide details of Project Management structure, including permanent Project Manager

responsible for the project.
Provide contact details, CV and availability for interview of all key team members
applicable to the project.
Provide an example of artwork following the style guide provided of 4.1 Water Quiz
Practical Interactives 1no. 500 diameter (as listed in the graphic Schedule) ie Why is the
sea salty? Please supply an example of this graphic printed to the substrate listed. Please
note the contractor will need to supply all information required to interpret the key-
learning message on this panel.
The Trade Contractor should make allowances for three (3) client review meetings on site
the Trade Contractor should make allowances for two (3) trips for the design team to visit
the graphic production house for the purposes of approval, minimum of two people for two
nights per trip including for hotels, flights and transportation.
SCOPE OF SERVICES:
All specifics of the Kahramaa Education Park (KEP) graphic and illustrative content are to
be developed and finalised by the Trade Contractor in consultation with, and to the
approval of the client and exhibition design team, after the contract has been awarded.
The Trade Contractor will be required to artwork, manufacture and install all graphic
elements detailed in the schedule.
The detail design document has be provided by the exhibition designers as part of this
tender and this shall inform the graphic design and artwork process.
This scope includes but is not limited to the following:
Provide a specialist content advisor to liaise with the client and design consultant to
develop the graphic content and supply the translation
Provide and source all images as required, including copyright clearance
Provide all graphic artwork
Provide all illustrations as required
Provision for high resolution scans
Production of all graphic elements as indicated in the graphic schedule and installation of
all items
The use of permanent installation staff working for the Trade Contractor.
Graphics works must be BS EN ISO 9001:2000 assured and certified.
All graphics must be quality inspected and reverse signed in triplicate prior to dispatch.
Adherence to the programme.
 
Sec-11 50 00

Attendance at the Clients / Exhibition designer’s offices for meetings as required.
Generation of high resolution production ready artwork.
Provision of colour proofs (A3 laser prints) as required for checking by the exhibition
design team and the Client.
Provision of production samples as required for checking by the Designer and the client.
Adherence to sign off procedures.
Where graphic elements are part of a 3D element, the Trade Contractor is responsible for
all coordination of production and installation.
Where a graphic process (e.g. screen printing) is applied directly to a 3D element it is

the responsibility of the Trade Contractor for all coordination of production and
installation.
All screen print and stencil works must use two-pack epoxy inks with a minimum 10 year
life warranty.
All vinyl cut graphics to be high quality cast vinyl.
All digital print must be photo-digital, silver based technology to a minimum of 400 dpi.
All external graphic production to have a minimum 5 year life warranty.
Direct to media digital printing must be to a minimum of 600dpi.
All glass treatment graphics are to be optically clear.
It is the responsibility of the Trade Contractor to confirm fully all final on-site dimensions
prior to production.
Production of all elements in the schedule.
Installation of all elements in the schedule.
GRAPHICS ARTWORK:
Graphics Master Plan
The Trade Contractor will create a Graphics Master Plan document, based on the graphic
detail design document (that will be provided to the Trade Contractor upon appointment).
The Graphics Master Plan must contain design templates for each and every graphic
element in the Kahramaa Education Park (KEP). This differs from the Detailed Design
Document provided by the Exhibition Designers with this tender for reference only. The
templates must be to scale and fully dimensioned with all typographic, image and graphic
device specifications. This document is to be issued as hard copy and in electronic format.
For approval by the client and exhibition design team.
Content
The Trade Contractor in consultation with the client team will develop the content. This
includes text in English and Arabic (the Trade Contractor will be responsible for translation)
as well as explanations, reference and graphic elements such as graphs, charts and
illustrations.
Where very specific images are required the Trade Contractor in consultation with the
client must source the image in a suitable format with copyright agreed. It may also be
necessary for the client to commission photography to obtain specific images. The Trade
Contractor will assist in this process by liaising with the relevant source or photographer
and providing them with production specifications and creative direction as required.
 
Sec-11 50 00

Draft artwork
The Trade Contractor’s Picture Researcher will source all images not supplied by the Client
andsubmit these electronically to the Client / Exhibition designers for approval. The Trade
Contractor will generate all graphic devices such as graphs, charts and illustrations and
incorporate these together with the approved images, images supplied by the Client and
text, into the Graphics Master Plan. The Trade Contractor must coordinate integration of all
graphics artwork and 3D elements.
Review
The Trade Contractor will issue the graphic master plan as hard copy and in electronic
format. For approval by the client and exhibition design team who will review the
document making note of any corrections and changes required. The Trade Contractor will
attend meetings in London and / or Qatar to clarify all comments.
Draft artwork
The Trade Contractor will incorporate all corrections into the Graphics Master Plan and re-
issue for approval as both hard copy and electronically as before.
2nd Review
The Trade Contractor will re-issue the graphic master plan as hard copy and in electronic
format. For approval by the client and exhibition design team who will review the
document making note of any corrections and changes required. The contractor will attend
meetings in London and / or Qatar to clarify all comments. This stage will be an ongoing
process of correction and reissue, with the Trade Contractor.
Finished artwork
Once all amendments have been made, the Trade Contractor will issue all final artwork
high resolution to a scale of 1:4 and incorporate them in the Graphics Master Plan as hard
copy and electronically. For approval by the client and exhibition design team.
Sign Off (artwork)

The Trade Contractor will be required to attend meetings in London and /or Qatar to take
formal sign off of all artwork.
Production Specifications and Samples

The Trade Contractor is to provide a detailed description of their proposed method of
production. And produce full size sample panels and sections of panels for each type of
graphic in each area and on each substrate. The Trade Contractor must demonstrate
availability of processes and quality of production. Direct to media print technologies are
preferable to Lambda and Inkjet printing.
GRAPHIC PRODUCTION:
1 All graphic production and substrates are to be proofed on the correct materials with
actual size samples (in some cases 25% sized layouts) to determine colours, positions
and finishes of graphic elements for client and exhibition teams approval.
2 It should be noted that all elements of graphic production are required for permanent
installation and consequently all materials, substrates, finishes and fixings used should
be of the required standard to ensure longevity. Quality of production and finish is
paramount. The anticipated life span of the exhibition is a minimum of 15 years subject
to normal maintenance, refurbishment and renewal. All works supplied should meet
this standard.
3 All graphics to be scratch resistant and have a fire rating of Class 1 including the
substrate that they are applied to and comply with Local Authority Fire Regulations.
4 All substrates used in graphic production are to be fire rated to Class 1 and comply
with Local Authority Fire Regulations.
5 All site sizes and dimensions are to be established by the Trade Contractor in
conjunction with the exhibition team and design consultant. Any changes to artwork
 
Sec-11 50 00

sizes should be the responsibility of the Trade Contractor. Any claims arising from site
discrepancies in sizes and/or dimensions will not be entertained.
6 The programme agreed with the Trade Contractor is time dependent. Failure to deliver
will impact on the delivery of the project as a whole. The Trade Contractor will be liable
for failure to perform and for any consequential loss arising. Any problems caused by
delays in the programme beyond the client’s control are specifically excluded from
causing additional charges to be made.
7 The Trade Contractor will be required to work to an overall programme and

on site work programming is the responsibility of the Trade Contractor.
The Trade Contractor shall allow for sequencing and phasing of work and for
adjusting the rate of progress of his works to suit the general progress of the
project.
8 All graphics are to be fully protected for transit, particular attention to be paid to
corners of panels & storage of glass.
9 Any Graphics damaged during or prior to installation should be replaced by the Trade
Contractor at no extra cost. A ‘safe’ area will be required for storage of any graphic
materials – The client will only sign off graphic production once installed on a date prior
to opening. Any damage to Graphics prior to this agreed date is the responsibility of
the Trade Contractor and should be replaced at no extra cost.
10 Delivery, installation and all graphic fixings should be included in the tender price and
include any expenses incurred.
11 Graphic production to have approval from exhibition design team prior to installation.
12 All digital artwork is to be provided on C.D. ROM on completion, including all images
montages, text etc, of each individual graphic listed in the specification.
13 Copies of digital artwork should be kept on file for 15 years and any loss incurred shall
not be charged at a later date.
14 All dimensions substructures & outputs are indicative only in the Tender documents for
Graphic Production and are to be confirmed by the Trade Contractor as necessary.
15 Drawings issued as part of the tender documentation and subsequent specification of

works are not to be used as setting-out drawings. The Trade Contractor shall satisfy
himself as the full nature of the work and dimensions against artwork and
specifications. The Trade Contractor will be responsible for the accuracy of his work.
Errors arising from inaccuracy will be rectified at the Trade Contractors expense.
 
Sec-11 50 00


Sheet no. 1
Issue date/Revision
0.5.11.10
21.12.10
09.05.01 DR Dark Ride Plan Layout pdfpppppp A
09.05.02 DR Dark Ride Scenic Sections A-A/B-B
09.05.03 DR Dark Ride Scenic Sections C-C/D-D/E-E/F-F
09.05.04 DR Dark Ride Scenic Sections G-G/J-J/K-K
09.05.05 DR Dark Ride Boarding/exit Sections A/B/C
09.05.06 DR Dark Ride Boarding/exit Section D
09.05.07 DR Dark Ride Disabled Boarding/exit Section C
09.05.08 DR Dark Ride Vehicle sections
Distribution/Copies
Legend:
Notes:

1
Sec-11 50 00
ACRYLIC PIPE
5.5
H
J 5.11
B
B 5.6
5.12 F D
FRIDGES ETC. H 5.4
5.10 CYCLORAMA
G
5.8 5.7
5.9 MODEL
K WINDOW
A.V CONTROL RM
E E 5.3
D
J
G F.E
F 5.2
5.13
K
MAINTENANCE ENTRANCE
5.1
ROOM
A
9 .0
0 5 0
DR
1
FOR TENDER
TITLE
DARK RIDE PLAN LAYOUT
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
COPYRIGHT/JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES SW4 7BX
2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SHOP DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK T. 020 7622 7277
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT
WRITTEN CONSENT SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
GTC 400/2011 162

1:200 @ a3 09.05.01 DRA: S.O.W & Specs
Appendix
OCT 2010 A
Sec-11 50 00
Line of tunnel structure by Main Contractor -See Architects drawings for detail NOTE : ALL FLOOR TO CEILING HEIGHTS TO BE CONFIRMED WITH ARCHITECT
2500see AV hardware spec for detail

Line of automated double swing doors incorporating all necessary operational mechanisms and hardware
Sky and cloud effects scenically painted onto shaped theatrical 'flats' to both sides of central vehicle track real water pond all necessary pumps/drainage/filtration
fret cut acrylic (or sim to designers approval) shape to profile of Katoora with applied film capable of rendering projected image scenic rock , sand and planting
2400 (dim to be confirmed

Curved acrylic enclosure inclusive or all necessary pumps/drainage/filtration
3530
3785
to provide constant rain effect to both sides of vehicle track
modelled stalactites and stalagmites
3135
3529
7.5°
structure to ramp beneath
2000 approx
specialist theatrical lighting 'lightning' effects
scenic rock work to downstand WATERFALL INTO A POND
7.5°
APPROX. ANGLE OF RAMP
ROCKWORKS, PLANTS AND SAND
SECTION A-A 1:100

Curved mdf/ply or similar 'lining' to profile of tunnel interior to receive applied paint finish to designers approval Waterfall effect utilising real water inclusive of all necessary pumps/drainage and operational mechanisms
All exposed soffit, tunnel walling and concrete floor to receive applied paint finish suitable for each application
Katoora character projected onto rear of acrylic back to waterfall feature
rear projection screens- to designers approval

1500
rear projection screen to designers approval
4600
RE
V NO
TE DA
TE
T IT L
E
PR
OJ E
CT
KA HR AM AA ED UC ATI ON P ARK - DO HA
JASPERJACOB ASSO
25ABBEVI LECM
IAEW
TES
S
88CLAPHAM PARKRO AD
LONDON
SW4 7BX
T. 02
0 76
227277
SC
AL E DRGn
o . DAT
E RE
V
scenically painted tunnel interior-
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
DARK RIDE SCENIC SECTIONS A-A/B-B
PROJECT
SECTION B-B 1:100 KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - DOHA

scenic rock , sand and planting JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES
Scenic rockwork depicting undersea environment 25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
Scenically modelled Qatari 'Dhow' ship as if broken into two halves LONDON
SW4 7BX
as if ship wrecked on a beach. Model to incorporate broken mast and sail Modelled Dhow to dimensions shown. T. 020 7622 7277
which acts as projection surface Contractor to provide actual visual reference to designers approval, visual Reference shown
is for information only. The model is to be a detailed and accurate
1:100 @ a3 09.05.02 DR OCT 2010
3. ANY DISCREPANCY FOUND BETWEEN THIS DRAWING AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT MUST BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO THE DESIGNERS likeness when seen from any side/face visible to the visitor.
GTC 400/2011
163 Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs
Sec-11 50 00
NOTE : ALL FLOOR TO CEILING HEIGHTS TO BE CONFIRMED WITH ARCHITECT

glass paneled ceiling section with real water and ripple machine inclusive of all necessary pumps drainage and filtration systems suspended ceiling @ 3650mm a.f.f.l
scenically modelled timber boat mirror 'foils' suitableyfixed to setworks to provide peppers ghost effect viewing aperture to rockwork to receive scenic painting
quantity and location to designers approval
high level projectors suitably fixed amongst
setworks. See AV Hardware spec for detail

6000
2700
7860
3650
SECTION C-C 1:100 projection screens to low level hidden from visitors view by scenic rock work SECTION D-D 1:100
Scenic rock , sand and planting Scenic rockwork depicting undersea environment
Scenic rockwork depicting undersea environment
10000
modelled 'curtain' of salt crystals with internal LED lighting. to both sides and
above vehicle track
suspended ceiling @ 3650mm a.f.f.l

2156
to receive scenic painting
Area of glazing to De salination plant model
by Main contractor. Trade contractor to liaise with Main Contractor for location
SECTION E-E 1:100
Scenically painted cyclorama backdrop to model
high level projectors suitably fixed amongst
setworks. See AV Hardware spec for detail
Generic model of Qatari desalination plant to o/a dimensions shown

FOR TENDER
Trade Contractor to provide visual reference to designers approval. REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
Exact materials for fabrication to be confirmed, contractor
DARK RIDE SCENIC SECTIONS C-C/D-D/E-E/F-F
)
ox
pr
to allow for the model to be a detailed and accurate likeness

p
(a
PROJECT
00
when seen from any side visible to the visitor.

47
4600
VIEWING DIRECTION The contractor should allow for internal illumination to be

synchronized with AV/light show and for 25% cutaway detail, 25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
B1
EXHIBITION AREA
B1 B-06
i.e showing plant interior 88 CLAPHAM PARK ROAD
LONDON
SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277
SECTION F-F 1:100
8200 (approx) SCALE DRG no. DATE REV
mirror 'foils' suitably fixed to setworks to provide
1.DO NOT SCALE OFF DRAWING 4400
peppers ghost effect . Quantity and location to designers approval
1:100 @ a3 09.05.03 DR OCT 2010
4. THIS DRAWING REMAINS
GTC OUR EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY IT SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED NOR COMMUNICATED TO THIRD PARTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT
400/2011 164
5 THE COPYRIGHT OF THIS DRAWING AND DESIGN IS VESTED IN THE DESIGNERS Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs
Sec-11 50 00
Modelled large scale section of water pipework Line of automated double swing circular doors incorporating all necessary operational mechanisms and hardware
'Magic tap ' to dimensions shown with real water
to realistically resmble metallic finish to designers approval effect utilising real water inclusive of all necessary pumps/drainage and operational mechanisms 1500
2400
4600
4300
2300
4300
3790
3100
7800
SECTION G-G 1:100 modelled fridges/washing machines, air conditioning units SECTION H-H 1:100 front projection screen
modelled sections of pipework to both sides of vehicle track appropriately suspended from soffit. Models to be treated with UV paint
modelled sections of pipework to both sides of vehicle track
2300
front projection screen
large scale modelled section of water pipe. Interior face to be fabricated in clear acrylic
2000
with real flowing "grey water visible through. exhibit to be constructed inclusive of
all necessary pumps drainage, filtration etc
Modelled soil strata to both sides of vehicle track dimensions shown - Detail to designers approval
Modelled plant roots to both sides of vehicle track
Modelled plants to both sides of vehicle track
Sky and cloud effects scenically painted onto shaped theatrical 'flats' to both sides of central vehicle track
SECTION J-J 1:100 fret cut acrylic (or sim to designers approval) shape to profile of Kahroo
Line of tunnel structure by Main Contractor -See Architects drawings for detail
Modelled plants with Katoora projected onto acrylic with applied film capable of rendering projected image
water drop 3D shape located on plant leaf specialist theatrical lighting 'lightning' effects
4000
NOTE : ALL FLOOR TO CEILING HEIGHTS TO BE CONFIRMED WITH ARCHITECT
REV NOTE
FOR TENDER
DATE
TITLE
DARK RIDE SCENIC SECTIONS G-G/J-J/K-K
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
5000
LONDON
SW4 7BX
Line of automated double swing doors incorporating all necessary operational mechanisms and hardware T. 020 7622 7277
1:100 @ a3 09.05.04 DR OCT 2010
SECTION K-K 1:100

GTC 400/2011
Curved mdf/ply or similar 'lining' to profile of tunnel interior to receive applied paint finish to designers approval
165 Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs
Sec-11 50 00
FOR TENDER

Sec-11 50 00
FOR TENDER

Sec-11 50 00
FOR TENDER

Sec-11 50 00

2.ALL DIMS TO BE VERIFIED ON SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY
SHOP DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK
ROTATING 6-SEATER
PASSENGER UNIT
2111
FLOOR LEVEL
IN REAR OF CAR
POSSIBLE MID-LEVEL
PLATFORM REQUIRES
LOW PLATFORM NO STEP
LEVEL REQUIRES
STEP AT REAR FLOOR LEVEL
OF CAR IN FRONT OF CAR
780
615
450
380
CHASSIS CASTOR JOINT ROTATION RACK DRIVE
WHEEL PIVOT DRIVE
895 995 SIDE ELEVATION 1:25
SCENIC CLEARANCE
RADIUS = 1500mm
1735
PLAN 1:25 CAR DESIGN

2200
FOR TENDER
REV NOTE DATE
TITLE
DARK RIDE VEHICLE DETAILS
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
LONDON
SW4 7BX
T. 020 7622 7277
THEMING OPTIONS SCALE DRG no. DATE
OCT 2010
REV
1:25 @ a3 09.05.08 DR
Sec-11 50 00

DARK RIDE SCOPE OF WORKS
SCOPE OF WORKS – DARK RIDE
Setworks, models, special displays and effects, special lighting, animatronics, dark ride
transportation system, vehicles, track, operating systems, carriage maintenance area
audio, and AV software to:
Ground Floor AREA 5. Dark Ride (Entrance and exit)
Lower ground floor AREA 5. Dark Ride (main scenic displays)
The Scope of the Works covered by this Trade Contract includes the design, co-ordination,
engineering, co-ordinated fabrication drawings, manufacture, supply and delivery to site,
equipment and labour, unloading and storage on site as necessary, taking from store and
hoisting into position, assembly, fixing, installation/protection, cleaning and everything
necessary to undertake complete installation, setting to work and commissioning.
All works to conform to Qatari Fire and Safety regulations
DESIGN WORKS
The design works comprise the following:
• All temporary works required to allow completion of the works.

• Selection and Design of all components of the works to meet/achieve the Design
Specification
• Design and sizing of all components, assemblies, methods of connection, joints,
welds, fixings, adhesives, support structures, suspension systems, including all
supporting calculations as may be required to the Structural Engineers satisfaction.
• All interface details are to be prepared and agreed with the respective Trade
Contractors/Trades and clearly identified.
• Scripting (where applicable)
• Creative/Specialist Direction
• Graphic design/animation
• Studio/Location filming
• Multimedia Design/Programming
• Editing
• Research
• Transfers
• Copyright/ Translation
• Titles/Subtitles/Captions
• Sound Design
• Voice over artists/studio
• Soundtrack composition/effects
• Formatting
• R&D/Testing
• Production resource
• Specialist lighting

Sec-11 50 00

AREA 5 DARK RIDE
5.0 BOARDING AREA
5.1 IN THE CLOUDS
Partitions/decorations/ceilings/floors
• All Exposed soffit, curved tunnel ‘dry lining’ and concrete floor to receive
applied paint finish suitable for each application
Carpentry/joinery/metalwork
• Automated double swing doors with all necessary operational mechanisms and
hardware to allow access by vehicle triggered by sensor or similar to designers
approval
• Mdf/ply or similar to designers approval curved lining to profile of tunnel
structure
Specialist setworks/models
• Sky and cloud effects scenically painted to shaped theatrical ‘flats’

• Fret cut acrylic shape to profile of ‘Katoora’ with applied film capable of
rendering projected image
Specialist lighting
• Specialist lighting to designers approval
AV hardware by specialist AV hardware Contractor

(See AV specification for detail)
AV Software
• Computer animation of Katoora cartoon figure
Special effects
• Liquid nitrogen ‘fog ’effect
5.2 INTO THE STORM
• Automated double swing doors with all necessary operational mechanisms and
hardware to allow access by vehicle triggered by sensor or similar to designers
approval
• Mdf/ply or similar to designers approval curved lining to profile of tunnel
structure

Sec-11 50 00

Specialist lighting
• Stoboscopic ‘lightening’ projectors create lightening effect

AV Software
• None
5.3 RAINFALL
• All associated frame work associated with rainfall effect (see below)
• Curved acrylic faced rainfall water features to both sides of vehicle track.
Complete with all necessary pumps/drainage/filtration systems
Specialist lighting
• Specialist lighting effects - enhancement of rainfall effect

AV Software
• None
5.4 UNDERGROUND CAVERN
• Exposed soffit, tunnel walling and concrete floor to receive applied paint finish
Suitable for each application
• All associated framework to scenic rockwork and waterfall feature

Sec-11 50 00

• Scenic rockwork depicting underground cavern to walls and soffit inclusive of

stalactites and stalagmites
• Fret cut acrylic shape inset into scenic rock with applied film capable of
• Waterfall water feature and pool with appropriate scenic treatment
Specialist lighting
• specialist lighting effects

AV Software
• Animated cartoon character figure with audio
5.5 WATER WAYS
• Front Projection screens x 3

• All associated framework to scenic rockwork
• Specialist setworks/models
• Scene painting to scenic flats and perimeter walls of ride

• Scenic rock work
• Modelled plants
• Sand
• Modelled wreck of a Dhow (in 2 halves) inclusive of 2 x sails/projection screens
and interior sections
Specialist lighting
• specialist lighting effects to evoke fast flowing water

AV Software
• Linear video depicts moving water

• Linear video depicts waterways of the world, rivers dams, etc

Sec-11 50 00

5.6 INTO THE SEA
• Front Projection screen x 1

• All associated framework to scenic elements
Specialist lighting

AV Software
• Linear video shows evocative images of sea and waves
Special effects
• Aroma device emits ozone smell
5.7 UNDER THE SEA
• Glass panel inset into ceiling with real water display

• Framework required to scenic elements
• Front Projection screen x 1

• Modelled hull of boat and fishing nets
• Suspended shoals of modelled silver fish
• Suspended modelled salt crystals with inset LED lighting
• Peppers ghost display inclusive of mirror foils
• Scenic rock and coral lined cave to peppers ghost display

Sec-11 50 00

Specialist lighting

AV Software
• Linear videos shows underwater marine life
Special effects
• Ripple machine in overhead glass water display

Shadows of sharks and shoals of fish
5.8 DESALINATION MODEL
• All associated framework/support structure to model and cyclorama backdrop
• Large scale model of Kahramaa deslaination plant

• Peppers ghost display depicts cartoon characters interacting with the model
explaining processes involved in the desalination of water
Specialist lighting
• specialist lighting effects to scenic backdrop beyond model

and to interior of model

AV Software
• Linear videos shows cartoon characters interacting with the model

explaining processes involved in the desalination of water
5.9 USING WATER

Sec-11 50 00

• All associated framework/support structure to scenic elements

• Rear Projection screen x 1
Specialist setworks/models/props
• Large scale section of water supply pipework

• Large scale modelled ‘magic’ water tap with real water
• Household items which use water, fridges, washing machines, dishwashers etc
are spray painted with UV paint and suspended within the space
Specialist lighting

AV Software
• Linear video shows uses of water with audio commentary
5.10 DOWN THE PLUG HOLE
• Automated circular double sliding doors with all necessary operational

mechanisms and hardware to allow access by vehicle triggered by sensor or
similar to designers approval
• Circular door to be scenically treated as if a plug hole

Large scale swinging plug
Specialist lighting
• specialist lighting effects to give swirling water effects

AV Software
• Audio commentary

Sec-11 50 00

5.11 GREY WATER
• Rear projection screen x1

• Modelled sections of acrylic pipe with real running water inclusive of all
necessary pumps/drainage/filtration
Specialist lighting
• specialist lighting effects to give rushing water effects

AV Software
• Linear video production on uses for grey water
5.12 IRRIGATION AND PLANT GROWTH
• Rear projection screens x 3

• Scenic soil strata

• Modelled plant roots
• Animated growing plant models
• Scenic doors depicting lush vegetation
Specialist lighting


Sec-11 50 00

AV Software
• Linear video production explores principle of irrigation systems, importance of

pumps and power generation for them
• Linear video production shows water requirements for irrigation of principal crops
in Qatar
• Linear video on evaporation and formation of clouds
5.13 TRANSPIRATION AND BACK INTO THE CLOUDS
• Front projection screens x1

• Automated double swing doors with mirror finish with all necessary operational
mechanisms and hardware to allow access by vehicle triggered by sensor or
similar to designers approval
• Scenic large scale plant leaves

• Fret cut acrylic shape to profile of ‘Kahroob’ with applied film capable of
Specialist lighting
• specialist lighting effects (lightning in the distance)

AV Software
• Computer animation of Kahroob cartoon figure

Sec-11 50 00


satisfactions, directions or agreements under the package contract.
1.3 The Trade Contractor shall provide subject to these conditions everything
particular.
1.4 The Trade Contractor shall exercise in the design, all the skill, care and
diligence to be expected of a competent Dark Ride Package
Contractor and in the execution and completion of the Works all skill, care and
1.5 The Trade Contractor shall not knowingly infringe any copyright laws in the
1.6 The Trade Contractor shall ensure that the Works are compatible with lighting
1.9 The Trade Contractor shall identify and provide a person responsible for the
coordination, liaison an development of the Works who shall efficiently
Project Manager.
2. PROJECT NOTES
Installation and commissioning works for the Kahramaa Education Park Themed Dark ride
package. The Design development of all dark ride areas and equipment is to provide
specifications of structures, ride transportation system, foundations and finishes, M and E
services including ventilation / extraction/ drainage/water supplies/ power supplies,
partitions and enclosures, and requirements for fire and evacuation systems.
2.2 Trade Contractor to provide (named) Producer/Project Manager to Liaise with

Client , Design Consultant, Architects, Structural Engineers, M&E Engineers
2.3 Trade Contractor to provide a scriptwriter to develop all narrative elements to

2.4 Trade Contractor to provide specialist researcher/content advisor to liaise with

client and Design Consultant for development of content brief
2.5 Trade Contractor to provide outline and detailed storyboards/visuals of all dark ride

Sec-11 50 00

environments, themes and AV content along with a 1:50 scale model of dark ride area for
client approval.
2.6 Trade Contractor to provide graphic illustrations / diagrams (scientifically /

historically approved where applicable).
2.7 Unless stated otherwise by the Client, the Trade Contractor will be responsible
for sourcing and procuring all archive material.
2.8 Trade Contractor to provide detailed list of library source material used to the
Client.
2.9 Trade Contractor to provide offline / test programmes for client approval.
2.10 All copyright, licensing, research and transfer costs are to be identified to the
Client within the agreed software budget.
2.11 Intellectual Property Rights / Copyright for all original audio-visual material
produced by the Trade Contractor to rest with the Client for use in any media.
2.12 Trade Contractor shall make best endeavours, where applicable, to use still
images of a copyright-free nature as identified by the Client.
2.13 Trade Contractor will design and produce video productions to a 16:9 screen
aspect ratio (1280 x 720) unless otherwise stated in the exhibit briefing
documentation.
2.14 Trade Contractor to produce videos in Hi Definition format. (if applicable)
2.15 Trade Contractor to be responsible for transfer and formatting of approved

programmes to agreed final playback medium, and to provide 3 no. copies of
each programme in agreed format.
2.16 Trade Contractor to be responsible for co-ordinating with Hardware,

AV software, Mechanical & Electrical and any other relevant contractors.
2.17 Trade Contractor to deliver finished programmes to the AV Hardware

Contractor in agreed format. (if applicable)
2.18 Trade Contractor to be responsible for ensuring compatibility between

software and hardware.
2.19 Trade Contractor to be free-issued by the Hardware Contractor with

premises.
2.20 Trade Contractor will be responsible for all translation requirements (Arabic
2.21 Trade Contractor to include for all expenses (e.g. travel, presentation
cover all travel and subsitance expenses of Design Consultant,) to inspect works at Trade
2.22 Trade Contractor to be present for on site programming / commissioning.
2.23 Trade Contractor to provide operational manuals that include a full description
of each of the programmes installed, a description of the mode of operation of

Sec-11 50 00

2.24 The design of all items by the Trade Contractor shall reflect the design intentions,
particularly dimensional configurations, profiles and visible appearances indicated on the
Trade Contract drawings, schedules & specifications.
2.25 The Trade Contractor shall ensure and demonstrate that the works meet the
performance specifications to the entire satisfaction of the Design Consultant.
2.26 The works shall be designed to accommodate any given tolerances and for
differences between actual site dimensions and dimensions shown on drawings and to
ensure that components and assemblies are accurately located in relation to specific
gridlines, structure, respective Trade Contractors/Trades.
2.27 For the avoidance of doubt the Trade Contractor shall take full responsibility as
designer for the above part of the works in particular complying with CDM regulations, or
local equivilant
2.28 All drawings by the Trade Contractor shall be produced to a format to be agreed
with the Project Manager.
2.29 The ride transportation system will be developed in conjunction with the Design
Consultant with plans, sections elevations, details, specifications and schedules which
address, platform design, methods of managing visitors in wheelchairs, evacuation
methods and procedures, track and maintenance areas, track support structures,
development of vehicle, car body design, all structural and electrical requirements.
(Outline theming for vehicle design is provided. Further options on car theming are to be
produced by Contractor to client and Design Consultants approval)
2.30 The consultant’s drawings are spatially co-ordinated and all equipment shown in
the drawings will fit within the spaces shown and co-ordinate with other services, Trade
Contractors/Trades.
The Trade Contractor shall ensure that all of his works are finally co-ordinated with all
other trades, the building structure, internal and external finishes and any previously
installed work.
2.31 The Trade Contractor is responsible for co-ordinating and interfacing his works
with others.
Some typical interface works are listed below as an aid to establishing the interfaces:
• Joinery / Display Cases, support frameworks, studwork, Architectural metalwork.
• Joinery / Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbed services, including Audio Visual

elements, Security, Lighting, Display Case monitoring ports and Information
Technology.
The Trade Contractor shall agree with the other Trade Contractors and the Project
Manager a common scale for the preparation of drawings to allow proper co-ordination to
occur. The initial drawings prepared by the Trade Contractor shall show base build “as
built”, all grids and services or restrictions within the zone as a faint background. Layouts
and details describing design are to be superimposed on the base building information.
These drawings will also recognise the needs of other Trade Contractors and the natural
restrictions of the zone.
The Trade Contractor is responsible for ensuring that he has incorporated all relevant
details of other works on his drawings that may affect the construction of the Works of this
and other Trade Contracts.
2.32 The Trade Contractor is to advise in good time for the purpose of design of other
works; the structural loading imposed by his equipment in point and distributed loads.
2.33 With respect to fixings and supports the Trade Contractor shall use the specified
fixings and note that all details must be submitted for comment and agreement.

Sec-11 50 00

2.34 The Trade Contractor shall take notice of the requirement to leave areas, which
are partially complete when installing the Works and allow for returning to complete these
works at a later date prior to handover.
2.35 Survey levels of existing base build floors, structure.

The Trade Contractor is to take note of any particular structural tolerances of the structure
and allow for these within the proposed support and fixing systems being utilised.
2.36 Prior to beginning design work the trade contractor is required to travel to Doha to
meet the museum construction team and visit the site of work to view and compile the
information needed to undertake the work successfully.
2.37 The trade contractor must prepare a preliminary design presentation to show the
intended design solutions to all aspects of the design problems as given in this document,
the drawings and the specifications.
2.38 The trade contractor must prepare detailed scale models to demonstrate the
intended final appearance, including the proportions, details and visual properties of the
works.
Deviation from approved models and samples will not be accepted. The works are artistic
in nature and may require remedial adjustments to the finished works in order to achieve
the intended appearances. Any and all such work shall be completed at no extra cost to
the contract.
path, which exists between the various activities.
Visits to offices of Design Consultant for design development meetings
Models, maquettes, samples, mock-ups, shop drawings (include time for review and
approvals);
Fabrication;
Clean up; The trade contractor must comply with the need for completion prior to the
dust-free period according to the overall project programme. All works must be installed
and successfully commissioned by the required date.
2.40 The trade contractor must provide complete documentation as required to

illustrate fully the system of construction, colour, texture, materials, methods, structure
and overall appearance of all aspects of the work.
2.41 The trade contractor must provide samples of each major type of material or
surface treatment that will form part of the finished works. Samples must be made using
the actual materials and methods to be used in the final works.
2.42 The trade contractor is responsible for preparation, review and co-ordination of
respective shop drawings to ensure proper interfaces of all works.
2.43 Upon agreement with the Project Manager removal of any previous base build
bonding materials/debris that would prevent the Works meeting the Performance
Specification and make good as necessary.

Sec-11 50 00

* The tests specified shall be carried out in the presence of the Project Manager and
Design Consultant. The Trade Contractor shall give the Project Manager seven days notice
in writing of the date upon which the Trade Contractor will be ready to carry out tests
upon completion.
instruments used.


Specification.
Contractor will:
- Submit schedules showing those parts of the works for which inspections and
tests are required.

- Provide full technical/product information for inclusion within the Project Health
and Safety File
of three years.

Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00

DARK RIDE DETAILED CREATIVE BREIFS
AREA EXHIBIT OVERVIEW DELIVERY KEY LEARNING DURATION

METHODS/TREATMENT POINTS/OBJECTIVES (SECS)
5.0 The voice of Katoora, the water droplet, The Ride Supervisor (RS) organises the The amount of water on earth has 00:15
BOARDING invites us to follow her on the Water visitors to get into the slowly moving car. been constant for two billion years
Ride: by boarding the ride cars we can The RS pushes the action button to select
experience her ‘life cycle’ as a water the language option. Audio in the cars This ride summarises what happens
droplet as she travels from cloud to catches attention of visitors. The in the water cycle, but it does not
earth and back to the clouds. Three loudspeakers are in front of each seat accurately represent the time the
visitors on the lower seat and three on area. cycle takes
the back higher seat NOTE: The visitors have read a graphic as
they wait that explains the health and
safety issues and the voice over starts
with the messages about Health and
Safety – Do not reach out and try and
touch scenery etc etc.

5.1. The car enters the clouds through a set Cloud effects from pumped liquid Make-up of clouds 00:30
IN THE of neutral coloured doors that nitrogen
CLOUDS automatically open as the car Quantity of water stored in clouds
approaches. The car disappears into Projection of Katoora on ‘fog’ the
the thick mist where Katoora appears outline of Katoora is cut from acrylic How water remains in clouds without
again, as a projected image. She and her smiles and movements are falling
explains that clouds are water vapour done though animation – they are
and just one stage in the water cycle… synced to the voice over from the
but breaks off her story to warn us car loudspeakers
that a storm is about to break.
Scenically painted surrounds

Sec-11 50 00


5.2. INTO The clouds become darker; we can Liquid nitrogen clouds but the Lightning (and thunder) generation 00:30
THE hear rumbles of thunder and they are background of the ‘tunnel’ is
STORM getting louder and closer. Suddenly darker
lighting flashes all around and the car
feels like it is spinning. We are in the theatrical lighting within static
centre of the storm. At the end of the themed cylinder to create
storm area there are mirror faced doors revolving and spinning effect
that swing open as the car approaches stroboscopic “lightening”
projectors triggered by sensors
as the car passes them

5.3. All we can see is rain and we are in an walls of water to side of car The conditions that cause precipitation 00:30
RAINFALL acrylic setwoks display of real water audio commentary
running down

5.4. A jolt tells us that the car has Stage set depicting cavern Quantity of fresh water on earth 00:40
UNDERGROUND reached earth. As the lights brighten,
CAVERN we see the stone roof , stalactites Projection on acrylic cutout Where the principal reserves of fresh water
and stalagmites: we are in an behind waterfall are
underground cavern, Katoora is Audio commentary
projected on a screen behind a
waterfall of real water that falls into
a pond, she tells us that it is in these
places that the world’s largest

Sec-11 50 00

reserves of fresh water are found.

5.5. The car gradually picks up speed and Projected film on both sides of Water naturally flows downwards 00:30
WATER starts to shake as we leave the cavern car to give the impression that
WAYS and enter the daylight. We career down the car moving at different Water moves into ever-larger water systems
a narrow stream, narrowly avoiding the speeds
rocks, then slows down as we cross an
estuary with sand and we go through a Audio commentary
smashed hole in the hull of a wrecked
traditional Arabian vessel – a dhow - Setworks, rockworks, scene
which is on the seashore. There are painting and plants and sand
screens with videos of the waterways of
the world – lakes, rivers, dams etc at Wreck of a dhow
high level to both sides and on the
dhow sails Projection onto dhow sails

5.6. INTO We pass through the hull of the dhow Projected film Most water eventually reaches the sea 00:30
THE SEA and the car turns into a dark area We
can smell something fresh – ozone. Audio commentary
And we can hear the sound of surf
crashing. Katoora tells us that we have Scenic interior of wrecked dhow
reached the sea.

Sec-11 50 00


5.7. Once again, the car seems to plunge Projected film Sea water is saline and contaminates all fresh 00:40
UNDER downwards. Above us, to the left of us water that comes into contact with it
THE SEA and to the right, there are fish. So ceiling of real water with ripple
engrossed are we in looking at these machines Sea water is only usable by fish and marine
beautiful fish that Katoora has to shout plants
out a warning for us to beware of the Hulls of boats and fishing nets at
salt crystals into which we plunge. She high level 97% of the world’s water is sea-water
tells us that the salt crystals have made
the water undrinkable and for it to be Suspended moving shoals of
of use we must remove these crystals. sparking fish
There are doors at the end of this area
which open as the car approaches. lighting
effects to produce the shadows
of sharks and shoals of fish.
Projected image of Katoora

‘Pepper Ghost’ effects of fish in a
rock and coral lined cave to the
side, the car turns to face this
effect
Curtain of salt crystals (different

size bubbles of salt crystal forms
with internal LED lights that
pulse upwards.) out of reach of
the car that is turning at this
Point
Audio commentary

Sec-11 50 00


5.8. The car now slows in front of a Model and Pepper’s ghost effect How salt crystals are removed from water 01:00
DESALINATION number of windows looking into a Short animated films
AND desalination and electrical generation How seawater is used in electrical
ELECTRICITY
plant. Kahroob now joins Katoora and Lighting effects on a ‘coved’ generation
GENERATION
with the help of short animated films scenic background to the models
they explain the main parts of the The cost of creating a litre of desalinated
plants and how it uses electricity to Audio commentary water
take away the salt crystals from the
water, and water to assist in the The cars face the window to the The cost of generating sufficient electricity
generation of electricity. model but on the wall behind to power a Qatari house for a day
The model has lights inside with a them there are some industrial
programmed lightshow and the show pipe work set works and the
goes from daylight to nightime. technical doors to the
The model is generic – not an actual maintenance room ( these will
desalination and generating plant. not be noticed by the visitors as
it is a dark space)

. 5.9. The car turns and approaches doors Stage set to depict interior of Average quantities of water used in Qatari 01:00
USING that open. Katoora explains that we are pipe households daily
WATER now among fresh water droplets again Comparative quantities used in other
as the car travels through Qatar’s Projected images countries
domestic water supply pipe network.
We go through a giant pipe and there is Props of washing machines,
a giant tap with water dripping out of fridges, AC units etc that are
it. All around us we see images of our painted with UV paint and lit with
constant demand for water for blacklights and appear to float
washing, drinking, cleaning and above us
cooking.
Audio commentary

Sec-11 50 00


5.10. The car now approaches a circular door The car now approaches a 00:30
DOWN that is made like a plughole and as we circular door that is made like a
THE PLUG approach we enter with special lighting plughole and as we approach we
HOLE
of water rushing effects we appear to enter with special lighting of
be spinning downwards through a plug water rushing effects we appear
hole. to be spinning downwards
through a plug hole.

5.11. We find ourselves again in a pipe – but Stage set to depict flowing Disposal of waste water in Qatar 00:30
GREY one with a slightly soapy smell. It is a water lined interior of curved Quantity of grey water used
WATER giant acrylic pipe with real water (grey acrylic pipe Regulations governing grey water
in colour) pumped through it. Katoora Projected images
explains that we are in ‘grey water’. Audio commentary
She tell us how this is a vital part of
water conservation, particularly in
Qatar and she explains the regulations
governing it, with the help of animated
cartoons.

Sec-11 50 00


5.12. The car begins to rise and Kahroob Projected film Principal irrigation systems 00:20
IRRIGATION does not want us to think that this is
AND PLANT all Katoora’s work, and tells us that Set works depicting plant roots Importance of pumps … and power generation for
GROWTH them
grey water can only make such a
contribution because of the electricity. Audio commentary Water requirements for principal crops of Qatar
The two of them show us various
examples of irrigation systems using Animated plants that ‘grow’
grey water - surface, sprinkler, drip,
manual, etc. Meanwhile above our
heads are huge plant roots, through
which we slowly rise. The car rises up
through the soil and we are on the leaf
of a growing plant. And here is
Katoora again – a water droplet
breathed out by the plant. We enter
the next theme through scenic doors
of lush vegetation

5.13. The sun’s rays ‘evaporate’ us and we Projected film Transpiration process in plants 00:25
TRANSPIRATION rise once again into the clouds
AND BACK INTO where we began the journey. There Set works depicting plant leaves Quantities of water plants produce (e.g. 265
THE CLOUDS litres a day from a tree)
is a storm with lightening and Audio commentary
Kahroob appears and tells us that he
is now going to show who really is
the ‘top dog’ - not water but
electricity. We approach a set of
mirrored doors that open and we are
out into the main Gallery space
where the car slows so we can get
off

Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00

DARK RIDE SPECIFICATION
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
WORKSHOP DRAWINGS
Submit for approval set of workshop drawings, before production.
SAMPLES
To be read with Tender Document
Before placing orders, submit for approval a representative sample of each type of
scenic finish. Ensure that delivered materials match samples.
MATERIALS
Fire Classification
All materials have to comply with standard Fire classifications for use in public
spaces. (Class 1 Fire rating)
Formaldehyde -Free
For all timber based sheet materials, use formaldehyde-free brands whenever
possible.
Preservative/ fire retardant treatment
Treatment Application
• Timing: After cutting and machining timber, and before assembling
components.
• Processor: Licensed by manufacturer of specified treatment solution.
• Certification: For each batch of timber provide a certificate of assurance
that treatment has been carried out as specified.
Commodity Specifications
• Standard: Current edition of the British Wood Preserving and Damp-proofing
Association (BWPDA) Manual.
Preservative Treatment Solution Strengths/ Treatment Cycles

• General: Select to achieve specified service life and to suit treatability of
specified wood species.
Water Based Microemulsion Preservative Treatment

• Solution:
Manufacturer: Submit proposals
Product reference: Submit proposals
Application: Double vacuum and low pressure impregnation.
• Moisture content of wood at time of treatment: As specified for the timber/
component at time of fixing. After treatment, timber to be surface dry before
use.
Laminated Plastics Veneered Boards/ Panels

• Fabrication: To British Laminated Plastics Fabricators Association Ltd (BLF)
fabricating standards.
• Balancing veneer: From decorative veneer manufacturer and of similar
composition. Applied to reverse side of core.
1

Sec-11 50 00

• Finished components: Free from defects, including bow, twist, scratches,

chipping, cracks, pimpling, indentations, glue marks, staining and
variations in colour and pattern.
• Joints visible in completed work: Tight butted, true and flush.
GENERAL WORKMANSHIP
All bases must be rigid, dry, sound, smooth and free from defects. All dust-
producing works have to be finished before objects can be installed.
PURPOSE MADE JOINERY
To be read with Tender Document.
Fabrication
• Standard: To BS 1186-2.
• Sections: Accurate in profile and length, and free from twist and bowing.
Formed out of solid unless shown otherwise.
- Machined surfaces: Smooth and free from tearing, wooliness, chip
bruising and other machining defects.
• Joints: Tight and close fitting.
• Assembled components: Rigid. Free from distortion.
• Screws: Provide pilot holes.
- Screws of 8 gauge (4mm diameter) or more and screws into
hardwood: Provide clearance holes.
- Countersink screws: Heads sunk at least 2mm below surfaces
visible in completed work.
• Adhesives: Compatible with wood preservatives applied and end uses of
timber.
Cross Section Dimensions of Timber

• General: Dimensions on drawings are finished sizes.
• Maximum permitted deviations from finished sizes:
- Softwood sections: To BS EN 1313-1:-
Clause 6 for sawn sections.
Clause NA.2 for further processed sections.
- Hardwood sections: To BS EN 1313-2:-
Clause 6 for sawn sections.
Clause NA.3 for further processed sections.
Preservative Treated Wood

• Cutting and machining: Completed as far as possible before treatment.
• Extensively processed timber: Retreat timber sawn lengthways,
thicknessed, planed, ploughed, etc.
• Surfaces exposed by minor cutting and/ or drilling: Treat with two
flood coats of a solution recommended by main treatment solution
manufacturer.
Moisture Content
• Wood and wood based products: Maintained within range specified for the
component during manufacture and storage.
Laminated Plastics Veneered Boards/ Panels
2

Sec-11 50 00

• Fabrication: To British Laminated Plastics Fabricators Association Ltd (BLF)

fabricating standards.
• Balancing veneer: From decorative veneer manufacturer and of similar
composition. Applied to reverse side of core.
• Finished components: Free from defects, including bow, twist, scratches,
chipping, cracks, pimpling, indentations, glue marks, staining and
variations in colour and pattern.
• Joints visible in completed work: Tight butted, true and flush.
Finishing
• Surfaces: Smooth, even and suitable to receive finishes.
- Arrises: Eased unless shown otherwise on drawings.
• End grain in external components: Sealed with primer or sealer as section
M60 and allowed to dry before assembly.
GLASS
To BS 952-1:1995 and the relevant parts of BS EN 572-2:2004, free from

scratches, bubbles, cracks, rippling, dimples and other defects.
Edges must be free from vents, shelling, and severe feathering. They must
be flat ground with a small arris.
Dimensional tolerances measured before any heat toughening/heat

strengthening are:
Pane size: ±1 mm of dimension required.
Pane squareness: Not more than 3 mm difference in diagonal
measurement
when the diagonal is less than 4 m.
Not more than 4 mm difference in diagonal measurement when the

diagonal is more than 4 m.
Pane thickness: ±0.2 mm for 6 mm glass.
±0.3 mm for 10/12 mm glass.
±0.5 mm for 15 mm glass.
±1.0 mm for 19 mm glass.
Hole positional tolerance: ±1.0 mm from single datum point.
Hole diameter tolerance: ±1.0 mm
-Dimensional tolerances measured after any heat toughening/heat

strengthening are:
Maximum bow: 0.2% of pane dimension.
Mean roller wave: 0.05 mm peak to trough variation.
0.25 mm edge dip.
- Note: sample to be supplied to client for approval of colour.
Heat Toughened Glass:
To BS 6206:1981 Class A/BS EN 12600 classification 1.

- All edgework and holes must be completed before toughening.
- The toughening process must be horizontal to eliminate tong marks and
minimise dimensional inaccuracies.
All toughened glass must be subjected to a heat soaking test designed to

remove 90% of nickel sulfide inclusions which may otherwise Cause
spontaneous breakage in situ.
Laminated Glass:
- To BS 6206:1981 Class A/BS EN 12600 classification 1.
3

Sec-11 50 00

- Glass leaves must be heat toughened as clause 620, combined to retain

integrity of the laminated pane in Case of breakage.
- Interlayers to glass leaves must be polyvinyl butyral (pvb) or
cast-in place resin. They must be sealed at the perimeter to prevent
deterioration due to water or glass joint sealant.
Sealed Glass to Glass Joins:
- Sealant: Silicone to BS 5889, type A or B, neutral curing where in contact

or close proximity to other products and finishes which may be adversely
affected by acetoxy curing.
Colour: clear
- Application:
- Sealants shall be applied in accordance with the Code of Practice
prepared by the British Adhesives and
Sealant Association Manual of Good Practice.
- Sealants shall be in accordance with BS 6213:2000[TB7], BS
6093:2006[TB8] or BS 8000-16:1997[TB9]
and BS EN ISO 11600:2003[TB10] as appropriate.
- Substrate: Dry (unless recommended otherwise) and unaffected by frost,
ice or snow.
- Environmental conditions: Do not dry or raise temperature of joints by
heating.
- Sealant application: Fill joints completely and neatly, ensuring firm
adhesion to substrates.
- Sealant profiles:
- Butt and lap joints: Slightly concave.
- Fillet joints: Flat or slightly convex.
- Protection: Protect finished joints from contamination or damage until
sealant has cured.
- Joints shall be straight, smooth in texture and colour and adjacent
surfaces shall be free of smears or traces of sealant.
FIXINGS /ADHESIVES
Fixings Generally
• Integrity of supported components: Types, sizes and quantities of
fasteners/ packings and spacings of fixings selected to retain supported
components without distortion or loss of support.
• Components/ substrates/ fasteners of dissimilar metals: Fixed with
isolating washers/ sleeves to avoid bimetallic corrosion.
• General usage: To recommendations of fastener manufacturers and/ or
manufacturers of components, products or materials fixed and fixed to.
• Appearance: As approved samples.
Fastener Durability
• Fasteners in external construction: Of corrosion resistant material or with a
corrosion resistant finish.
Fastener Durability
• Fasteners in external construction:
- Fasteners not directly exposed to weather: Of corrosion resistant
material or with a corrosion resistant finish
4

Sec-11 50 00

- Fasteners directly exposed to weather: Of corrosion resistant

material
Fixings Through Finishes

• Penetration of fasteners/ plugs into substrate: To achieve a secure fixing.
Graphics
• All graphics to be fixed using foam tape and pinning
Packings
• Function: To take up tolerances and prevent distortion of materials/
components.
• Materials: Noncompressible, noncorrodible, rot proof.
• Locations: Not within zones to be filled with sealant.
Cramp Fixings
• Cramp positions: Maximum 150mm from each end of frame sections and
at 600mm maximum centres.
• Fasteners: Cramps fixed to frames with screws of same material as
cramps.
• Cramp fixings in masonry work: Fully bedded in mortar.
Nailed Timber Fixings
• Nails:
- Steel: To BS 1202-1 or BS EN 10230-1
- Copper: To BS EN 1202-2.
- Aluminium: To BS 1202-3.
• Penetration: Fully driven in without splitting or crushing timber.
• Surfaces visible in completed work: Nail heads punched below surfaces.
• Nailed timber joints: Two nails per joint (minimum), opposed skew driven.
Fixings to Masonry
• Fasteners:
- Light duty: Plugs and screws.
- Heavy duty: Expansion anchors or chemical anchors.
Plugs
• Type: Proprietary types suited to background, loads to be supported and
conditions expected in use.
Screw Fittings
• Screws: To BS 1210.
• Finished level of countersunk screw heads:
- Exposed: Flush with timber surface.
- Concealed (holes filled/ stopped): Sunk minimum 2mm below
surface.
• Washers and screw cups: Of same material as screw
Pelleted Countersunk Fixings
• Finished level of countersunk screw heads: Minimum 6mm below timber
surface
• Pellets: Cut from matching timber, grain matched and glued in to full
depth of hole.
• Finished level of pellets: Flush with surface.
Plugged Countersunk Fixings
5

Sec-11 50 00

• Finished level of countersunk screw heads: Minimum 6mm below timber

surface.
• Plugs: Glued in to full depth of hole.
• Finished level of plugs: Projecting above surface
Powder Actuated Fixing Systems

• Powder actuated fixing tools: To BS 4078-2 and Kitemark certified.
Operatives trained and certified as competent by tool manufacturer.
• Types of fastener, accessories and consumables: As recommended by tool
manufacturer.
• Protective coating to exposed fasteners used externally or in other
locations subject to dampness: Zinc rich primer to fastener heads.
Adhesives
• Storage/ Usage: In accordance with manufacturer’s and statutory
requirements.
• Surfaces: Clean. Regularity and texture adjusted to suit bonding and gap
filling characteristics of adhesive.
• Finished adhesive joints: Fully bonded. Free of surplus adhesive.
PAINTING/CLEAR FINISHING
Finishing
Joinery surfaces: Smooth, even and suitable to receive finishes.
Surface coating
Selected manufacturer: Submit name before commencement of coating work
Handling and Storage
Deliver coating materials in sealed containers, labeled clearly with brand name,
type of material and manufacturer¹s batch number. Materials from more than one
batch, store separately. Allocate to distinct parts of areas of the work.
Compatibility
Coating materials selected by the contractor: Recommended by their

manufacturers for the particular surface and conditions of exposure. Compatible
with each other. Compatible with and not inhibiting performance of
preservative/fire retardant pretreatments.
Supervised Control Samples
Carry out sample areas of finished work, including preparation. Approval of

appearance: Obtain before commencement of coating work.
Coating Generally
Surfaces: Clean and dry at time of application

Priming coats: Thickness to suit surface porosity, as recommended by
manufacturer.
Finish: Even, smooth and of uniform colour. Free from brush marks, sags, runs
and other defects. Cut in neatly.
6

Sec-11 50 00

Decoration to MDF walls, panelling woodwork
Surface(s): all exposed surfaces

Manufacturer: ICI Paints, Wexham Road, Slough
SL2 5DS. Tel: 0870 242 1100. www.duluxtrade.co.uk
Product Reference: DULUX TRADE DIAMOND QUICK DRYING EGGSHELL

Description: Dulux Trade Diamond Quick Drying Eggshell is a tough, durable and
attractive mid sheen finish. By using Diamond Technology from Dulux Trade it is
10 times more stain resistant than standard water-based eggshell finishes and 10
times tougher than vinyl silks. It is quick drying and of low odour compared to
solvent based paints, and therefore ideal for use where minimum disruption is
important. Dulux Trade Diamond Quick Drying Eggshell can be used over surfaces
previously decorated with solvent-based paints, providing proper surface
preparation is carried out. Suitable for interior use on plaster, masonry and wood.
Primer to MDF walls, panelling woodwork
Surface(s): all exposed surfaces

Manufacturer: ICI Paints, Wexham Road, Slough
SL2 5DS. Tel: 0870 242 1100. www.duluxtrade.co.uk
Product Reference: DULUX TRADE QUICK DRYING MDF PRIMER UNDERCOAT
Description: Dulux Trade Quick Drying MDF Primer Undercoat is a water based
primer suitable for use on MDF (Medium Density Fibreboard) surfaces both inside
and outside. It is quick drying and low odour when compared to solvent-based
primer.
Distressing of aged timber
Medium sandblast to 20 grit and paint with specialist scenic water based acrylics,
dyes and wire brushing.
PROPS AND SCENERY
Fabrication of props
Sculpt in clay, mould in GRP and cast in 40z woven roving mat as appropriate, or
sculpt in appropriate foam, and apply Foamcoat or similar prior to painting and
finishing.
Scenic walls
Construct in ply with formers as appropriate and finish in specialist scenic paint
finishes as appropriate
Scenic floors
Construct in impressed concrete as appropriate or specialist scenic floor finishes
with suitable dressing.
Scenic coral reefs
Scenic reefs to be constructed from Silicon and GRP as appropriate with rockwork
in GRP and concrete as required.
7

Sec-11 50 00

LIGHTING AND SOUND AND SPECIAL EFFECTS
Show lighting
Lighting design to be provided by contractor and full lighting system to be

designed and installed, using a combination of the following:
Motorised flying bars

Various Masking legs and borders Express 125 ETC Control Desk, 125 x 2kw SLC
(stage lighting Profiles
Fresnels
Parcans
Floods
Strobes
All controlled by Lighting Console
Show sound
Ambient soundscape to be designed and provided by the contractor, and sound

hardware to be designed and installed as appropriate, by AV Hardware contractor
See AV specification for detail
Special effects
Smoke and mist machines as appropriate
Smell machines as appropriate
8

Sec-11 50 00

9

Sec-11 50 00

DARK RIDE SPECIFICATION – GENERAL PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION
GENERAL PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION
The terms of the contact will require the Contractor to develop the Designs into technical
details and construction / shop drawings, for approval and subsequent construction.
The Contractor will have an explicit contractual obligation to exercise reasonable skill and
expertise to ensure that the works are “fit for purpose”
Fit for propose incorporates a wide range of technical parameters including
Safety
In construction and operation
Build-ability
Can be practically built transported and installed
General Durability
Able to withstand wear and tear from an audience (including young children)
of a wide age range and socio economic backgrounds
Duty Cycle
250,000 + operations per year per exhibit and a safe and effective operation
12 hours per day, 365 days per year for all exhibits and ride items
Environmental Durability
Exterior exhibits able to withstand potentially harsh Qatari environment
Maintenance
Must be reasonably maintainable by the Visitor Centre’s own technicians
Obsolescence
Components should be future proof, to ensure optimum life span for exhibits
Regulations
British Standard (BS) and equivalent regulations and guidelines shall apply.
Where an item is not BS compliant it shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to demonstrate that the compliant standard for that item equals
or exceed the BS requirement
Set out below are some of the minimum standards and performance specification that the
works must comply with. Standards expressed are British Standards, and it will be the
responsibility of the Exhibition Contractor to show equivalency, if alternate standards are
proposed.
Where the standards set out herein are contrary to any others standards stipulated in the
tender documentation, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to identify any such
anomalies and to demonstrate compliance with the higher specification or standard, or the
more recent legislation or standard.
General Safety Regulations
 Due to the lack of standards for exhibits, the British Standards applicable to play
equipment have been adopted as a guide and the applicable rules are deemed to be:
 BS 5696 applies to play equipment intended for permanent outdoor use, and
therefore gives guidelines for:

Sec-11 50 00

 Testing equipment for traps and operational hazards
 A specification of performance and construction of different types of equipment
 A code of practice for installation and maintenance
 BS 7188 sets out methods of testing impact-resistant playground surfaces for

durability, absorbency and flammability etc.
The Health and Safety at Work Act 1974 is an all important piece of safety legislation which
covers:
 A general duty on operators to ensure that members of the public are not placed in
danger by the activities undertaken at the centre especially with regard to children
 Provisions for the safe management of crowds
 A duty of care to be “so far as reasonably practicable, produce products which are
safe in use”
The Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1992 apply to all venues where
crowds may gather and require risk assessments to be carried out for all types of work.
Contractors will have full indemnity insurance and competent installation personnel.
All materials or component parts used in exhibits must function within the manufacturers
recommended conditions for safety and reliability and no unauthorised modifications made.
Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 2007 (CDM Regulations) do impose

obligations on suppliers to ensure that the exhibits are safe to design, build, install and
maintain.
Electrical
Electrical wiring must comply with the 17th Edition of The Institute of Electrical Engineers
(IEE) Regulations published 2008
Any electrical equipment that has a mains plug attached is subject to regular Portable
Electrical Appliance (PAT) testing.
All electrical and electronic products made or sold in the UK must comply with the
Electromagnetic Compatibility Regulations 1992.
Any electrical equipment which is designed to operate within 50 and 1,000 volts (in the case
of alternating current) and 75 and 1,500 volts (in the case of direct current) are subject to
the Electrical Equipment (Safety) Regulations 1994 and must satisfy the CE marking
requirements.
Fire Safety Regulations
All materials should satisfy, as a minimum standard, the following:

Sec-11 50 00

BS 476 Part 7 (Class 1 minimum)
BS 476 Part 6
BS 4750
Ignition and cigarette test as laid down in British Standard BS 5852 Pt. 1
Fire tests for furniture - Methods of test for ignitability by smokers, materials of upholstered
composites for seating
British Standard BS 5852 Pt. 2 ‘fire tests for furniture - Methods of tests for ignitability of
upholstered composites for testing by flaming source’. For which latter standard crib ignition
source 5 is the minimum requirement
General Rules which apply are:
Any fabrics which have received a flame retardant treatment should be subjected to the
water soak test detailed in British Standard BS 5651. Independent certification to the above
standards should be provided from an accredited test organisation
Curtains and drapes are to satisfy type B, performance requirements of British Standard BS
5867 Pt. 2
All decorative effects are to be fire retardant to the satisfaction of the Fire Authority
Textile coverings should be tested to British Standard BS 4790 (Effects of small ignition
source hot metal nut method)
Vertically hung textiles should conform to British Standard BS 5438
A copy of the laboratory test report from an accredited testing laboratory identifying
compliance of the furnishing composite with the above mentioned British Standards must be
forwarded when required.
Framework
Large exhibits must have appropriate handles or attachments to facilitate ease of removal
Heavier exhibits must either be easily dismantled into manageable component sections or
have sufficient room underneath to admit a forklift, cart or similar moving device
Exhibits infrastructure should be able to hold the full load of the exhibit when being
transported
Moving mechanical parts must have a dedicated structural frame. It is preferable that
mechanical sub-assemblies are constructed that drop in to the system allowing them to be
pre-set before final assembly
If an exhibit has to be removed to a workshop for maintenance, it must either be self-

standing, or a stand provided to hold it securely in its normal orientation
Exhibit surfaces must be easy to clean and wooden parts and panels must be sealed and
finished with a wipeable fire retardant coating
All hard material edges with which the visitors may come in contact must be rounded to a
minimum radius of 8mm

Sec-11 50 00

Ends of levers and handles to be used by visitors must be rounded
BS 476 Class “0” fire rated materials should be used, where possible, BS 476 Class “1” fire
rated materials should be used as a minimum specification and any exceptions must have
specific approval.
The Assembly Generally
The design of the framework to be modular (unless specified elsewhere and in line with the
design brief):
Fasteners and Fixings:
 Exhibit cases to have easily removable doors which are either:
 Retained by no more than four bolts, or hinged panels for ease of access
 Screwed fixings, generally Socket head screws (requiring an Allen Key) or similar.
 Standardised Fixings will be developed and will detail in line with the following:
 Fasteners of the same size and type

 Standard Access Panels
 Standard exhibit mounting
Materials:
 Appropriate materials to be selected for specific purposes although generally these

will be predetermined by the client. However the general rules will be as set out
below:
 All parts of exhibits to be corrosion resistant particularly with regard to cleaning

fluids and liquids forming part of the exhibit
 If plastic laminate is used, its edges to be fully protected
 When using laminates, panels not forming an integral part of a structure (doors,
access panels etc.) to be laminated on both sides to prevent distortion
 Any glass or other transparent material which touches the floor (i.e. where a frame is
not visible) to be clearly marked so that visitors can recognise it and avoid collision
 All glass to be laminated, tempered and at least 6mm thick
 Glass areas over 29 square metres to be at least 13mm thick
Mechanical Components

Sec-11 50 00

Handwheels:
 Handwheels to be mounted to shafts via a key, turned shoulder and end screw
 For safety reasons, open spoked and lever type handwheels will not be used
 Gearing and in-line clutches must be used to prevent handwheels from over-running
 Handles to rotate freely and have a scuff guard (to avoid blistering)
 Handwheels to be recessed (to avoid danger to young people)
Levers:
 Levers not to overhang and operate through bearings (brushes are not acceptable)
 Lever inputs to be damped and finger traps avoided. If levers are running in a slot,
internal stops have to be used to prevent finger trapping at either end of the travel
 Secondary levers to be driven both ways by either push-pull rods or solid rods
Gear Wheels:
 Gears meshing together gear trains to be of dissimilar material (e.g. Delrin to steel)
 Gear wheels must be keyed to shafts and fastened in the same way as handwheels
 If angled gears are used, the ratio to be 1:1 and any change in the ratio to be
obtained before or after the angled pair
 Gear tooth size to be appropriate for the anticipated load (allowing for mis-use or
component seizure)
The above guidelines are applicable to custom-made gearing. As an alternative, factory

sealed units may be used provided that they have an operating load well in excess of the
anticipated steady use requirements.
Pulleys and Belts:
 Pulleys to be keyed to shafts and fastened in the same way as handwheels
 Toothed belts and pulleys to be used if alignment between the two wheels is
essential
 Belt tension to be maintained on all belt drives by adjustment at one end.

Sec-11 50 00

Bearings:
 Bearings to be of type sealed at both ends, to reduce maintenance
 Bearings to be fitted to a removable housing to aid replacement and alignment
 Bearings to be self-aligning if mounted to a frame that is difficult to align
 If needle or roller bearings are used a sleeve to be used and, if unsealed, grease
fitted
 Alternative bearings may be used if they reduce maintenance and meet the required
tolerances
 Linear slides may be used provided they:
 are of a readily available type; and

 are mounted and with an adequate number of adjustable runners; and
 are hardened; and
 have an adequate number of oilers
Shafts:
1. Shaft overhang to be kept to a minimum and never exceed the distance between the
two supporting bearings
2. Shafts to be removable from one end (removal of one of bearings to release the
shaft is not acceptable)
Pneumatics and Hydraulics:
 Low pressure systems have to be used (less than 120 psi)
 Where appropriate an automatic drain and oilers to be fitted to protect components
 All circuits to have a logic diagram which must be checked by a competent person
 It must be possible to return all moving parts manually to their start points in the
event of loss of pressure or power
Components Generally:
 Generally all components used in the development of the exhibits shall be supplied
from the RadioSpares catalogue or be equivalent in form, fit and function to a
RadioSpares component and of equivalent or better quality.
Maintenance Section
 Exhibits must be designed for low maintenance. This means not more than 15
minutes of a technician’s time per week, averaged over any four week period, which
time includes access, diagnostic, repair and replacement time.
 Exhibit should be designed on a modular basis, with the number of modules per
exhibit being kept to a minimum

Sec-11 50 00

 Exhibits must be able to interface with the show control system and withstand power
failure
 Monitoring procedures must be installed to detect and warn staff of faults in any
fitted control system
 Connectors should be capable of locking and use sufficient cable length to permit
maintenance of sub-assemblies without disconnection
 Rotating parts should be sealed or self-lubricating bearings, low maintenance plastic-

on-metal gear-trains or sealed gearboxes
 The need for lubrication of parts must be kept to a minimum and if a reservoir is
utilised its level must be monitored automatically giving staff sufficient warning to
deal with any likely impairment of performance
 Lead-acid batteries must be of the “sealed-for-life” type and any other type of
battery must be leak-proof
Consumables:
 Consumables should be kept to a minimum and explicitly identified at the technical

detailing stage of the pre-fabrication.
General Principles
 There should be no internal points or sharp edges
 Exhibit cases must allow sufficient access to permit safe working on the exhibit
 Exhibits must be constructed according to COHSE regulations and in particular must

not expose staff to the risk of hazards from explosion or exposure to toxic or noxious
substances
 In the event of fire, exhibits must not give off toxic or noxious fumes and must not
present an explosion risk
 It must be possible to isolate power, gas, water and air from an exhibit without
having to access the exhibit and without the need for special tools
 Exhibits must be adequately labelled particularly with regard to hazards, and special
operating/termination procedures
 Hazard warnings must include warnings of hazards from moving machinery, ionising
radiation, and intense light (including laser and ultra-violet radiation)
 Interlocks must be fitted if opening an exhibit case exposes staff to hazardous

ionising radiation or intense light
 If opening an exhibit exposes staff to hazardous moving machinery, a locking device

must be fitted to hold the machine stationary.

Sec-11 50 00

DARK RIDE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The floor mounted ride is to operate with 10 x 6-seater standard cars and a wheel chair car
themed to a design proposed by Design consultant. The cars to be guided by a centre rail to
which is attached the electrical power and control system collectors and the silent drive rack.
An integrated steering system and variable speed rack drive is required to enable the cars to
positively negotiate the small radius curves and 7º inclines.
The car seats are to be arranged in two tiers; the rear seats being raised to provide an
uninterrupted view for the rear passengers. When combined with the 360º rotating car bodies,
which are required to rotate in either direction, the visual experience is maximised to the full.
The boarding and alighting platforms are to be located separately within the station area to
allow for ease of passenger management and to provide the maximum time to enter and exit
the cars.
Two platforms ensure that there is always space for one car to be positioned behind the car at
the boarding platform; so guaranteeing that a car always replaces the departing car and in turn
maintains the ride capacity.
The system is to be fully automatic in operation with the minimum station dispatch time being
controlled by the central control system. However should the lap bars not be proved locked the
car will remain stationary until the guests are safely seated and the lap bars locked.
Prior to departure the operator selects one of the two commentary languages by buttons
located on the side of the car; the commentary being stored on a solid state sound store and
played through speakers located in both the side of the car and in front of the passengers.
On departure the sound track is initiated and triggered at the appropriate track positions to
maintain synchronisation with the sets. Should the ride stop for any reason a ‘pause’ signal is
to be sent to the audio system to pause the commentary until the ride is restarted.
Targets in the track are to be used to signal to the car that a new rotational position or speed
is required; these instructions to be stored in the onboard PLC.
When approaching the end of the ride a safety system is required to check that the rotating
body is correctly orientated before it is allowed to enter the alighting area; once in this area
the car is to be inhibited from further rotation.
The cars are to automatically stop at the alighting platform where the guests disembark under
the supervision of the station operator.
The empty car is then dispatched from the alighting platform towards the boarding platform; at
which point an automatic check is made to the car proximity detection system; any failure to
be indicated by a fault light on the car. This check is to be performed during initial start up
only.
Emergency stop buttons are to be located throughout the station area to stop cars
immediately within this area. Cars in the ride should return to their alighting orientation for
ease of evacuation if necessary.
In the event of a car not leaving its respective station area before the arrival of the next car,
a series of track sections are required to hold following cars in safety.
An onboard PLC is required to manage all car safety functions including speed, orientation and
proximity to other cars. Should a car develop a fault and stop, the car is to send a fault
signal instructing the main control system to stop the ride. The failed car is then identified by
an illuminated fault light on the car.

Sec-11 50 00

In the event of failure a hand held control unit is required to diagnose the fault on the failed
car to determine whether the fault can be overridden, enabling the car to be driven manually
back to the maintenance area or to determine whether it will be necessary to tow or push the
car back with another vehicle.
The main control panel is to be provided with diagnostic software to identify faults within the
ride central control system.
Passenger Containment and Security
A restraint system to accommodate a wide range of body sizes will be required to prevent
passengers accidentally or deliberately being able to exit the vehicle during operation. The
restraint must allow for access from both sides of the car. The restraint system will be
interlocked with the vehicle control system to prevent movement of the car in the unlocked
position. A manual means of unlocking the restraint by an operator external to the car will be
fitted and located in such a position that it cannot be operated by passengers within the car.
The restraint will automatically unlock in the alighting station and in the event of a fire
emergency.
Provision for Passengers In Wheelchairs
A special vehicle is to be provided for the transportation of wheelchair guests.

A system of wheel chair management is to be provided so that wheel chairs can be introduced
and removed from the ride without interrupting the ride operation. It should also be possible
for friends or family to travel in the same vehicle.
This car is to be tracked around the ride by a mimic panel in the station area showing its
position in the case of an emergency.
The Control System
The control system is to include the following functions:
a) Automatic sequential starting of the cars from their parking positions to initially space
the cars correctly into their individual running positions.
b) Manual selection of the starting function is needed when the system is stopped by an
emergency stop located in the station area (in this mode all cars stop immediately and
require the selection of an alternative starting procedure).
c) Automatic control of the cars at both the alighting and boarding platforms. At the
alighting platform the cars decelerate at a controlled rate, stop for approximately 30
seconds before proceeding to the boarding platform when they stop again for a further
30 seconds before automatically starting at a controlled acceleration rate, providing the
lap bars are locked.
d) Each car is to be provided with the facility to increase or decrease its speed around the
ride in addition to having two separate acceleration rates.
e) Car rotation to be programmed to face the passengers in any desired direction with
three speed options.
f) Emergency Stop – a programmed stopping procedure is initiated:
i. Manually from the main panel
ii. Automatically from the centralised fire alarm
iii. When a vehicle stops in the scenic areas
iv. In the event of a power supply failure (if a back up power supply is
installed)

Sec-11 50 00

If the Emergency Stop in either station is operated, then all modules and the audio players stop
instantly.
When the controlled stopping procedure is activated the following procedures are to be
initiated:
i. Cars in the station area stop immediately
ii. Cars within the scenic section proceed to the nearest evacuation point and stop in
order to provide a clear route for those passengers making an emergency exit on
foot.
iii. Power to the onboard sound system on each module is isolated when the cars stop
in order to ensure that passengers can hear any instructions being relayed over the
public address system
Note: When a stand-by power supply is fitted any failure of the incoming supply
will be detected and the cars will continue to complete the ride; the operator being
warned by an audible visual device to load no more guests.
Maintenance Facility
A system is to be provided for the safe transfer of vehicles from the ride to the maintenance
area.
The maintenance facility is to be provided with:
• Vehicle lift
• Overhead beam and 500kg chain hoist
• Work bench and Vice
• Staff lockers
• Storage cupboards for tools and spares.
• 4 x 3 phase sockets
• 6 x 240v single phase Twin sockets.

Sec-11 50 00

DARK RIDE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM OPERATIONAL SPECIFICATION
Throughput/Capacity
The ride variables are capacity, ride duration and car spacing. In this application there is
a requirement to move two coach loads of 70 passengers in 20mins, fixing the capacity
at 420 passengers/hr. The other limitation is that no one should see the car in front,
fixing the car centre to centre distance to around 20 metres.
Therefore with a 6 passenger car and a capacity of 420/hour the preferred option is:
Car spacing 43 secs, and 19.6 metres. Average speed 0.46m/sec. Ride Time
(station to station) 5min 43secs. Total number of cars 10.
Method of transport Floor mounted track system
Passengers/hour 420
Ride duration 5 minutes 43 seconds
Car seating capacity 6 adults
Car spacing (time and distance) 43 seconds – 19.6 metres car centre to centre
Loading/Unloading time 30 seconds – stationary car
Car speed 0.46 metres/second - average
Scenic track length 155 metres – plan distance

(Subject to final design)
Station track length 18 metres (subject to final design)
Maintenance track length 22metres
Minimum radius 3 metres
Number of cars in station 2
Total number of cars 11 including one modified for wheelchair use
Car rotation Speed (max) 90° in 7 seconds

3 other lower selectable speeds required
Noise suppression Drive and transmission must be near silent in

operation

Sec-11 50 00

COMPUTER INTERACTIVE SCOPE OF WORKS
SCOPE OF WORKS – COMPUTER INTERACTIVE EXHIBITS
Computer Interactive displays to:
Ground Floor AREA 6. Principle Display Area

AREA 10. Interactive Pods
Tower Level AREA 7. Building for energy saving
The Scope of the Works covered by this Trade Contract includes the design, Scripting,
Creative/Specialist Direction, Graphic design/animation Studio/Location filming, Multimedia
Design/Programming, Editing, Research, Transfers Copyright/ Translation
Titles/Subtitles/Captions Sound Design Voice over artists/studio Soundtrack
composition/effects Formatting R&D/Testing
DESIGN WORKS
• 6.1 Interactive exhibit about Lightning (Electricity in the Sky)

• 6.3 Interactive in which visitors can generate electricity by using
human ‘wind up’ power
• 6.4 Interactive model and Computer interactive of gas turbine illustrating
LNG and Electricity generation
• 6.6 Group computer interactive exploring the World’s resources
• 6.7 4 no Computer Interactive exhibits about Co2
• 6.9 Interactive display examines water consumption in Qatar and the rest
of the world
• 6.10 A model of a de-salination plant which allows visitors to explore its
different aspects through computer interaction
• 6.11 Examines the different ways in which water is consumed
• 6.13 2 no Computer interactive exhibits located within an AV based touch
table exhibit examines safety in the use of water and electricity
AREA 7. Building for energy saving
• 7.1 Interactive model Computer interactive explore the Kahramaa

Education Park Building
• 8.2 A touch screen computer interactive demonstrates the principles of

nuclear power
• 8.8 A touch screen computer interactive examines further means of
generating electricity
• 8.10 Exhibit compares high energy consuming good and energy efficient
goods in a stylised domestic setting

Sec-11 50 00

AREA 10. Interactive Pods
• 10.2 Visitor feed back and further information
the purposes of the Trade Contract
satisfactions, directions or agreements under the trade contract.
1.3 The Producer shall provide subject to these conditions everything

particular.
1.4 The Producer shall exercise in the design, all the skill, care and
diligence to be expected of a competent Computer Interactive
Producer and in the execution and completion of the Works all skill, care and
1.5 The Producer shall not knowingly infringe any copyright laws in the
1.6 The Producer shall ensure that the Works are compatible with lighting
1.9 The Producer shall identify and provide a person responsible for the
coordination, liaison and development of the Works who shall efficiently
Construction Manager.
2. PROJECT NOTES

Sec-11 50 00

Installation and commissioning works for the Kahramaa Education Park Computer
Interactive programmes.
2.2 Producer to provide (named) Producer/Project Manager to Liaise with

Client and design companies.
2.3 Producer to provide a scriptwriter to develop all narrative elements to

2.4 Producer to provide specialist researcher/content advisor to liaise with client and
design Consultant for development of content brief
2.5 Producer to provide outline and detailed storyboards/visuals for client

approval.
2.6 Trade Contractor to provide graphic illustrations / diagrams (scientifically /

2.7 Unless stated otherwise by the Client, the Producer will be responsible for
sourcing and procuring all archive material, and to pass to the Client all copies
of the copyrights, transfers and other documents relevant to the works.
2.8 Producer to provide detailed list of library source material used to the
Client.
2.9 Producer to provide offline / test programmes for client approval.
produced by the Trade Contractor to rest with the Client for use in any media.
2.12 Producer shall make best endeavours, where applicable, to use still
2.13 Producer will design and produce video productions to a 16:9 screen
documentation.
2.14 Producer to produce videos in Hi Definition format.
2.15 Producer to be responsible for transfer and formatting of approved

2.16 Producer to be responsible for co-ordinating with Hardware,

Interactive, Mechanical & Electrical and any other relevant contractors.
2.17 Producer to deliver finished programmes to the AV Hardware

Contractor in agreed format. (if applicable)
2.18 Producer to be responsible for ensuring compatibility between

software and hardware.
2.19 Producer to be free-issued by the Hardware Contractor with

premises.

Sec-11 50 00

2.20 Producer will be responsible for all translation requirements (Arabic

2.21 Producer to include for all expenses (e.g. travel, presentation

cover all travel and subsitance expenses of Design Consultant to inspect works at Trade
2.22 Producer to be present for on site programming / commissioning.
2.23 Producer to provide operational manuals that include a full description

of each of the programmes installed, a description of the mode of operation of
2.24 The Producer is to note and accept the payment terms (schedule A), in
relation to the Client Approvals process as detailed in Schedule E.
path which exists between the various activities.
* The Trade Contractor shall allow sufficient time for the testing/approval of programmes
prior to installation on site.


Specification.
Contractor will:
required.

Safety File

Sec-11 50 00

of three years.

Sec-11 50 00

COMPUTER INTERACTIVE DETAILED CREATIVE BREIFS
INDEX OF COMPUTER INTERACTIVE EXHIBITS

key:
1 6.1 CI Computer interactive about lightning (component part of 6.1 PI)
2 6.3.CI 2 no computer interactive displays (component part of 6.3 PI)
3 6.4 CI touchscreen computer interactive illustrates processes involved
4 6.6 CI Group computer game challenges the visitors to identify
the World’s energy resources (component part of 6.6 PI)
5 6.7 CI-1 How does Co2 get into the atmosphere? Touch table
rear projected game (component part of 6.7 PI)
6 6.7 CI-2 A game to demonstrate the amount of Co2 produced by
everyday domestic goods (component part of 6.7 PI)
7 6.7 CI-3 Computer interactive to demonstrate how co2 emissions
in Qatar compare to the rest of the world (component part of 6.7 PI)
8 6.7 CI-4 Visitors commitments to change the amount of CO2 they produce
are registered and displayed on the high level LED display (component part
of 6.7 PI)
9 6.9 CI 2 no computer interactive displays (component part of 6.9 PI)
10 6.11 CI Displays visitors estimates of water consumption and compares with
current data (component part of 6.11 PI)
11 6.13 CI-1 Rear projected touchscreen where visitors are challenged to identify
dangers in the featured scenarios (component part of 6.13 PI)
12 6.13 CI-2 Two person interactive rear projected touchscreen where visitors must find
solutions to dangerous situations, competeing against the clock (component part of 6.13 PI)

Sec-11 50 00

13 7.1 CI Computer interactive allows interaction with the key energy conserving features of
the KEP building (component part of 7.1 PI)
14 8.2 CI Touchscreen interactive demonstrates priniples of nuclear power
15 8.10 CI A central console allows visitor to interact and compare household goods
and collect further information (component part of 8.10 PI)
16 10.2 CI Visitor feed back and further information
key:
LV – LINEAR VIDEO
O - OTHER

Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00

(FOR INFORMATION ONLY – PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)
Objective:
To show the actual phenomenon of lightning
Treatment:
A lighting tube 400 mm in length. The exhibit is to be supported by graphics give a few startling
facts about lightning, such as:
Notes:
AV Hardware by specialist AV hardware contractor
SEE AV SPECIFICATION FOR AV HARDWARE TO BE ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF EXHIBIT

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Computer interactive about lightning (component part of 6.1 PI above)
Objective:
cloud
Treatment:
raindrops collide.

Sec-11 50 00

Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

to domestic device – a light bulb, a kettle and radio. The on-screen instruction says “How much
electricity can you generate? Turn the handle to find out.”
the crank would have to be turned at that rate in order to generate enough power for the device to
work for an hour.
The exhibit will have a built-in camera which will allow young visitors and their families to see their
efforts on the internet

Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00

The exhibit will have a built-in camera which will allow young visitors and their families to see their
efforts on the internet

Sec-11 50 00

process
Interactive model of a large gas turbine model. The key elements can be touched, which activates
an animated film which explains what is happening.
Note:

Sec-11 50 00

Type COMPUTER INTERACTIVE
Objective: to explain how gas is used in the production of electricity and to relate this to the
principles of electromagnetic induction.
Treatment and storyline: A touchscreen which depicts the large gas turbine model. The key
elements can be touched, which activates an animated film which explains what is happening. The
touchscreen is ‘hosted’ by the cartoon electricity figure Kahroob. This should depicted the stages in
the process of electricity generation is an easily understood form, linking back to the principles of
electromagnetic induction
Duration:
1.5 mins
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

• Yes
• New Game
• No

Sec-11 50 00

Yes
No
Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

the World’s energy resources (component part of 6.6 PI above)
• Yes
• New Game
• No

Sec-11 50 00

 Yes
 No
Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00

rear projected game
Treatment and storyline: A projected world map is surrounded by images of key producers of
CO2 such as an aeroplane, a car, a camel, a factory and an insect. The player ‘drags’ one of these
images onto the map and information about their CO2 output is displayed.
Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Objective: The aim of this interactive is to demonstrate the amount of produced by everyday
domestic goods.
models:
a TV set
a computer
an air conditioner
a microwave
In front of each is a small screen. The game begins with a film of a power station emitting CO2 into
the atmosphere. The narrator says “Every electric device uses power and when we create electric
power, we release carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. Every day in Qatar we release XX tons of
CO2 into the atmosphere. Look above you to see how much space a ton of CO2 occupies”
one hour? ”

Sec-11 50 00

Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Computer interactive to demonstrate how CO2 emissions in Qatar compare to
the rest of the world
Objective: to surprise visitors by the very high rate of in Qatar
Treatment and storyline: This interactive should be devised for visitors, knowing the amount of
emissions generated by the average Qatari, to estimate the amount of emissions generated by
citizens of other countries. These might be:
A European
A North American
An Asian
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Objective: to encourage visitors into committing themselves to reduce their power consumption
Treatment and storyline: This interactive allows visitors to record comments about power
consumption which can be displayed on the overhead LED cube. It should be voice activated and
prompt visitors by asking open questions such as “what do you think about the consumption of
power in Qatar?” “What could you do to reduce the consumption of power in Qatar?”
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview Interactive display examines water consumption in Qatar and the rest of the
world
Objective: to surprise visitors by showing that their consumption of water is the highest in the
world.
litre capacity. In front of a tower, the visitor stands in front of a small terminal. The message
comes up “Press here to see how much water a European consumes in a week”. Half the bottles
are illuminated. The message comes up “Press here to see how much water an American
consumes in a day”. Most of the bottles are illuminated.
SEE 6.9 CI FOR AV HARDWARE TO BE ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF EXHIBIT

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview 2 no computer interactive displays (component part of 6.9 PI above)
Objective: SEE 6.9 PI ABOVE
Treatment and storyline: SEE 6.9 PI ABOVE

Sec-11 50 00

Duration: 1 minute
Notes: Notes: AV Hardware by specialist AV hardware contractor

Sec-11 50 00

(above)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

water is consumed:
 for drinking
 for gardening
 for cooking
 for car washing
washing”
A sign says:

Sec-11 50 00

current data
cleanliness

Sec-11 50 00

AV hardware requirement
Exhibit overview: An AV based touch table exhibit examines safety in the use of water and
electricity

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Rear projected touchscreen where visitors are challenged to identify dangers in
the featured scenarios
for example:
 someone is trying to get the toast out of a toaster with a metal knife
 a TV in the bathroom is powered by an extension lead
 a repair has been made with electrical tape

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Two person interactive rear projected touchscreen where visitors must find
solutions to dangerous situations, competeing against the clock
Objective: to help younger visitors understand the safety issues around electricity and
electricity/water
Treatment: A two-person touch-screen game, with the objective of identifying safe and unsafe
and other scenarios

Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00

AV hardware (FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE ACCOMMODATED
WITHIN FABRIC OF EXHIBIT SEE AV SPECIFICATION FOR DETAIL)
Exhibit overview: Computer interactive allows interaction with the key energy conserving
features of the KEP building
Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

(DISPLAY STRUCTURE TO HOUSE PI /CI/IV EXHIBITS 8.1 – 8.8 SEE DETAIL BRIEFS FOR
DETAIL

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Touchscreen interactive demonstrates principles of nuclear power
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Type: PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY – PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE
EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)
Exhibit overview:. The Green House exhibit compares high energy consuming goods and energy
Duration: 1- 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

comparative running costs, C02 emissions, carbon footprint of manufacture, etc.

Sec-11 50 00

Treatment and storyline: Three pods, each with three consoles. Within each, visitors can scan
their RFID medallions. Interactive screens will then ask them to choose from a number of energy
and water saving options that they will commit to putting into practice.

Sec-11 50 00

Type PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY – PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE
EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)
Treatment and storyline: Three walk in circular pod structures, each with three consoles. Within
each, visitors can scan their RFID medallions. Interactive screens set into freestanding partition s
will then ask them to choose from a number of energy and water saving options that they will
commit to putting into practice.

Sec-11 50 00

COMPUTER INTERACTIVE VIDEO APPROVALS PROCEDURE
Software Development and Approval Strategy for Computer Interactive

Productions
The process
The software development and approval strategy involves a process whereby the PM can
monitor the Producer’s progress during the production of each video film and thereby
ensure the timely delivery of the finished product within the allocated budget.
To enable the process to be efficiently managed, the Client needs to appoint a

representative (or representatives) who will be responsible for giving or withholding
approval on the Client’s behalf. The Client’s representative/s will be required to attend a
series of meetings with the Producer at which the Producer will present deliverables
representing the completion of each stage of production.
It is important for the Client to appreciate that Computer Interactive productions need to
be solidly underpinned by an agreed script. For this reason most of the approval and sign-
off process is taken up with the early ‘pre-production’ phase of the Producer’s work.
Once the production phase starts any concerns the Client may have had about the content,
style and treatment of the film should have been satisfactorily addressed so that both
parties have a clear, unambiguous idea of the film’s objectives and how they are to be
met.
The process includes a series of key stage meetings, presentations and reviews in order to
facilitate the smooth development of the film productions, namely:
• The Briefing
• The Response to Brief document and its approval
• The Treatment Script and its approval
• The Script (and or Storyboard) and its approval
• The Rough Cut (or Offline Edit) and its approval
• The Fine Cut (or Online Edit) and its approval
At each stage following the Briefing the Producer must indicate that he has completed and
submitted the deliverables. The Client must then indicate their approval or, if they reject
the deliverables, state what amendments they require of the Producer. The Producer must
then resubmit and obtain Client approval.
The stages of this process detailing the Producer’s and Client’s responsibilities are shown
on the ‘Delivery and Sign-off Process’ narrative and illustrated by the ‘Delivery and Sign-
off Flow Chart’. Both documents are attached.
Sign-off forms
The means by which the Producer and Client indicate their submissions and approvals is to
be separate check lists for the Producer and Client, sign offs required each stage as the
Producer delivers and the Client approves. Samples of the two sign-off forms are attached.
(CAF & PAF)
In order to maintain timely progress throughout the production the Producer must agree at
the outset to allow the Client sufficient time within each production timetable (or schedule)
to properly review and comment on the deliverables.
Likewise the curators (or Client’s representatives) must agree to review and comment on
the Producer’s deliverables within an agreed time frame. We are suggesting ten working
days for reviews, comments and approvals for the first three signoffs
(ie Response to Brief, Treatment, and Script), during which time any requested
amendments need to be dealt with. In other words, if a deliverable is at first rejected, it
must be amended and resubmitted promptly to ensure that approval is eventually
obtained in the original ten-day period. There is no need for such a lengthy time frame for
the remaining two approvals (ie Rough Cut and
Fine Cut). We suggest five days to allow for the Client to prepare written comments if
necessary.

Sec-11 50 00

It will be the Producer’s responsibility to respond with amendments or revisions whenever

complete approval is not given.
The Project Manager will be able to track the progress of each production by requesting
sight of the sign-off forms. Both the Producer’s and the Client’s forms should tally at each
of the approval stages; ie both parties are required to confirm that approval has been
given.
The programme
The Project Manager will have prepared a notional programme for the production of each
video film by the time the production contract is awarded. These programmes will need to
be agreed with the Producer after the briefings have taken place and synchronised with
the main building programme. The sign-off target dates will be shown on the programmes
and it will be the multi-media PM’s responsibility to keep a check on the adherence to
programme of each production and to amend the programmes in the event of slippages.
Any amendments will be fed into the main building
programme and communicated to the AV hardware contractor.
AV hardware
Part of the Producer’s responsibility will be to liaise with the AV hardware contractor about
the type and format of the deliverable media. Part of the sign-off process includes this
liaison and the Producer’s sign-off form includes a check box to signify that liaison has
taken place. The multimedia PM will confirm this with the AVH contractor.
Practical Interactive Contractor
When a Computer Interactive programme is a component part of a Practical Inetractive

exhibit it is the joint responsibility of each contractor to liaise with the other to ensure that
all game play/interaction is entirely coordinated through out the design development
stages Part of the sign-off process includes this liaison and the Producer’s sign-off form
includes a check box to signify that liaison has taken place. The multimedia PM will confirm
this with the PI contractor.
In all documentation, the words Contractor and Producer are interchangeable.
1. Breifing Contractors specialist Contractor dates and

researcher/content advisor meets signs PAF to indicate this
with client’s representative to has happened
discuss production briefs
2 Response to Contractor produces written Contractor dates and

brief response to demonstrate they signs PAF to indicate this
have understood the brief. This has happened
serves to assure the client, but
also allows client to reexamine
the brief if necessary.
Copy documentation sent to PI
contractor for comment
(if applicable)
3 Approval of Kahramaa approves or Kahramaa dates and

response to rejects the contractor's response. signs CAF to indicate
brief Rejections are to be supported by approval or rejection of
written rationale. response. Rejections go
Any comments made by PI back to stage 2 above
contractor to be given due and must be resubmitted
consideration (if applicable)
4 Treatment Contractor researches subject and Contractor dates and

script prepares a treatment script. signs PAF to indicate this

Sec-11 50 00

Presents to client. has been done.

(if applicable)

treatment rejects the contractor's treatment. signs CAF to indicate
Rejections are to be supported by approval or rejection of
written rationale. treatment.
Any comments made by PI Rejections go back to
contractor to be given due stage 4 above and must
consideration (if applicable) be resubmitted
6 Script Contractor prepares a script or Contractor dates and

storyboard. Presents to client. signs PAF to indicate this
Copy documentation sent to PI has been done.
(if applicable)

script rejects the contractor's script signs CAF to indicate
written rationale. Note: treatment.
commentary/narration script may Rejections go back to
be stage 6 above and must
amended before script recording. be resubmitted
Comments made by PI contractor
to be given due consideration (if
applicable)
8 Production Contractor undertakes filming,

animations, graphics, film and
stills search, etc
9 Liaise with Production contractor liaises with Contractor dates and

AVH AV signs PAF to indicate this
contractor hardware contractor to agree the has been done..
format in which the finished video
film should be delivered
(if applicable)
10 Rough cut Contractor prepares a rough-cut of Contractor dates and

or offline the production and presents it to signs PAF to indicate this
edit the client to enable them to has been done..
appreciate what the finished
production will be like.
Contractor may at this stage
present samples of (eg) voices to
be used in the final commentary
recording and discuss choices with
the client.
(if applicable)

rough cut rejects the rough cut. Rejections signs CAF to
are to be supported by indicate approval or
written rationale. Comments made rejection of rough
by PI contractor to be given due cut and any choices of
consideration (if applicable) elements (eg

Sec-11 50 00

voices) to be included in
the fine cut.
The client may suggest
alterations to
the production at this
stage, but may
not request changes that
deviate from
the script agreed at stage
7 above.
Rejections to be amended
and represented
as revised rough cuts.
12 Translation Contractor has recording script Contractor dates and

translated into Arabic/ English and signs PAF to indicate this
delivers it to client for approval. has been done...

translation amends the translation and signs CAF to
returns it indicate approval of
to the contractor. translation.
Rejections go back to
stage 12 above.
14 Fine cut or Contractor prepares a fine-cut of Contractor dates and

online edit. the production and presents it to signs PAF to indicate this
the client. This is the final edited has been done.
version
and should reflect the rough-cut
and any comments made by the
client during the rough-cut
presentation.
(if applicable)

fine cut rejects the fine cut Rejections are signs CAF to indicate
to be supported by approval of the fine cut.
written rationale. Any alterations required
Any comments made by PI by the client at this stage
contractor to be given due that could have been
consideration (if applicable) requested at stages 5, 7
or 11 may incur
additional cost.
stage 14 above.
16 Delivery Contractor delivers a copy of the Contractor dates and

finished production in the agreed signs PAF to indicate this
format to the AV hardware has been done.
contractor
for loading onto replay system.
KEY: CAF – Client approval form

PAF – Producers action form
(see following)
APPROVED REJECT

Sec-11 50 00

Kahramaa – Kahramaa Education Park, Doha

Computer Interactive Production sign-offs. Client approval form (CAF)
Production number: ___________________
Client representative ___________________
The client representative should date and sign against each stage when deliverables
have been received and when approval has been given to the video producer.
1 Response to brief
Received from Producer date DD MM YY sign ____________________________
Approval given date DD MM YY sign ____________________________
2 Treatment received from

producer date DD MM YY sign ____________________________
3 Script received from

4 Rough cut viewed with

5 Translation received
from producer date DD MM YY sign ____________________________
6 Fine cut viewed with


Sec-11 50 00


Computer Interactive Productions sign-offs. Producers form (PAF)

Date and sign against each stage when completed
1 Breifing meeting with date DD MM YY sign

clients representative ____________________________
2 Response to breif date DD MM YY sign

submitted to client ____________________________
Copy documents sent to sign

PI contractor date DD MM YY ____________________________
(if applicable)
3
Approval of response to date DD MM YY sign
breif received from client ____________________________
4 Treatment script date DD MM YY sign

Copy documents sent to

PI contractor date DD MM YY sign
(if applicable) ____________________________
5 Approval of treatment date DD MM YY sign

received from client ____________________________
6 Script submitted to client date DD MM YY sign

____________________________
Copy documents sent to date DD MM YY sign

PI contractor ____________________________
(if applicable)
7 Approval of script date DD MM YY sign

8 Liase with AVH date DD MM YY sign

contractor on delivery ____________________________
format

PI contractor ____________________________
(if applicable)
9 Rough cut presented to date DD MM YY sign

client ____________________________

PI contractor ____________________________
(if applicable)

Sec-11 50 00

10 Approval of rough cut date DD MM YY sign

11 Fine cut presented to date DD MM YY sign

client ____________________________

PI contractor ____________________________
(if applicable)
12 Approval of fine cut date DD MM YY sign

13 Delivery of finished date DD MM YY sign

Film to AV hardware ____________________________
Contractor
14 On site Testing/ date DD MM YY sign

Commissioning ____________________________

Sec-11 50 00
SCOPE OF WORKS – LINEAR VIDEO PRODUCTIONS
Linear/interactive video productions to:
Ground Floor AREA 2. The Kahramaa Education Park Welcome Theatre

AREA 3. The Pearl
AREA 4. Pre–ride Area
The Scope of the Works covered by this Trade Contract includes the Scripting,
Creative/Specialist Direction, Graphic design/animation, Studio/Location filming
Multimedia Design/Programming, Editing, Research, Transfers, Copyright/ Translation,
Titles/Subtitles/Captions, Sound Design, Voice over artists/studio, Soundtrack
composition/effects, Formatting, R&D/Testing, All temporary works required to allow
completion of the works,and everything necessary to undertake complete installation,
setting to work and commissioning. All interface details are to be prepared and agreed
with the respective Trade Contractors/Trades and clearly identified
DESIGN WORKS
AREA 2 The Kahramaa Education Park Welcome Theatre
• 2.0 LV Introduction to Kahramaa (3d)
AREA 3 The Pearl
• 3.0 LV Film presentation exploring the physical creation of planet Earth
AREA 4 Pre-ride Area
• 4.3 LV Pre-ride breifing film
• 6.2 LV Interactive exhibit about principles of Electromagnetic Induction
• 6.5 IV interactive video shows real life film footage of daily activities
within a Kahramaa power plant
• 6.8 1 – 6 LV Multi-screen presentation introding the major alternative

means of generating power without using fossil fuels
• 6.10 IV interactive video footage of Kahramaa de-salination plant
• 8.1 1-6 LV 6 no Videos portraying alternatives to power generation

from fossil fuels
• 8.9 1-8 LV 8 no Videos portraying ‘blue sky’ vision of the future

Sec-11 50 00
1.1 The Project Manager will coordinate and manage the Producer in the
development and execution of the Works and no other instructions or
of quality and suitability, the Project Manager shall instruct the Producer
accordingly. In addition the Project Manager will consult with the Design
Consultant and Client and take any account of any representations, opinions
and decisions which the Design Consultant may take or express prior to the
Project Manager giving or withholding certain decisions, opinions,
consents, approvals, authorisations, instructions, satisfactions, directions or
agreements under the package contract.
1.3 The Producer shall provide subject to these conditions everything necessary
for the execution and completion of the works, in accordance with the
Package Contract and all Drawings, Specifications and/or instructions issued
to him and will deliver up the Works to the Client complete in every particular.
1.4 The Producer shall exercise in the design, all the skill, care and diligence to be
expected of a competent Linear Video Multi Media Trade Contractor and in
the execution and completion of the Works all skill, care and diligence to be
expected of a properly qualified and competent Contractor experienced in
carrying work of a similar scope, nature and size to the Works.
1.5 The Producer shall not knowingly infringe any copyright laws in the production
of his works and will indemnify the Client in accordance with the terms of the
Contract.
1.6 The Producer shall ensure that the Works are compatible with lighting levels,
acoustic needs and other site arrangements and that picture quality and audio
tracks take due note of the levels and conditions of same.
1.9 The Producer shall identify and provide a person responsible for the coordination,
liaison and development of the Works who shall efficiently
Producer shall not remove such person from the Works without the prior
written approval of the Project Manager (such approval shall not be
reasonably withheld) and if such approval is given the Producer shall be
responsible for replacing such person or persons with a person or persons of
equivalent competence who shall have been previously approved by the
Project Manager.
2. PROJECT NOTES
2.1 This tender is for Works comprising the Scripting, Design, Development,
Production, Installation and commissioning works for the KEP Linear Video
Multi Media programmes.
2.2 The Producer to provide (named) Project Manager to Liaise with Client and
design companies.

Sec-11 50 00
2.3 The Producer to provide a scriptwriter to develop all narrative elements to final
approvals stage.
2.4 The Producer to provide outline and detailed storyboards/visuals for client
approval.
2.5 The Producer to provide graphic illustrations / diagrams (scientifically /

2.6 Unless stated otherwise by the Client, the Producer will be responsible for
sourcing and procuring all archive material.
2.7 The Producer to provide detailed list of library source material used to the
Client.
2.8 The Producer to provide offline / test programmes for client approval.
produced by the Producer to rest with the Client for use in any media.
2.11 The Producer shall make best endeavours, where applicable, to use still
2.12 The Producer will design and produce video productions to a 16:9 screen
documentation.
2.13 The Producer to produce videos in Hi Definition format.
2.14 The Producer to be responsible for the transfer and formatting of approved
2.15 The Producer to be responsible for co-ordinating with Hardware, Interactive,

Mechanical & Electrical and any other relevant contractors.
2.16 The Producer to deliver finished programmes to the AV Hardware Contractor

in agreed format.
2.17 The Producer to be responsible for ensuring compatibility between software

and hardware.
2.18 The Producer to be free-issued by the Hardware Contractor with computers

and other relevant hardware for development of software programmes. This
equipment must be made available for on-site installation on the date
requested by the Specialist Package Manager. The Producer must provide
sufficient insurance cover for all equipment whilst on their premises.
2.19 The Producer will be responsible for all translation requirements (Arabic
/ English, English/ Arabic).
2.20 The Producer to include for all expenses (e.g. travel, presentation materials
etc). This is to include all expenses to visit offices of Design Consultant, and to cover all
travel and subsistance expenses of design consultant to inspect works at Producers Studio
or other location specificied
2.21 The Producer to be present for on site programming / commissioning.
2.22 The Producer to provide operational manuals that include a full description of

Sec-11 50 00
each of the programmes installed, a description of the mode of operation of all

programmes including starting up, operating and shutting down instructions,
procedures for fault finding and emergency procedures, including telephone
contact numbers for emergency services.
2.23 The Producer is to note and accept the payment terms in relation to the Client
Approvals process as detailed.
PROGRAMME
The submittal must contain a programme including the intended sequence and timing of
the tasks described herein, dates of deliverables and definition of any critical path which
exists between the various activities.
DOCUMENTATION
The trade contractor must provide complete documentation as required
ATTENDANCE:
Allow for providing attendance upon other Trade Contractors as required.
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING:
* The tests specified shall be carried out in the presence of the Project Manager. The Trade
Contractor shall give the Project Manager seven days notice in writing of the date upon
which the Trade Contractor will be ready to carry out tests upon completion.
instruments used.

Sec-11 50 00


Specification.
Contractor will:
required.

Safety File

Sec-11 50 00

LINEAR/INTERACTIVE VIDEO DETAILED CREATIVE BRIEFS
INDEX OF LINEAR VIDEO/INTERACTIVE VIDEO PRODUCTIONS

key:
LV – LINEAR VIDEO
2.0 LV Introduction to Kahramaa (3d)
3.0 LV Film presentation exploring the physical creation of planet Earth
4.3 LV Pre – ride briefing film
6.2 IV Interactive video about principles of Electromagnetic Induction
6.5 IV Interactive video shows real life film footage of daily activities within
a Kahramaa power plant (component part of 6.3 PI above)
6.8 1-6 LV Multi screen presentation introducing the major alternative means of generating
power without fossil fuels
6.10 IV Interactive video footage of Kahramaa de-salination plant
8.1 IV 1-6 Visitors can select from a total of 6 video films on alternatives to fossil fuel power
generation
8.9 LV 1-8 8no linear Videos portray a ‘blue sky’ vision of the future

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 2.0 LV
Type: LINEAR VIDEO
AV hardware requirement:
(FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS SEE AV SPECIFICATION FOR DETAIL)
Exhibit overview: 3D film welcoming visitors to KEP
Objective: to introduce visitors to the major themes of KEP – responsible use of energy and water
There are two identical films, one in Arabic, the other in English (the staff selecting the correct
version for the audience).
The film conveys four messages
1. energy and water are essential to life
2. the world’s energy reserves are becoming ever scarcer
3. it is expensive to produce energy and desalinated water
4. we must all act responsibly in conserving these resources
The film must be a truly theatrical experience - an innovative and completely immersive three-
dimensional visual world. Using a seamless blend of stereo 3D filming styles: live action, time
lapse, sophisticated computer generated visual effects and probably the first ever 3D aerial
photography over Qatar. By wearing specialist polarising glasses, the audience will see dynamic
imagery emerge from the screen and float out towards them creating a magical and memorable
experience.
The film should be created in full High Definition and projected from two powerful 1OK ansi lumen
projectors on to a 6metre wide screen, ensuring extremely bright high resolution images. The
soundtrack will be created to reinforce the sense of immersion by on-site mixing in dynamic
surround sound.
Duration: The film should last for 5 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Each visitor picks up a pair of inexpensive 3D glasses on entering the theatre, leaving them in
collection bins when they exit.
The theatre is also equipped with a smaller drop-down screen for showing non-3D films and
presentations when required.
Notes: Producer to liaise with AV hardware contractor for all requirements/interface

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number 3.0 LV
Type: LINEAR VIDEO
AV hardware requirement:
Exhibit overview: Film presentation exploring the physical creation of planet Earth
Objective: to depict the story of the development of Planet Earth from a ball of molten mass into
the planet we recognise and crucially show how fossil fuels were deposited.
Treatment:
The film is projected on the walls of the 16 metre dome and from within a 3 metre diameter
‘Puffersphere’ which will rise from the floor during the show.
The story should begin just after the Big Bang with the lights of a trillion galaxies, with a voice
over telling how the universe originated. In the centre of the dome. a sphere gradually rises. It
appears to be a molten ball, which gradually cools and becomes recognisable as Planet Earth. But
this is an ancient Earth with only a single continent and vast forests. Slowly the continent breaks
up, the forests become submerged and the world we know appears. The voiceover tells how the
forests became the fossil fuels we depend on today and how much of our world is water, but
although water is vital to all life less than three per cent of all the water on Earth is drinkable.
Visitors will see a blend of live action and computer generated visual sequences projected both on
to the interior walls and on the sphere. As the transformation from molten ball to recognisable
planet takes place, imagery from 9 high resolution projectors should blend across the entire
Hemispherical Dome. Scientifically accurate but spectacular and colourful ‘planetarium style’
imagery with dramatic and unexpected visual movement should totally immerse visitors, and
transport them as ‘travellers in time’.
The presentation ends with a reading – and possibly the projection of the words - from the Holy
Quran in Arabic only. The Client will select the verse.
Duration: The entire globe experience should last 8 minutes
Background information: Around the outer perimeter of the walkway are benches against which
visitors can sit during the film

Sec-11 50 00

Notes: Producer to liaise with AV hardware contractor for all requirements/interface

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number 4.3 LV
Type: LINEAR VIDEO
AV hardware requirement: (FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS SEE AV
SPECIFICATION FOR DETAIL)
Exhibit overview: Pre – ride briefing film
Objective: to prepare visitors for the Water Ride
Treatment:
A short film telling visitors they are about to experience the journey of a water droplet from cloud
to earth and back to cloud and how it is helped on its way by electricity. The film should also tell
visitors, for their own safety, not to leave the ride car, lean out or try to touch anything.
Duration: 1 minute
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Type: INTERACTIVE VIDEO
AV hardware requirement: (FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS SEE AV
SPECIFICATION FOR DETAIL)
(component part of 6.2 PI)
Objective: to show the effect of electromagnetic induction at the atomic level
Treatment:
A touch table. There should be the principal options:
1. a demonstration through animated graphics of how the nuclei of copper atoms start to flow
when a magnet is passed through a coil
2. how this principle is applied to electrical power generation on a massive scale and is the
primary method for generating electricity all over the world
3. how this principle was first discovered almost 200 years ago by Michael Faraday with very
similar equipment to that used in this exhibit
Duration: The film should last approximately 1 minute
This forms part of an exhibit which should engage the visitor for approximately four minutes
Notes:
Producer to liaise with PI contractor for all interactive interfaces

Sec-11 50 00

Type: VIDEO INTERACTIVE
AV hardware included:
Kahramaa power plant (component part of 6.5 PI)
Objective: to show how a typical Qatari power station works
Five short films depict the key activities in an LNG power station. They should include live action
but may need to be supplemented with graphic interpretation where the process is invisible. Any
captioning should be in Arabic and English. The precise process is to be discussed with the Client,
but the films might depict:
 LNG ignited
Each is labelled with the name of the feature – e.g. Natural Gas input. When pressed, these
illuminate part of the model where this activity takes place and launch a short film showing the
corresponding activity at the plant.
Duration: Each film should last approximately 30 seconds
Background information: The films accompany a large scale model of an actual power plant.
When visitors touch a button positioned in rough proximity to a key feature, the film will start. The
model is surrounded by touch buttons, positioned in rough proximity to key features on the model.
Detailed advice on the selection of features and the identity of the power station will be given by
the client.

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 6.8 - 1 LV
Type LINEAR VIDEO
AV hardware requirement: (exhibit 6.8 1-6 LV comprises 6 No video presentations)
Exhibit overview: Short film on nuclear power
Objective: To outline the benefits and drawbacks of nuclear power
plants.
Duration: 20 seconds
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Type LINEAR VIDEO
Exhibit overview: Short film on geothermal power
Objective: To outline the benefits and drawbacks of geothermal power
“Costly to build”.
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 6.8 – 3 LV
Type LINEAR VIDEO
Exhibit overview: Short film on power from biomass
Objective: To outline the benefits and drawbacks of power from biomass
Images of biomass power generation, accompanied by key words and phrases (in Arabic and
English) which summarise the pros and cons, such as “Renewable”, “Polluting”.
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Type LINEAR VIDEO
Exhibit overview: Short film on wind power
Objective: To outline the benefits and drawbacks of wind power
Images of wind farms and turbines accompanied by key words and phrases (in Arabic and English)
which summarise the pros and cons, such as “Renewable”, “It is not always windy”.
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Type LINEAR VIDEO
Exhibit overview: Short film on solar power
Objective: To outline the benefits and drawbacks of solar power
Images of solar panels accompanied by key words and phrases (in Arabic and English) which
summarise the pros and cons, such as “Sustainable”, “Only works during the day”.
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Type LINEAR VIDEO
Exhibit overview: Short film on tidal power
Objective: To outline the benefits and drawbacks of tidal power
Images of tidal power generators accompanied by key words and phrases (in Arabic and English)
which summarise the pros and cons, such as “Renewable”, “Low cost to run” and “Costly to build”.
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Type VIDEO INTERACTIVE
AV hardware included:)
Objective: To explain the workings of a desalination plant
1. Up to 7 short films of the principal activities of a water desalination plant. These may
include:
a. Natural gas input
b. Seawater in
c. Potable water out
d. Waste out
e. Head exchange
f. Condensation collection
The films should be a combination of footage shot at an actual desalination plant in Qatar
and – because much of the activity will be hidden within the plant – a graphic depiction of
the activity and its part in the overall process of desalination. The role of electricity in
desalination and the use of salinated water in the production of electricity should be
particularly highlighted
2. A film depicting the air pollution and CO2 production associated with desalination and the
Duration:
1. Each film depicting the desalination process should last for approximately 10 seconds.
2. The film depicting pollution should last approximately one minute.
The client will advise on the plant to be modelled and supply technical information on processes.
Notes AV Hardware by specialist AV hardware contractor

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 8.1 -1 IV
a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 8.1 -2 IV
cost of producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 8.1 - 3 IV
producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

of producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 8.9 -1 LV
Type: LINEAR VIDEO
l AV hardware requirement: (exhibit 8.9 1-8 LV comprises 8 No video presentations)
Exhibit overview: New technology
Objective: to show visitors the very latest – or blue skies – thinking in energy efficient products 1
One of eight films showing the latest in sustainable design which are likely to be of interest to the
people of Qatar. This one might be road vehicles fuelled by water.
Duration: Approximately 1:30 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Type: LINEAR VIDEO
people of Qatar. This one might be about homes tapping into the kinetic energy generated by the
inhabitants

Sec-11 50 00

Type: LINEAR VIDEO
people of Qatar. This one might be about smart clothing replacing air conditioning

Sec-11 50 00

Type: LINEAR VIDEO
people of Qatar. This one might be about machines turning seawater into rain clouds

Sec-11 50 00

Type: LINEAR VIDEO
people of Qatar. This one might be about the latest hybrid car

Sec-11 50 00

Type: LINEAR VIDEO
people of Qatar. This one might be about a more efficient solar panel.

Sec-11 50 00

Type: LINEAR VIDEO
people of Qatar. This one might be about low energy washing machines

Sec-11 50 00

Type: LINEAR VIDEO
people of Qatar. This one might be about the latest fuel cell.

Sec-11 50 00

LINEAR/INTERACTIVE VIDEO APPROVALS PROCEDURE
Software Development and Approval Strategy for video film productions
The process
The software development and approval strategy involves a process whereby the PM can
monitor the Producer’s progress during the production of each video film and thereby
ensure the timely delivery of the finished product within the allocated budget.
To enable the process to be efficiently managed, the Client needs to appoint a

representative (or representatives) who will be responsible for giving or withholding
approval on the Client’s behalf. The Client’s representative/s will be required to attend a
series of meetings with the Producer at which the Producer will present deliverables
representing the completion of each stage of production.
It is important for the Client to appreciate that video productions need to be solidly
underpinned by an agreed script. For this reason most of the approval and sign-off process
is taken up with the early ‘pre-production’ phase of the Producer’s work.
Once the production phase starts any concerns the Client may have had about the content,
style and treatment of the film should have been satisfactorily addressed so that both
parties have a clear, unambiguous idea of the film’s objectives and how they are to be
met.
The process includes a series of key stage meetings, presentations and reviews in order to
Facilitate the smooth development of the film productions, namely:
• The Briefing
• The Response to Brief document and its approval
• The Treatment Script and its approval
• The Script (and or Storyboard) and its approval
• The Rough Cut (or Offline Edit) and its approval
• The Fine Cut (or Online Edit) and its approval
At each stage following the Briefing the Producer must indicate that he has completed and
submitted the deliverables. The Client must then indicate their approval or, if they reject
the deliverables, state what amendments they require of the Producer. The Producer must
then resubmit and obtain Client approval.
The stages of this process detailing the Producer’s and Client’s responsibilities are shown
on the ‘Delivery and Sign-off Process’ narrative and illustrated by the ‘Delivery and Sign-
off Flow Chart’. Both documents are attached.
Sign-off forms
The means by which the Producer and Client indicate their submissions and approvals is to
be separate check lists for the Producer and Client, sign offs required each stage as the
Producer delivers and the Client approves. Samples of the two sign-off forms are attached.
(CAF & PAF)
In order to maintain timely progress throughout the production the Producer must agree at
the outset to allow the Client sufficient time within each production timetable (or schedule)
to properly review and comment on the deliverables.
Likewise the curators (or Client’s representatives) must agree to review and comment on
the Producer’s deliverables within an agreed time frame. We are suggesting ten working
days for reviews, comments and approvals for the first three signoffs
(ie Response to Brief, Treatment, and Script), during which time any requested
amendments need to be dealt with. In other words, if a deliverable is at first rejected, it
must be amended and resubmitted promptly to ensure that approval is eventually
obtained in the original ten-day period. There is no need for such a lengthy time frame for
the remaining two approvals (ie Rough Cut and
Fine Cut). We suggest five days to allow for the Client to prepare written comments if
necessary.
It will be the Producer’s responsibility to respond with amendments or revisions whenever

Sec-11 50 00

complete approval is not given.
The Project Manager will be able to track the progress of each production by requesting
sight of the sign-off forms. Both the Producer’s and the Client’s forms should tally at each
of the approval stages; ie both parties are required to confirm that approval has been
given.
The programme
The Project Manager will have prepared a notional programme for the production of each
video film by the time the production contract is awarded. These programmes will need to
be agreed with the Producer after the briefings have taken place and synchronised with
the main building programme. The sign-off target dates will be shown on the programmes
and it will be the multi-media PM’s responsibility to keep a check on the adherence to
programme of each production and to amend the programmes in the event of slippages.
Any amendments will be fed into the main building
programme and communicated to the AV hardware contractor.
AV hardware
Part of the Producer’s responsibility will be to liaise with the AV hardware contractor about
the type and format of the deliverable media. Part of the sign-off process includes this
liaison and the Producer’s sign-off form includes a check box to signify that liaison has
taken place. The multimedia PM will confirm this with the AVH contractor.
In all documentation, the words Contractor and Producer are interchangeable.
1. Breifing Contractors specialist Contractor dates and

researcher/content advisor meets signs PAF to indicate this
with client’s representative to has happened
discuss production breifs
2 Response to Contractor produces written Contractor dates and

brief response to demonstrate they signs PAF to indicate this
have understood the brief. This has happened
serves to assure the client, but
also allows client to reexamine
the brief if necessary.

response to rejects the contractor's response. signs CAF to indicate
brief Rejections are to be supported by approval or rejection of
written rationale. response. Rejections go
back to stage 2 above
and must be resubmitted
4 Treatment Contractor researches subject and Contractor dates and

script prepares a treatment script. signs PAF to indicate this
Presents to client. has been done.

treatment rejects the contractor's treatment. signs CAF to indicate
written rationale. treatment.
stage 4 above and must
be resubmitted
6 Script Contractor prepares a script or Contractor dates and

storyboard. Presents to client. signs PAF to indicate this
has been done.

Sec-11 50 00


script rejects the contractor's script signs CAF to indicate
written rationale. Note: treatment.
commentary/narration script may Rejections go back to
be stage 6 above and must
amended before script recording. be resubmitted
8 Production Contractor undertakes filming,

animations, graphics, film and
stills search, etc
9 Liaise with Production contractor liaises with Contractor dates and

AVH AV signs PAF to indicate this
contractor hardware contractor to agree the has been done..
format in which the finished video
film should be delivered
10 Rough cut Contractor prepares a rough-cut of Contractor dates and

or offline the production and presents it to signs PAF to indicate this
edit the client to enable them to has been done.
appreciate what the finished
production will be like.
Contractor may at this stage
present samples of (eg) voices to
be used in the final commentary
recording and discuss choices with
the client.

rough cut rejects the rough cut. Rejections signs CAF to
are to be supported by indicate approval or
written rationale. rejection of rough
cut and any choices of
elements (eg
voices) to be included in
the fine cut.
The client may suggest
alterations to
the production at this
stage, but may
not request changes that
deviate from
the script agreed at stage
7 above.
Rejections to be amended
and represented
as revised rough cuts.
12 Translation Contractor has recording script Contractor dates and

translated into Arabic/ English and signs PAF to indicate this
delivers it to client for approval. has been done...

translation amends the translation and signs CAF to
returns it indicate approval of
to the contractor. translation.
stage 12 above.
14 Fine cut or Contractor prepares a fine-cut of Contractor dates and

online edit. the production and presents it to signs PAF to indicate this
the client. This is the final edited has been done.

Sec-11 50 00

version
and should reflect the rough-cut
and any comments made by the
client during the rough-cut
presentation.

fine cut rejects the fine cut. Rejections signs CAF to indicate
should approval of the fine cut.
be supported by reasons. Any alterations required
by the client at this stage
that could have been
requested at stages 5, 7
or 11 may incur
additional cost.
stage 14 above.
16 Delivery Contractor delivers a copy of the Contractor dates and

finished production in the agreed signs PAF to indicate this
format to the AV hardware has been done.
contractor
for loading onto replay system.
KEY: CAF – Client approval form

PAF – Producers action form
(see following)
APPROVED REJECT

Sec-11 50 00


Video production sign-offs. Client approval form (CAF)
The client representative should date and sign against each stage when deliverables
have been received and when approval has been given to the video producer.
1 Response to brief
Received from Producer date DD MM YY sign ____________________________
2 Treatment received from

3 Script received from

4 Rough cut viewed with

5 Translation received
from producer date DD MM YY sign ____________________________
6 Fine cut viewed with

ED

Sec-11 50 00


Video production sign-offs. Producers form (PAF)

Date and sign against each stage when completed
1 Breifing meeting with date DD MM YY sign

clients representative ____________________________
2 Response to breif date DD MM YY sign

3
Approval of response to date DD MM YY sign
breif received from client ____________________________
4 Treatment script date DD MM YY sign

5 Approval of treatment date DD MM YY sign

6 Script submitted to client date DD MM YY sign

____________________________
7 Approval of script date DD MM YY sign

8 Liase with AVH date DD MM YY sign

contractor on delivery ____________________________
format
9 Rough cut presented to date DD MM YY sign

client ____________________________
10 Approval of rough cut date DD MM YY sign

11 Fine cut presented to date DD MM YY sign

client ____________________________
12 Approval of fine cut date DD MM YY sign

13 Delivery of finished date DD MM YY sign

Film to AV hardware ____________________________
Contractor
14 On site Testing/ date DD MM YY sign

Commissioning ____________________________

Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00
GLASS AND GLAZING
To be read with Trade Contract Conditions and Particular and Special Conditions, Scope of Works,
Schedules, NBS specifications, JJA drawings and support documentation.
1.0 GENERAL INSTRUCTION
1 Work of this section shall conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents.
.2 Make thorough examination of the drawings, the specifications and the site to
determine the intent, material, conditions of interfacing with other work to be fully
cognizant of requirements.
.3 The specifications of this Section to be read in conjunction NBS L40 and H13
1.1 SCOPE OF WORKS
.1 The Work shall include, but not necessary limited to, the supply and installation of
glass and glazing:-
 Doors and Screens

 Mirrors
 Display systems
 Exhibits
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
.1 Related work specified elsewhere includes:
• Carpentry G20 Z10

• Trims /Sundries P20
• Fixings Z20
• Purpose made metalwork Z11
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
.1 Execution
Execute this work by a firm who has adequate plant, equipment and skilled
workers to perform it expeditiously and is known to have been responsible for
satisfactory installations similar to that specified for a period of the immediate past
five (5) years.
.2 Application assurance
The Contractor assumes overall responsibility for the work of this Section, to
assure that all assemblies, components and parts shown or required,comply with
the contract documents.
The Contractor also assures that all components, specified or required to

satisfactorily complete the installation are compatible with each other, with
adjoining substrates, materials and work by other trades, and with the conditions
of installation and expected use.
.3 Safety glazing materials

Sec-11 50 00
Comply with the requirements of local laws or ordinances with respect to the use
and application of safety glazing materials in hazardous locations.
.4 Standards
Glass: Comply with FS DD-G-451D or BS952: 1964 or equivalent for the applicable
quality hereinafter specified for each type of glass, except that comply with FS DD-
G-1403B or equivalent.
Colour: For heat absorbing, reflective or spandrel glass, the acceptable range of
colour and / or defects (as defined by FS DD-G451C) shall be determined by
samples of such defects and / or colour range. Glass which does not fall within the
accepted sample range shall be subject to rejection by the S.O. In the event such
samples are not or cannot be provided, the S.O. will determine the acceptability of
glass relative to colour and / or observable defects in each case.
Glazing standards: Comply with recommendations and requirements for heat

absorbing glass, reflective glass, and insulating glass. Comply with the
manufacturer’s recommendations when they at variance with FGMA or BSCP152:
1972.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
.1 Shop drawings
Submit for review shop drawings indicating plans, elevations, sections, materials,
finishes, sealant and dimensions. The contract drawings are for general intent
only.
.2 Statement
Statement from the glass manufacturer that he has reviewed the application of
heat absorbing or reflective glass for the effects of partial or full shading under the
expected service temperature ranges and that the resulting thermal stresses will
not reduce the “Glass Statistical Factor” below 2.5.
.3 Samples
Submit samples for each type of glass, glazing sealant, tape or gasket.
• 300mm x 300mm samples of each type of glass specified.

• Colour range samples for backpainted glass.
• 300mm long samples of glazing gaskets.
• Cured glazing sealant samples.
• 300mm long samples of glazing tapes.
.4 Mock up
Prepare sample installations as required to match specified work in all respects

before proceeding with the work. Glaze samples in the presence of the glazing
materials manufacturer and glass manufacturer not less than one (1) week in
advance of the scheduled glazing work. Before actual glazing work proceeds,
examine the sample in the presence of those present earlier.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
.1 Handle and store materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations to

prevent damage. During storage provide cushions at edges to prevent impact
damage. Protect faces from scratches and abrasions.

Sec-11 50 00
.2 Deliver and store packaged materials in original, unopened containers with

manufacturer’s seal and labels intact. All glass shall bear the manufacturer’s label
of indicate type and quality.
.3 All glass surfaces shall be kept dry during transit and storage. Glass becoming
moist from condensation or other causes shall be thoroughly dried and aired.
1.6 PROTECTION AND REPLACEMENT
.1 Mark all glass installed by this trade.
.2 Replace at own expense, scratched or broken glass damaged due to faulty setting,
careless handling or storage.
.3 Glass which, in the opinion of the Exhibition Designer/Construction manager, is

distorted, shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner.
1.7 WARRANTY
.1 Submit a written warranty against defects in the workmanship and materials for a
period of two (2) years from practical completion.
1.8 REFERENCE STANDARDS
.1 Where there is existence a relevant Qatari Standard , British Standard Code of

Practice, Draft BS ASTM or DIN Standard applicable to this work, then the
recommendations and requirements of such documents shall be considered as a
minimum standard for the work described and must be complied with.
.2 Nothing in paragraphs 1.8 and/or 1.9 relieves the Contractor of responsibility for
providing a higher standard that the relevant Codes of Standards where it is
required to comply with other sections of the Specifications.
.3 This work shall be in accordance with : BS 952, BS 6262
2.0 PRODUCTS
GENERAL
.1 All glass shall comply with the appropriate sections of BS 952. The glass
throughout is to be the best of its respective kinds, of approved manufacturer, free
from specks, bubbles, damaged edged, disfigured surfaces and other defects.
2.1 CLEAR GLASS
.1 Plate or float glass
Type 1, Class 1, Quality q4; 6mm thick unless otherwise shown.
.2 All clear sheet glass shall be of ‘Ordinary Glazing Quality’ (OQ) for the weights and
thickness required.
2.2 HEAT ABSORBING TINTED GLASS
.1 Plate or float glass

Sec-11 50 00
Type 1, Class 2, Style B. Colour and other characteristics as per contract drawings
or as approved by S.O.; 6.4mm thick unless otherwise shown.
2.3 TEMPERED GLASS
.1 General
Wherever possible locate tong marks along an edge which will be concealed in the
glazing system. Tempered glass to be cast to exact size.
.2 Clear
Kind FT, Condition A, Type 1, Class 1, 12mm thick unless otherwise shown.
.3 Heat absorbing
Kind FT, Condition A, Type 1, Class 2, colour and characteristics as per contract
drawings or to S.O. approval; 6.4mm thick unless otherwise shown.
2.4 REFLECTIVE GLASS
.1 Glass to receive reflective coating shall be of quality as herein described before

specified for each type. Refer to drawings and schedules for characteristics
required.
.2 Single glazed reflecting glass
Float glass meeting requirements for “Tinted Plate Glass” with transparent metallic
oxide coating on exterior. Typical thickness 6.0mm unless otherwise indicated.
Minimum performance as required:
• Average visible transmittance: 27%

• Outdoor visible reflectance 10%
• Indoor visible reflectance 24%
• Shading co-efficient 0.43
• Total solar energy transmittance 17%
• Total solar energy reflectance 8%
2.5 LAMINATED GLASS
.1 Two layers of float glass bonded to 2 no. 0.38mm minimum clear plastic puncture
resistant polyvinyl butyral interlayers conforming to the requirements of ANSI
Z97.1. Interlayer shall be compatible with glazing sealant.
.2 Glazing layers to 6mm each, unless otherwise indicated.
.3 Glazing layers may be clear, tinted or reflective as per contract drawings or to S.O.
approval.
2.6 MIRROR GLASS
.1 Mirrors: Clear plate or float glass 6mm thick or mirror glazing quality (FS D-G-451,
Type 1, Class 1, quality q2) with silver coating and electroplated copper backing
complying with CS27. Silver shall be guaranteed 5 years against spoilage. Round
off and polish exposed edges.

Sec-11 50 00
2.7 BACK PAINTED GLASS
.1 Decorative glass achieved by the spray application of 2-pack polyurethane paint to

back surface of glazing. Applicable to any glass type or thickness.
.2 Paint composition contains two types of polyurethane paint integrated with

solvent.
.3 Compliance to ISO3233: 1998.
.4 Recommended manufacturer Glass Kote (Malaysia) or supplier of similar product.
2.8 GLAZING GASKETS
.1 General:
Black neoprene compression of sufficient thickness to be under 25% compression

minimum when installed. Gaskets to have 1500 psi tensile strength, hardness
Durometer A of 50, 5, resistance to permanent set of 25% maximum, and
minimum elongation at break of 300%.
.2 Moulded Resilient Neoprene (Gasket Type 1)
To ASTM D2000, designation 2BC 415 to 3BC 620 or as recommended by

manufacturer or supplier, continuous moulded or extruded neoprene gaskets of the
profile required.
.3 Sponge Neoprene Closed Cell (Gasket Type 2)
ASTM C509, Type II or as recommended by manufacturer or supplier with durable

neoprene skin.
.4 Lock strip glazing gaskets (Gasket Type 3)
ASTM C542, neoprene extrusion fabricated into frame with injection moulded
corners, and with either integral or separated locking (zipper) strips.
2.9 JOINT FILLER MATERIALS
.1 Open cell polyurethane (Filler Type 1)
25% compressibility at 70% to 100gm/cm2 with a density of 64-96kg/m3.
.2 Closed cell neoprene (Filler Type 2)
ASTM D1056, Type S, Class SCE or equivalent.
2.10 GLAZING SEALANT
.1 Sealant: one part low modules silicone to Draft BS 78/1438 and SMC 10, BS 5889.
2.11 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS
.1 Setting blocks, spacers, edge protectors

Sec-11 50 00
Neoprene meeting NAAMM Standard SG-1-70 tested for compatibility with the
glazing sealant:
 Setting Blocks: Non compressible material. 70 – 90 Shore A Durometer
hardness.
 Spacers: neoprene 75 to 85 Durometer A hardness, to AAMA SG-1-76, or
practiced PVC to BS 2571 softness numbers 35-45. Adhesive backed on
one face only.
 Jamb edged protection: 20 – 30 Shore A Durometer hardness, adhesive
backed on one face only.
.2 Mirror mastics
An adhesive setting compound, manufactured specifically for setting mirrors with

support at bottom edge only: to be used in spot application of 3mm to 12mm
thickness and with less than 25% of mirror back area in contact with mastic.
.3 Glazing felt
Treated wool glazing felt, adhesive backed, non-wicking and non-staining.
.4 Bolts for frameless glazing
High tensile bolts 95mm x 120mm x 10mm bronze anodized hard alloy aluminium
angles manufactured by Pilkington Brothers Ltd, or other approved supplier.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION
.1 Edges
Exposed edges of glass, including butt glass without sealant, shall be polished to a
bright reflective finish. Where glass is butted with sealant, it shall be ground
smooth or polished. No file marks or other roughness will be allowed at exposed
edges of glass.
.2 Cutting
Obtain sizes from shop drawings or by field measurement. Cut glass to fit each
opening with minimum edge clearances and bit on glass as recommended by glass
manufacturer. Do not nip glass edges. Factory cut heavy heat absorbing glass,
10mm thickness and above. Edges may be wheel cut or sawed and seamed at
manufacturer’s option. For glass to be cut at site, provide glass 50mm larger in
both dimensions than required, so as to facilitate cutting of clean-cut edges
without the necessity of seaming or nipping. Do not cut, seam, nip or abrade
tempered, heat strengthened and spandrel glass after tempering.
.3 Field measurements
When glass is to be precut to sizes obtained from shop drawings, take field
measurements of each opening, before glazing, to verify adequate bite on the
glass and minimum edge clearance. Openings which do not fall within the
tolerances for which precut glass has been sized shall be glazed only with glass
specially cut to fit such openings.
3.2 PREPARATION
.1 Pre-installation meeting

Sec-11 50 00
Meet at the project site with the glass manufacturer’s representative, sealant
manufacturer’s representative, glazier and fabricator of framing or other
supporting structure to receive glass. Review the glazing procedure, applying
glazing materials and installing removable stops. Evaluate suitability of specified
compounds and sealants for anticipated weather conditions. Review coordination
with other work.
.2 Pre-installation cleaning
Clean glazing channels, stops and rabbets to receive glazing materials for
obstruction and deleterious substances which might impair the work. Remove
protective coatings which might fail in adhesion or interfere with the bond of
sealants. Comply with the manufacturer’s instructions for final wiping of surfaces
immediately before the application of primer and glazing compounds or tapes.
Wipe metal surfaces with zylol or toluol.
.3 Priming
Prime surfaces to receive glazing compounds in accordance with the

manufacturer’s recommendations, using recommended primers.
3.3 INSTALLATION
.1 General
Cut and install tinted and heat absorbing glass as recommended by manufacturer.
Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installaton. Do not install any
pieces which have damaged edges, scratches or abrasion, or any other evidence of
damage.
Locate setting blocks at sill 6mm from each end of the glass, unless otherwise
recommended by the glass manufacturer. Use blocks of proper size to support the
glass in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Provide spacers for all glass sizes larger than 1.25 united metres, to separate glass
from stops, except where continuous glazing gaskets or felts are provided. Locate
spacers no further than 600mm apart and no closer than 300mm to a corner.
Place spacers opposite one another. Make bite of spacer on glass a nominal 5mm
or greater.
Set glass in a manner which produces greatest possible degree of uniformity in

appearance.
Do not use 2 or more different glazing materials in the same joint system unless
the manufacturere of each material has stated in writing that his material is fully
compatible with the other material.
Use masking tape or other suitable protection to limit coverage of glazing materials
to the surfaces intended for sealants.
Mitre-cut and seal or vulcanize joints for glazing gaskets in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions to provide a continuous watertight and airtight seal at
corners and other locations where joints are required. Butt or lap ends of tapes in
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
Tool exposed surfaces of glazing materials to provide a slight washaway from the
glass. Install exposed tapes and gaskets with a slight protrusion above stops in the
final compressed condition.

Sec-11 50 00
Special care shall be given to control width of joints, at exposed edges of butt joint
glass. Maximum variation in the total width of exposed butt joint glass shall be
plus or minus 1.5mm from the required width.
.3 Mirror glazing
Adhesive mounting of mirrors: Support mirror on continuous stainless steel angle

with setting blocks of continuous glazing gasket, as shown. Apply mirror mastic in
accordance with mastic manufacturer’s instructions. Apply minimum 50mm
diameter spots of mastic between the mirror and supports at not more than 25%
of mirror back. Apply mirror to substrate so that areas not covered with mastic will
remain open for ventilation, 3mm minimum clearance from substrate. Provide
temporary rigid support until adhesive has set.
.4 Glass to glass glazing
Silicone: Apply silicone sealant to abutting surfaces of glass in accordance with

manufacturer’s recommendations.
Joint dimension of butt glazed glass shall be +/- 1.5mm from the required width or
as specified by the manufacturer.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

After inspection and approval by the S.O., remove all labels from glass and
mirrors.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
.1 Clean excess sealant or compound from glass and framing members immediately
after application, using solvents or cleaners recommended by manufacturers.
.2 Protect glass from breakage immediately upon installation. Use streamers or

ribbons suitably attached to framing and held free of the glass. Do not apply
warning markings directly to the glass.
.3 Protect glass and glazing materials during the construction period so that they will
be without any indication of damage or deterioration at the time of acceptance by
the Employer. Cover glass as required to protect it from welding, sand-blasting
and other activities that might abrade the surfaces.
.4 Remove and replace glass, during the construction period, which is broken,
cracked, chipped or damaged in any way and from any source, including weather,
vandalism or accidents.
.5 Maintain glass in a reasonably clean condition during construction so that it will not
become stained and will not contribute to the deterioration of glazing materials.
.6 When glass is installed adjacent to or below concrete, other masonry surfaces and
weathering steel, which are exposed to weather, examine glass monthly during
construction. Wash glass immediately when inspection reveals dirt, scum, deposits
or staining; or after rainstorms, to remove any corrosive wash or dirt which may
adhere.
.7 Wash glass on both faces, not more than 4 days prior to acceptance by Employer.
Comply with instructions and recommendations of the glass manufacturer and
glazing materials manufacturer for cleaning in each case.

Sec-11 50 00

Sec-11 50 00
K13 RIGID SHEET FINE LININGS/PANELLING
TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH PARTICULAR & SPECIAL CONDITIONS, JJA

DRAWINGS, SCHEDULES AND SCOPE OF WORKS.
TYPE(S) OF LINING/PANELLING
130.1 LAMINATED PLASTICS VENEERED PANEL LINING TO FURNITURE/EXHIBIT

COUNTERTOP/HORIZONTALSURFACES
- Background: Timber studwork – refer to G20, Steel framework – refer to Z11

- Battens: Regularized softwood free from decay and active insect attack and with no
knots wider than half the width of the section.
- Finished size: To suit
Moisture content at time of fixing: Not exceeding 18%.
- Spacing of battens: To suit – Additional supports as per K11 clause 930
- Method of fixing battens: Suitable sized counter-sunk screws
- Panels:
Core material: Water and boil proof (WBP) plywood
- Durability: To BS EN 314:Part2, Class D3
- Thickness: To suit
- Fire retardant treatment: Class 1 FR
Facing sheet: Plastic Laminate - Horizontal Grade
- Manufacturer and reference: See finishes schedule
- Colour/Pattern/Finish: See finishes schedule
Backing sheet: To BS 4965 requirements. Fire rating as for facing sheet. Colour, pattern
and finish to approval.
- Fabrication: As section Z10.
Adhesive: To BS EN 204, type to match durability class of core material.
- Method of fixing panels: Concealed screw fixing
130.2 LAMINATED PLASTICS VENEERED PANEL LINING TO FURNITURE/EXHIBIT/DOOR

FASCIAS
- Background: Timber studwork – refer to G20, Steel framework – refer to Z11

- Battens: Regularized softwood free from decay and active insect attack and with no
knots wider than half the width of the section.
- Finished size: To suit
Moisture content at time of fixing: Not exceeding 18%.
- Spacing of battens: To suit – Additional supports as per K11 clause 930
- Method of fixing battens: Suitable sized counter-sunk screws
- Panels:
Core material: Water and boil proof (WBP) plywood
- Durability: To BS EN 314:Part2, Class D3
- Thickness: To suit
- Fire retardant treatment: Class 1 FR
Facing sheet: Plastic Laminate - Vertical Grade
- Manufacturer and reference: See finishes schedule
- Colour/Pattern/Finish: See finishes schedule
Backing sheet: To BS 4965 requirements. Fire rating as for facing sheet. Colour, pattern
and finish to approval.
- Fabrication: As section Z10.
Adhesive: To BS EN 204, type to match durability class of core material.
- Method of fixing panels: Concealed screw fixing
PRELIMINARY/GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Sec-11 50 00
K13 Rigid Sheet Fine/Linings/Panelling (continued) K13
210 ADVANCE REGISTRATION: Obtain materials registered in advance by the Employer from
the supplier named below. Supersede the Employer's registration and take over
responsibility by an order to the supplier covering price, supply and delivery to suit the
progress of the work.
Stock reservation number:
Supplier: _See Finishes schedule
250 PROTECTION:
- Do not deliver components to site and do not remove protective packaging/coverings
until immediately before required for fixing.
- Stack boards and panels flat on bearers and separated by spacers where necessary to
prevent damage to or from projections.
- Keep components and completed linings/panelling clean and dry, and protect from
physical damage until Practical Completion.
260 ENVIRONMENT:
- Do not start work specified in this section before building is weathertight, wet trades
have finished their work and the building is well dried out.
- Before, during and after fixing, temperature and humidity must be maintained at levels
approximating to those which will prevail after building is occupied.
270 HEATING: N/A
280 AIR CONDITIONING:

- Agree arrangements for operating the air conditioning installation up to the date of
Practical Completion of the Works to ensure that excessive moisture movement of
linings/panelling does not take place.
- The system has been designed to provide ambient temp of 18°C. which meet thermal
comfort requirements
FABRICATION/FIXING/FINISHING
310 ACCURACY OF FABRICATION:

- Exact site dimensions must be taken as necessary before starting fabrication. Report any
discrepancies to CA without delay and obtain instructions before proceeding.
- Permissible deviations for panels:
Length: ±1.5 mm.
Width: ±1.5 mm.
Squareness: ±1.5 mm in 1 m (taking the longer of 2 sides at any corner as a baseline
and measuring the deviation of the shorter side from the baseline perpendicular).
Flatness (of panels with a core thickness of 12 mm and over, as delivered to site): ± 1
mm under a 600 mm straightedge.
- Finished dimensions of components must be such that the required accuracy of the
finished linings/panelling and joints can be achieved.
320 LAMINATED TIMBER CORES for wood veneered panels are to have a face grain at right
angles to the specified direction of the veneer grain. Alternatively cross veneer the panels
before applying face veneer.
350 FIXING LININGS/PANELLING:

- Set out accurately, true to line and level, free from undulations and lipping, with lines
and joints aligned, straight and parallel unless specified otherwise.
- Make adequate allowance for future moisture and temperature movement of boards.
- Fix panels securely to prevent pulling away, bowing, or other movement during use.
- Methods of fixing and fasteners to be as section Z20 unless specified otherwise.
- Trims, wherever possible, to be in unjointed lengths between angles or ends of runs.
Where running joints are unavoidable obtain approval of location and method of jointing.
Mitre angle joints unless specified otherwise.
360 OPEN JOINTS (i.e. without cover strips or similar):

- Within any joint (including in-line continuations across transverse joints) the greatest
width must not exceed the least width by more than:

Sec-11 50 00
K13 Rigid Sheet Fine/Linings/Panelling (continued) K13
0.5 mm in 1 metre
1 mm in 2 metres
1.5 mm in 3 metres.
- Any variation in width must be evenly distributed with no sudden changes. Joints with
bevelled edges to be measured to the face arrises.
440 IRONMONGERY:
-
- Assemble and fix carefully and accurately using fasteners with matching finish supplied
by ironmongery manufacturer. Prevent damage to ironmongery and adjacent surfaces. At
completion check, adjust and lubricate as necessary to ensure correct functioning.
480 CLEAR FINISHES:

- Fill nail holes with stopping coloured to match timber. Scrape, sand and fill wood
surfaces to give a smooth, closed surface free from sanding marks.
- Apply finish in clean, dust-free conditions to give smooth surfaces free from bittiness
and runs. Refer to M60 clause 110.1 for joiney elements OUTSIDE of Display Cases.
Refer to M60 Clause 110.2 for joinery WITHIN Display Cases.

Sec-11 50 00
L40 GENERAL GLAZING
TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH PARTICULAR & SPECIAL CONDITIONS, JJA /

DRAWINGS, SCHEDULES AND SCOPE OF WORKS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
150 WORKMANSHIP GENERALLY:

- Glazing generally: to BS 6262.
- The glazing must be wind and watertight under all conditions with full allowance made for
deflections and other movements.
- Panes/sheets to be within ± 2 mm of specified dimensions.
- Avoid contact between glazing panes/units and alkaline materials such as cement and
lime.
- Keep materials dry until fixed. Keep insulating glass units and plastics glazing sheets
protected from the sun and away from heat sources.
- Ensure that glass/plastics, surround materials, sealers primers and paints/clear finishes
to be used together are compatible. Comply with glazing and sealant manufacturers’
recommendations.
152 PREPARATION: Clean surrounds, rebates, grooves and beads, and prepare as specified
before installing glazing.
155 GLASS GENERALLY:

- To BS 952 and the relevant part(s) of:
BS EN 572 for basic soda lime silicate glass.
BS EN 1096 for coated glass
BS1748-1 for borosilicate glass
BS EN 1748-2 for Ceramic glass
BSEN 1893 for heat strengthened soda lime silicate glass
BS EN 12150 thermally toughened soda lime silicate glass
BS EN 12337 for chemically strengthened soda lime glass
BS EN 113024 for thermally toughened borosilicate safety glass
BS EN ISO 12543 for laminated glass and laminated safety glass
ISO3233: 1998. for BACK PAINTED GLASS- Decorative glass achieved by the spray
application of 2-pack polyurethane paint to back surface of glazing. Applicable to
any glass type or thickness.
- Panes/sheets to be clean and free from obvious scratches, bubbles, cracks, rippling,
dimples and other defects.
- Edges generally undamaged. Shells and chips not more than 2 mm deep and extending
not more than 5 mm across the surface are acceptable if ground out.
165 THERMALLY TOUGHENED GLASS to be fixed in the following locations must be subjected
to a heat soaking regime designed to reduce the incidence of failure due to nickel sulfide
inclusions. All panes must be heat soaked at a mean glass temperature of 280 ± 10°C
for not less than period of time as recommended by manfacturer Provide certified
evidence of treatment.
Locations: See drawings
180 BEAD FIXING WITH PINS: Space pins evenly at not more that 150 mm centres, and
within 50 mm of each corner. Punch pins just below the timber surface.
181 BEAD FIXING WITH SCREWS: Space screws evenly at not more that 225 mm centres,
and within 75 mm of each corner.

Sec-11 50 00
METAL FABRICATION
To be read with Trade Contract Conditions and Particular and Special Conditions, Scope of Works,
Schedules, NBS specifications, drawings and support documentation.
All metal must conform to the following specifications, design schedule or drawings
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
.1 Work of this Section shall conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents.
. 2 Make thorough examination of the drawings, the specifications and the site to
determine the intent, material, conditions of interfacing with other work to be fully
cognizant of requirements.
.3 The specifications of this Section to be read in conjunction NBS Z11
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
.1 The following related work is specified elsewhere.
• Carpentry G20 Z10

• Trims /Sundries P20
• Fixings Z20
Purpose made metalwork Z11
.1 Execute this work by a firm who has adequate plant, equipment and skilled
workers to perform work expeditiously, and is known to have been responsible for
satisfactory installations similar to that specified during period of immediate past
five (5) years.
.2 Weld structural components: in steel, to BS 639, BS 5135, BS 3019 : Part 2, and

by fabricator fully certified by local authority.
.3 This work which is intended to resist structural forces imposed by dead and live
loads, shall conform to the requirements of the jurisdictional authorities.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
.1 Submit shop drawings for review, indicating large scale details of members and
materials, of connection and joints of anchorage devices, dimensions, thicknesses,
description of materials, metal finishing specifications and other pertinent data and
information.
.2 Submit to jurisdictional authorities shop drawings of work required to resist

structural forces or other information as required.
.3 Provide a small section of actual mock-up (S.O. to verify during shop drawing) for
approval before proceeding.
1.5 COORDINATION

Sec-11 50 00
.1 Cooperate with other trades to ensure satisfactory and expeditious completion of

the work.
.2 Provide all forms, templates, anchors, sleeves, inserts and accessories required to
be fixed to or inserted in the work and set in place. Submit instructions as to
locations.
.1 Identify all metal fabrications supplied to other trades for installation.
.2 Protect this work from damage.
.3 Deliver metal fabrications to site in accordance with the Construction Schedule.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
.1 Unless detailed or specified otherwise, standard products will be acceptable if

construction details and installation meet intent of the drawings and specifications.
.2 Include materials, products, accessories and supplementary parts necessary to

complete assembly and installation of this work.
.3 Incorporate only metals that are free from visible defects or defects which impair
strength or durability. Install only new metal of best quality, and free from rust or
waves and buckles, and that are clean, straight and with sharply defined profiles.
.4 Structural Steel: to BS 4360, Grade 43C or MS 416. 1976 or AISC –

American Institute of Steel Construction; "Specification and Erection of Structural
Steel for Buildings", Latest Edition. AISC - "Code of Standard Practice", latest
edition, unless otherwise modified herein or on the drawings. Paragraphs 1.5, 3.1,
4.2 and any and all references to be responsibility of the General Contractor and/or
Architect/ Engineer in the AISC Code of Standard Practice shall not apply.
Structural drawings and specifications shall always have precedence over these
specifications with relation to structural steel or other metals.
.5 Sheet Steel: to BS 1449 or MS 606 for cold rolled commercial grade; to BS 4 for
hot rolled commercial grade.
.6 Steel, Galvanized Sheet: to MS 606. 1979 or BS 729 or ASTM A525 M-86.
.7 Stainless Steel: to BS 4825 or ASTM A480/ A480 M-85. Finish shall be No. 4,
brushed.
.8 Prime Paint on Steel: to BS 2523. For iron and steel surfaces, proprietary
approved metallic lead primer. For galvanized surfaces, proprietary approved
calcium plumbate primer. Field touch-up: as above.
.9 Fastenings: to match base metal being fastened.
.10 Anchors: where exposed to view, to match metal anchored, except stainless steel
may be used with aluminum. Where concealed from view, as for exposed anchors,
except that galvanized steel may also be used if electrolytic action would not
occur.

Sec-11 50 00
.11 Grout: non-shrink, non-metallic, flowable 24 hour 15 MPa, pull out strength
7.9MPa., well rounded or spherical aggregate.
.12 Epoxy Grout: Non-shrink, non-staining grout as approved by Architect.
.13 Tubular Railing, Balustrades: to BS 6323 and BS 1387 or ASTM 53 and ASTM E
119 or JIS G 3444.
2.2 FABRICATION
.1 Fabricate this work with machinery and tools specifically designed for intended
manufacturing process in accordance with local codes and standards.
.2 Fit and assemble work in shop. When this is not possible, make trial shop
assembly.
.3 Incorporate anchors 600 mm c.c. for miscellaneous metal-work items located in

cast-in-place concrete.
.4 Incorporate means for fastening of other work secured to this work.
.5 Metal surfaces in contact with masonry, concrete or dissimilar metal shall receive
one coat of bituminous paint.
.6 Draw mechanical joints to hairline tightness and seal counter-sunk screws and
access holes for locking screws with metal filler where these occur on exposed
surfaces.
.7 Fabricate work with materials, component sizes, metal gauges, reinforcing,

anchors, and fasteners of adequate strength to withstand intended use, and within
allowable design factors imposed by jurisdictional authorities.
.8 Ensure that work will remain free of warping, buckling, opening of joints and
seams, distortion, and permanent deformation.
.9 Construct items that are part of floor constructions, such as gratings and trench
covers to support same live loads for which surrounding floors are designed unless
indicated otherwise.
.10 Accurately cut, machine and fit joints, corners, copes and mitre so that junctions
between components fit tightly and in true planes.
.11 Fasten work with concealed methods unless otherwise indicated on drawings.
.12 Weld connections where possible; bolt where not possible, and cut off bolts flush
with nuts. Countersink bolt heads, and provide method to prevent loosening of
nuts. Ream holes drilled for fastenings.
.13 Weld joints tight, flush, and in true planes with base metals. Make welds
continuous at joints where entry of water into building or into voids of
members or assemblies is possible.
.14 Grind welds smooth where exposed to view.
.15 Provide for differential movements within assemblies and at junctions of

assemblies with surrounding work.
.16 Incorporate holes and connections for work installed by other trades.

Sec-11 50 00
.17 Cleanly and smoothly finish exposed edges of materials including holes.
.18 Cap open ends of sections exposed to view, such as, pipes, channels, angles and
other similar work.
.19 Clean loose mill scale, rust, dirt, weld flux and spatter from Work after fabrication.
Grind smooth sharp projections. Prepare for prime painting and finishes specified.
Unless otherwise specified, apply to steel surfaces shop prime coat of paint.
Work paint into corners and onto open areas smoothly. Deliver Work to site with
primer undamaged. Paint all surfaces except those to be welded in field, encased
in concrete, or that are machined or galvanized. Give surfaces that are
inaccessible to finish field painting, two coats of primer.
.20 Apply a priming coat in shop to a dry thickness of 0.04 to 0.05 mm, except where
galvanized finish is specified. Work primer into surfaces, interstices and joints.
Apply shop coat of primer to metal items, with exception of stainless steel,
aluminium, and those to be galvanized or encased in concrete.
.21 Hot dip galvanized items embedded in concrete after fabrication. Follow
recommended precautions to avoid embrittlement of the base metal by
overpickling or overheating during galvanizing.
.22 Paint steel members under cover in shop and keep them under cover until paint
has dried.
.23 Galvanize work following fabrication except where impossible. Paint galvanized
surfaces that are cut, welded or threaded with zinc rich paint to ensure minimum
coating of 0.102 mm, immediately following damage to galvanized protection.
.24 Items Supplied Only: supply items required to be built in by other trades,
including sleeves, bolts and anchors with templates or layout drawings. Coordinate
this work with the work of other trades.
3.0 EXECUTION
.1 Take site measurements to ensure that work is fabricated, fits surrounding

construction, around obstructions and projections in place and indicated on the
drawings, to suit service locations.
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Install work plumb, true, square, straight, level and accurately and tightly fitted
together and to surrounding work.
.2 Include with this work anchor bolts, bolts, washers and nuts, lag screws, expansion
shields, toggles, straps, sleeves, brackets, clips and other items
necessaryfor secure installation as required by loading and jurisdictional
authorities.
.3 Countersink holes provided for wood screws where wood is attached to this work.
.4 Attach work to masonry with lead plugs and galvanized steel or other corrosion
resistant fastenings to support load with safety factor of three.

Sec-11 50 00
.5 Supply fabricated metal work with all components required for anchoring to
concrete; bolting or welding to structural frames, standing free; or resting in
frames or sockets in a safe and secure manner.
.6 Conceal fastenings unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Weld connections

and where necessary, rivet or screw, countersink into exposed work and finish
flush. Pull bolted work up tight and upset threads to prevent loosening.
.7 Provide exposed metal fastenings and accessories of the same material, texture,
colour and finish as the base metal on which they occur, unless indicated
otherwise.
.8 Provide holes and connections for the work of other trades. Provide steel sections
bearing on concrete or masonry bearing plates and anchor bolts conforming
to the load requirements.
3.2 PROTECTION
1 Protect prime painted and galvanized surfaces from damage.
2 Protect exposed surfaces of prefinished metal work which does not receive site
finishing with protective coatings or wrappings. Use materials recommended by
finishers or manufacturers of metals to ensure that method is sufficiently
protective, easily removed, and harmless to finish.
.3 Maintain protection of this work from time of installation until final finishes are
applied or to final cleanup.
3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
.1 After erection, touch up primed surfaces that are burned, scratched or otherwise
damaged with prime paint to match shop coat.
.2 Repair areas of bare metal and welds on galvanized surfaces with zinc-rich paint.
.3 Remove damaged, dented, defaced, defectively finished, or tool marked

components and replace with new.
.4 Refinish shop applied finishes in field only with Designers approval.
.5 Clean off dirt on surfaces resulting from installation work.

Sec-11 50 00
P31 HOLES/CHASES/SUPPORTS FOR SERVICES
TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH PARTICULAR & SPECIAL CONDITIONS, JJA DRAWINGS,

SCHEDULES AND SCOPE OF WORKS.
150 HOLES AND CHASES IN IN SITU CONCRETE to be cast in. Do not cut hardened concrete or drill
holes larger than 10 mm diameter without permission.
170 HOLES IN STRUCTURAL STEELWORK: Do not cut or drill structural steelwork without
permission.
185 HOLES, RECESSES AND CHASES IN MASONRY:

– Holes, recesses and chases to be in locations which will least affect the strength, stability and
sound resistance of the construction, and to be of the smallest practicable size.
– Holes must not exceed 300 mm square.
– Do not cut chases in walls of hollow or cellular blocks without approval.
– In walls of other materials:
– Vertical chases must be not deeper than one third of the single leaf thickness.
– Horizontal or raking chases must be not longer than 1 m and not deeper than one sixth of
the single leaf thickness.
– Do not set chases or recesses back to back; offset by a clear distance not less than the wall
thickness. Where sockets, etc. are shown on drawings as nominally back to back, obtain
instructions.
– Do not cut until mortar is fully set. Cut carefully and neatly, avoiding spalling, cracking or
other damage to surrounding structure. Do not cut chases with mechanical or hand impact
tools.
230 NOTCHES AND HOLES IN STRUCTURAL TIMBER:

– To be avoided wherever possible and to be the minimum sizes needed to accommodate
services.
– Do not position near knots or other defects in the same cross section which would significantly
affect strength of timber.
– Notches and holes in the same joist to be at least 100 mm apart horizontally.
– Notches in joists to be at the top, located between 0.07 and 0.25 of span from support, not
deeper than 0.125 x depth of joist and to be formed by sawing down to a drilled hole.
– Holes in joists to be on the neutral axis, with diameter not more than 0.25 x depth of joist,
spaced at centres not less than 3 x diameter of largest hole and located between 0.25 and 0.4
of span from support.
– Notches in roof rafters, struts and columns will not be permitted.
– Holes in struts and columns to be on the neutral axis, with diameters not exceeding 0.25 x
minimum width of member, located between 0.25 and 0.4 of length from end and spaced at
centres not less than 3 x diameter of largest hole.
310 PIPE SLEEVES FOR SERVICES
– Sleeves to extend through full thickness of wall/floor and be accurately positioned to give a
minimum clearance around service of 20 mm or diameter of service, whichever is the least.
– Sleeves, whether built in or installed in preformed holes, to be bedded solid.
– Seal annular space between service and sleeve
– Where exposed to view, finish bedding and sealing neatly to approval.
340 SEALING AROUND SERVICES: Seal around where they pass through. Completely fill the
space, leaving no gaps and finish neatly.
340.1 SEALING AROUND SERVICES ENTERING DISPLAY CASES: Seal around where they pass
through. Completely fill the space, leaving no gaps and finish neatly. All penetrations to be at
locations previously discussed and agreed with the Exhibition Designers. Refer to Z22 for
sealants.
1
Sec-11 50 00
SOLID POLYMER/SOLID SURFACE RESIN FABRICATIONS

I. GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work described in this section:
• Countertops to PI exhibits (See finishes schedule)
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
• Carpentry Z10
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Applicable Standards: Standards of the following, as referenced herein:
1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
4. International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (ISSFA)
5. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings: Indicate dimensions, component sizes, fabrication details, attachment

provisions and coordination requirements with adjacent work.
B. Samples: Submit minimum 2" x 2" (50 mm x 50 mm) samples. Indicate full range of
colour and pattern variation. Approved samples will be retained as standards for
work.
C. Product data: Indicate product description, fabrication information and compliance
with specified performance requirements.
D. Maintenance data: Submit LG HI-MACS care and maintenance data, including repair
and cleaning instructions. Include in project close-out documents.
A. Allowable tolerances:
1. Variation in component size: ± 1/8" (3 mm).
2. Location of openings: ± 1/8" (3 mm) from indicated location.
A. Deliver no components to project site until areas are ready for installation. Store
components indoors prior to installation.
B. Handle materials to prevent damage to finished surfaces. Provide protective coverings
to prevent physical damage or staining following installation for duration of project.
1.06 WARRANTY

Sec-11 50 00
A. Provide LG HI-MACS 15 year fully transferable warranty against defects in materials.

Warranty shall provide material and labour to repair or replace defective materials.
Damage caused by physical or chemical abuse or damage from excessive heat will not
be warranted.
B. This Warranty applies to commercial or residential applications of LG HI-MACS
fabricated and instlled by certified fabricator/installers in accordance to LG HI-MACS
Solid Surface Guidelines. Failure to comply may voice the warranty. Refer to the 15
Year Fully Transferable Warranty Card for complete details.
II. PRODUCTS
2.01 SOLID POLYMER FABRICATIONS
A. Specified product: LG HI-MACS 100% Acrylic Solid Surface

Manufacturer: LG Chem
Master Distributor: LG Solid Source, LLC, 8009 W. Olive , Peoria, AZ 85345
[RETAIN BELOW FOR PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION]
B. Material: Homogeneous filled acrylic; not coated, laminated or of composite
construction; meeting ANSI Z124.3 & .6, Type Six, and Fed. Spec. WW-P-541E/GEN.
1. Material shall have minimum physical and performance properties specified in
Section U.
2. Superficial damage to a depth of 0.010" (.25 mm) shall be repairable by
sanding and polishing.
PRINCIPLE DISPLAY AREA COUNTERS TO 6.1/6.2/6.6/6.7/6.12/6.9/6.13

(13 mm)] thick LG HI-MACS, adhesively joined with inconspicuous seams; edge
details as indicated on the Exhibition Designers;
Drawings; Ref . Perma white P01
Performance characteristics:
Performance Features
Property Result Test
Consistency of Color Pass ISSFA SST 2.1-00

(same sheet)
Cleanability Stain Rating Pass ISSFA SST 3.1-00
Visual Defects Pass ISSFA SST 5.1-00
Light Resistance No Effect/Pass ISSFA SST 7.1-00
Boiling Water Resistance No Effect/Pass ISSFA SST 8.1-00
re: NEMA LD3-3.5
High Temperature Resistance No Effect/Pass ISSFA SST 9.1-00
re: NEMA LD3-3.6
Flammability Rating Class 1/Class A ASTM E-84
Fungal/Bacterial Resistance Approved for use in
ANSI/NSF Standard 51
all food zones
Physical Features
Property Unit Result Test

Sec-11 50 00
Density lbs/in3 0.06 ASTM D-792

Rockwell Hardness 90 ASTM D-785
Barcol Hardness 65 ASTM D-2583
Tensile Strength psi 5,500 ASTM D-638
Tensile Modulus psi 1.35 x 106 ASTM D-638
Flexural Strength psi 11,424 ASTM D-790
Flexural Modulus psi 1.34 x 106 ASTM D-790
Izod Impact Strength ft.lbs/in 0.26 ASTM D-256
Water Absorption % (1⁄2" sheet) 0.04 ASTM D-570
Heat Distortion Temperature°F 220-230 ASTM D-648
Linear Thermal Expansion in/in °F 2.12 x 10- ASTM E-228-95
Weatherability 1000 hr test No change ASTM D-1499
Radiant Heat Resistance seconds 600+ (pass) NEMA LD3-3.10
Impact Resistance in. 60 (pass) ISSFA SST 6.1-00
Thickness=0.46450
Flatness of Sheets in. (pass) ISSFA SST 4.1-00
Length: <0.010
Width: <0.020
2.02 ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
A. Joint adhesive: Manufacturer's standard two-part adhesive kit to create

inconspicuous, non-porous joints, with a chemical bond.
(RETAIN BELOW FOR UNDERMOUNT SINKS AND BOWLS)
B. Panel Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard neoprene-based panel adhesive meeting
ANSI A 136.1-1967 UL® listed.
C. Sealant: Manufacturer's standard mildew-resistant, FDA/UL® recognized silicone
sealant in color matching or clear formulations.
(RETAIN BELOW FOR UNDERMOUNT SINKS AND BOWLS)
D. Sink/Bowl mounting hardware: Manufacturer's approved bowl clips, brass inserts and
fasteners for attachment of undermount sinks/bowls.
2.03 FABRICATION
(Refer to LG HI-MACS Fabrication Guide)
A. [Fabrications to be performed by a Certified fabricator/installer in accordance with LG

HI-MACS Solid Surface Guidelines.]
B. Fabricate components in shop to greatest extent practical to sizes and shapes
indicated, in accordance with approved shop drawings and LG HI-MACS requirements
C. Form joints between components using manufacturer's standard joint adhesive. Joints
shall be inconspicuous in appearance and without voids. Attach 2" (50 mm) wide
reinforcing strip of LG HI-MACS under each joint.
D. Provide holes and cutouts for plumbing and bath accessories as indicated on the
drawings.
E. Rout and finish component edges to a smooth, uniform finish. Rout all cutouts, then
sand all edges smooth. Repair or reject defective or inaccurate work.
F. Finish: All surfaces shall have uniform finish
1. [Matte ,with a gloss rating of 5 - 20.] (This the standard finish and is the
lowest maintenance finish.)
2. [Semigloss, with a gloss rating of 25-50] (Adds an upcharge. Select semigloss
to bring out the depth of colors in the darker tones. It requires more
maintenance.)

Sec-11 50 00
3. [ Polished, with a gloss rating of 55 - 80.] (A high gloss finish, ideal for
applications that require maximum smoothness and reflectance.
Recommended for light duty only. Maintenance will be increased.)
G. Thermoforming: Comply with forming data from LG HI-MACS.
1. Construct matching moulds of plywood to form component shape.
2. Form pieces to shape prior to seaming and joining.
3. Cut pieces larger than finished dimensions. Sand edges. Remove all nicks
and scratches.
4. Heat entire component uniformly between 275-325°F during forming.
5. Prevent blistering, whitening and cracking of LG HI-MACS during forming.
H. Cove backsplashes: Fabricate 1/2" (13 mm) radius cove at intersection of
counters and backsplashes. Form backsplashes using [1/2" (13 mm)] LG HI-
MACS. Fabricate in shop or field.
I. Colored inlays: Fabricate using manufacturer’s approved method.
1. Rout 1/8” max deep groove for inlay to pattern indicated on
Designers drawings
2. Fill groove using methods approved by manufacture, avoiding air bubbles or
voids. Overfill inlay area.
3. Allow area to fully cure. Do not overheat inlay while sanding. Finish and
touch up to uniform appearance.
III. EXECUTION
[NOTE: USE A CERTIFIED LG HI-MACS FABRICATOR FOR FABRICATION AND/OR
INSTALLATION, WHICH WILL ENSURE WARRANTY COVERAGE AND ASSURE A QUALITY
INSTALLATION.]
3.01 JOB MOCK-UP

A. Prior to final approval of shop drawings, erect one full size mock-up of each
component at project site for designers review.
B. Should mock-up not be approved, rework or remake until approval is secured.
Remove rejected units from project site.
C. Approved mock-ups shall remain as part of finished work.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install components plumb and level, in accordance with approved shop drawings and
product installation details.
B. Form field joints using manufacturer's recommended adhesive, with joints
inconspicuous in finished work. Keep components and hands clean when making
joints.
C. Adhere undermount/submount/bevel mount sinks/bowls to countertops using
manufacturer's recommended adhesive and mounting hardware
D. Adhere topmount sinks/bowls to countertops using manufacturer recommended
adhesives and color-matched silicone sealant.
E. Provide backsplashes and endsplashes as indicated on the drawings. Adhere to
countertops using manufacturer's standard color-matched silicone sealant.
F. Keep components and hands clean during installation. Remove adhesives, sealants
and other stains. Components shall be clean on Date of Substantial Completion..
G. Make plumbing connections to sinks in accordance with Division 15. Mechanical.
H. Protect surfaces from damage until Date of Substantial Completion. Repair or replace
damaged work that cannot be repaired to architect's satisfaction and invoice for the
cost of repairs. Architect to pre-approve cost estimate before repairs are made.
I. Fabricator/Installer is to provide and review the LG HI-MACS Care and Maintenance
procedures and the LG HI-MACS warranty with the head of maintenance upon
completion of project.
J. Recommended Substrates

Sec-11 50 00
1. Slats should be used only for countertops or overhangs where there are no
heat sources. The slats are 1" x 4"
(25mm X 102mm) supports that run parallel to the length of the cabinets. The slats
are placed in the front, center, and rear and require cross supports every 18" - 24"
(45cm - 60cm). The support should be attached to the LG HI-MACS material first and
then fastened to the cabinets. The top edge of the support and countertop should clear
all doors and drawer fronts.
2. Steel tubing [1/2" (13mm)] should be used for overhangs exceeding 6"
(72mm) and where there are heat sources.The steel frame should be
mechanically secured to the cabinets for a cantilevered support.

Sec-11 50 00
THE FABRICATION OF ACRYLIC PANELS AND SHAPINGS – BNM FINANCIAL MUSEUM

AND ART GALLERY
To be read with Trade Contract Conditions and Particular and Special Conditions, Scope of
Works, Schedules, NBS specifications, JJA drawings and support documentation.
All ACRYLIC must conform to the following specifications, design schedule or drawings
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Work of this Section shall conform to the requirements of the Contract Document
1. Scope
This specification defines the fabrication of panels and shapings from acrylic sheet
2. Purpose
The purpose of the processes specified herein is to: (i) minimise the susceptibility to
crazing, (ii) minimise stresses introduced during fabrication and assembly, (iii)
improve dimensional stability, and (iv) complete the polymerisation of the adhesives
or to disperse volatiles arising from bonding processes. NOTE. Panels and shapings
may still craze if misused and the utmost care must be taken to avoid contact with
materials known to cause crazing
3. Materials
3.1 Acrylic sheet used for fabrication shall comply with the requirements of
3.2 Edge attachment materials shall be approved by DESIGN CONSULTANT
3.3 Adhesives used for bonding acrylics during fabrication shall be approved by
DESIGN CONSULTANT
3.4 Protective coatings for use with acrylics shall be approved DESIGN CONSULTANT
4. Fabrication procedures
4.1 Where practicable the protective covering of the acrylic sheet shall be left in
position until all cutting, drilling, machining and assembling operations have been
completed. It is preferable however to remove some of the paper to provide a margin
approximately one inch wide on each side of the machining lines, to prevent swarf
collecting. The protective covering shall then be removed in accordance with Appendix
1.
4.2 Where high dimensional stability is required for flat panels, a normalising cycle
shall be defined by the manufacturer for each material and sheet thickness.
4.3 Before commencement of production a forming cycle shall be defined by the
fabricator for each component. This cycle will depend upon material, forming
technique, sheet thickness, tools and workshop temperature, etc.
4.4 An air-circulating oven shall be used for normalising, forming and annealing
operations such that defined temperatures in degrees centigrade shall be maintained
within f 3%. If so required –to manufacturers recommendation NOTE. The
normalising process may result in dimensional changes.
5.Treatment of flat panels requiring no bonding operations

All panels after being trimmed and polished as required shall be cleaned as defined in
Appendix 1 and annealed as defined in Appendix 3.
6. Treatment of flat panels requiring bonding operations

6.1 Each piece of acrylic which is to be bonded after being trimmed and machined as
necessary shall be cleaned as defined in Appendix 1

Sec-11 50 00
6.2 Each piece of acrylic shall then be bonded as defined in Appendix 3

6.3 All bonded panels shall be machined and polished as required
6. Treatment of flat panels requiring bonding operations
6.1 Each piece of acrylic which is to be bonded after being trimmed and machined as
necessary shall be cleaned as defined in Appendix 1
6.2 Each piece of acrylic shall then be bonded as defined in Appendix 3
6.3 All bonded panels shall be machined and polished as
7. Normalising treatment for flat panels

7.1 The acrylic sheet shall be cleaned as defined in Appendix 1 and inspected to ensure
that no adhesive or foreign matter remains on the surface of the material.
7.2 The normalising heat treatment shall be as defined in the manufacturer’s approved
instructions.
8. Treatment of shapings requiring no bonding operations

8.1 If necessary the sheet may first be cut to the approximate size required for the
shaping operation.
8.2 The sheet shall then be cleaned as defined in Appendix 1.
8.3 The sheet shall then be shaped in accordance with the requirements and to the
forming conditions defined in Appendix 2.
9. Treatment of shapings requiring bonding operations

9.1 If necessary the sheet may first be cut to the approximate size required for the
shaping operation.
9.2 The sheet shall then be cleaned as defined in Appendix 1.
9.3 The sheet shall then be shaped in accordance with the requirements and to the
forming conditions defined in Appendix 2.
9.4 The shaping shall then be bonded as defined in Appendix 3
10. Identification
Shapings which have been produced and annealed as specified shall be identified by
marking the frame with the reference number to be established by manufacturer and
approved by DESIGN CONSULTANT and date. Where the shaping is not fitted to a frame
the identification marks shall be applied by a stencil or other agreed method.
11. Inspection
11.1 The DESIGN CONSULTANT shall ensure that each panel or shaping has been
fabricated in accordance with the processes and sequence of operations defined in this
specification.
12. Protective coatings

Panels and shapings shall finally be coated with a protective coating to manufacturers
recommendation to avoid damage to the surfaces during handling and storage.
APPENDIX 1
Cleaning Each sheet shall be stripped of its protective covering, and washed in water at
50°C to 60°C containing a small amount of liquid detergent and rinsed at about 50°C in
clean water containing a small amount of anti-static agent. The excess water shall be
removed with a clean grit-free soft sponge, cloth or leather and the sheet allowed to dry.
Every care should be taken to avoid scratches during these operations. Tanks, if used,
should be lined with soft cloth or rubber. NOTE 1. Where a pressure sensitive masking
paper is used, unleaded petrol or white spirits may be employed to remove particles of
latex adhesive prior to the cleaning method detailed above. NOTE 2. Every care should
be taken to ensure that dust does not come into contact with the acrylic after the original
protective covering has been removed and before it is given a subsequent protective
coating.
APPENDIX 2

Sec-11 50 00
Forming conditions Forming shall be carried out by draping, blowing, vacuum forming or
any other method which can be demonstrated to be suitable. Each sheet of acrylic or
preform shall, where practicable, be suspended freely in a clean air-circulating oven at the
defined forming temperature. During the heat treatment the temperature of the air-
stream near to the sheet shall not exceed 170°C. Upon removal from the oven the forming
operation shall be completed as quickly as possible in a draught free area. Heating may be
applied during the forming operation provided that the temperature of the material does
not exceed 170°C.
APPENDIX 3
Bonding Prior to bonding components shall preferably be assembled dry in a jig or
matched detail jigs. Surface preparation, adhesive application and curing shall be carried
out in accordance with the manufacturer’s approved instructions. Where the adhesive is
hot cured the assemblies shall be allowed to cool to room temperature under draught free
conditions. During the bonding of double skinned panels and shapings the interspaces
shall be purged of solvent vapours by means of clean dry air at the same temperature as
the panel. All bonded assemblies shall be trimmed and polished as required

Sec-11 50 00
M60 PAINTING/CLEAR FINISHING
TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH PARTICULAR & SPECIAL CONDITIONS, JJA / DRAWINGS,

SCHEDULES AND SCOPE OF WORKS
COATING SYSTEMS
110.1 CLEAR INTUMESCENT VARNISH TO JONERY ELEMENTS OUTSIDE OF DISPLAY CASES
- Manufacturer: Bolloms
Surface(s): All new finished joinery elements including carcassing and veneers
OUTSIDE of the protected environment of display cases.
- Preparation: Refer to clauses 400, 481
- Initial coat(s): Sprayed as per manufacturers recommendations
- Finishing coats: Sprayed as per manufacturers recommendations
- Colour: To be clear semi-matt
110.2 WATER BASED SEALING TO JOINERY ELEMENTS WITHIN DISPLAY CASES
- Manufacturer: Trimite Ltd

Surface(s): All new joinery elements WITHIN the protected environment of display cases
whether they are of finished timber, ZF grade Medium Density Fibreboard, veneered, or to
be painted with a pigmented water based paint – Refer to clause 110.3
- Preparation: Refer to clauses 400, 481
Initial coat: 1No. coat of “Dacrylate” clear acrylic glaze sprayed as per the manufacturers
recommendations
Finishing coats: 2No. coats of “Dacrylate” clear acrylic glaze sprayed as per the
manufacturers recommendations
- Colour: To be clear semi-gloss
- N.B. May require to be sanded between coats.
-
110.3 EMULSION PAINT TO JOINERY ELEMENTS WITHIN DISPLAY CASES
-Manufacturer: Dulux ICI Paints.
- Surface(s): “Dacrylate” clear acrylic glaze – Refer to clause 110.2

Preparation: To be sanded to provide a key – Refer to clause 110.2, 400, 420, 425, 430 & 440
- Initial coat(s): 1No. coat of Matt Emulsion sprayed as per the manufacturers recommendations
- Finishing coats: 2No. coats of Matt Emulsion sprayed as per the manufacturers
recommendations
- Colour: Refer to Scope of Works and drawings. Some to be advised.
110.4 PIGMENTED ACID-CATALYST LACQUER TO EXTERIOR OF CASES
Paint for small areas of general making good work shall match the existing to the approval of
the Exhibition Designers and shall generally comprise the number of coats required to provide
an even overall finish.
- Manufacturer: Trimite Ltd, or similar approved

- Surface(s): ZF Grade Medium Density Fibreboard
- Preparation: As clauses 400, 420, 425, 430 & 481
- Initial coat(s): Sprayed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations
- Finishing coats: Semi-matt, sprayed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations
- Colour: : Refer to Scope of Works and drawings. Some to be advised.
110.5 EGGSHELL/SATIN PAINT FINISH
-Manufacturer: Dulux ICI
1
Sec-11 50 00
- Surface(s): S/wood skirtings, doors and internal exposed s/wood elements as identified on
drawings
Preparation: as clauses 400 481 471
- Initial coat(s): To manufacturer’s recommendations
- Finishing coats: To manufacturer’s recommendations
Colours: See finishes schedule
110.6 EMULSION TO INTERNAL PLASTERED SURFACES

-Manufacturer: -Manufacturer: Dulux ICI Paints
- Surface(s): Walls and Ceilings

Preparation: as clauses 400 580 590
Initial coat(s): To manufacturer’s recommendations
110.7 PAINT TO EXPOSED A/C DUCTWORK/GRILLES
--Manufacturer: Dulux ICI Paints

- Surface(s): TBC
Preparation: As clauses 400 490 500 511 521 541 522
Initial coat(s): To manufacturer’s recommendations
GENERALLY
210 COATING MATERIALS to be obtained from one only of the following manufacturers unless
specified otherwise. Inform the Constructon Manager of selected manufacturer before
commencement of any coating work.
DULUX ICI Paints
215 HANDLING AND STORAGE:

- Coating materials must be delivered in sealed containers, each clearly labelled with the brand
name, type of material and manufacturer's batch number.
- Wherever possible materials must be from one manufacturing batch. Inform the Construction
Manager if materials from more than one batch are to be used, store separately and allocate
to distinct parts or areas of the work.
- Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Use in order of delivery
and before expiry of any shelf life date.
280 PROTECTION:
- Adequately protect internal and external surfaces, fixtures and fittings which are not to be
coated, by covering with dust sheets, masking or other suitable materials.
- Exhibit 'Wet paint' signs and provide barriers where necessary to protect other operatives and
the general public, and to prevent damage to freshly applied coatings.
PREPARATION
400 PREPARATION GENERALLY:

- To BS 6150, Section 4.
- Materials used in preparation must be types recommended by their manufacturers and the
coating manufacturer for the situation and surfaces being prepared.
2
Sec-11 50 00
- Prevent or control exposure of operatives to dust, vapour and fumes exceeding occupational
exposure standards set in the current Health and Safety Executive (HSE) document EH40.
- Substrates must be sufficiently dry in depth to suit the coating to be applied.
- Remove efflorescence salts from surfaces. Repeat removal if efflorescence recurs.
- Clean off dirt, grease and oil from surfaces. If contamination of surfaces/substrates has
occurred, obtain instructions before proceeding.
- Smooth surface irregularities. Fill joints, cracks, holes and other depressions with
stoppers/fillers worked well in and finished off flush with surface. Abrade to a smooth finish.
- Apply oil based stoppers/fillers after priming. Apply water based stoppers/fillers before priming
unless recommended otherwise by manufacturer. Patch prime water based stoppers/fillers
when applied after priming.
- Remove dust and particles from dry abrasive preparation of surfaces.
- Remove residues from wet preparation of surfaces by rinsing with clean water, wiping and
allowing to dry.
- Ensure that doors, opening windows, etc, are 'eased' as necessary before coating. Prime any
resulting bare areas.
420 FIXTURES: Before commencing work, carefully take down and set aside all fixtures and fittings
liable to be affected for refitting
425 IRONMONGERY: Remove from surfaces to be coated and refix on completion. Hinges to be
removed as necessary and re-fixed after.
440 PREVIOUSLY COATED SURFACES GENERALLY:

- Prepare in accordance with BS 6150, Section 6.
- When removing or partially removing coatings, use methods which will not damage the
substrate or adjacent surfaces or adversely affect subsequent coatings.
- Carefully remove all loose, flaking or otherwise defective areas to a firm edge.
- Completely remove alkali affected coatings.
- Where coatings are suspected of containing lead, obtain instructions before proceeding.
- Where substrates containing asbestos are revealed, obtain instructions before proceeding.
- Where significant rot, corrosion or other degradation of substrates is revealed, obtain
instructions before proceeding.
- Thoroughly clean retained coatings with appropriate detergent solutions or solvents to remove
all dirt, grease and contaminants. Abrade gloss coated surfaces when still wet to provide a
key.
- Apply additional preparatory coats to areas of partial removal to restore original coating
thicknesses. Abrade junctions to give a flush surface.
- Where coatings are completely removed, prepare surfaces as specified for uncoated surfaces.
461 PREVIOUSLY COATED TIMBER:

- Remove any degraded or weathered surface timber by abrading.
- Ensure that repairs to degraded substrate timber have been carried out with sound timber of
the same species.
- Apply two coats of knotting to exposed resinous areas and knots and allow to dry.
471 PREPRIMED TIMBER: Abrade chalking, powdery and other defective primer back to bare
timber, remove dust and reprime resulting bare areas.
481 UNCOATED TIMBER:

- Abrade to a smooth, even finish with arrises and moulding edges lightly rounded or eased.
- Ensure that heads of fasteners are countersunk sufficiently to hold stoppers/fillers.
- Apply two coats of knotting to resinous areas and knots and allow to dry if timber is in a
concealed location.
490 PREVIOUSLY COATED STEEL:

- Abrade corrosion and loose scale back to bare metal.
- Treat any residual rust with a proprietary removal solution. Prime as soon as possible.
500 PREPRIMED STEEL: Abrade defective primer, corrosion and loose scale back to bare metal,
remove dust and reprime resulting bare areas.
3
Sec-11 50 00
511 GALVANIZED, SHERARDIZED AND ELECTROPLATED STEEL to receive lead free primer: Pre
treat with 'T wash'/mordant solution to achieve blackening of the whole surface or apply
pretreatment etching primer where recommended by the coating system manufacturer.
622 TREATMENT OF ORGANIC GROWTHS:

- Remove all loose growths and infected coatings/ decorations.
- Apply appropriate biocidal solution to growth areas and surrounding surfaces.
- Scrape or brush off all dead growth. Remove infected materials immediately to ensure that no
other areas become infected.
- Apply appropriate residual effect biocidal solution to inhibit re-establishment of growths.
- Biocides must be approved and registered by the Health and Safety Executive (HSE) and listed
in the current 'Reference Book 500', Part B, as surface biocides.
APPLICATION
700 UNSUITABLE CONDITIONS:

- Take all necessary precautions including restrictions on working hours, providing temporary
protection and allowing extra drying time, to ensure that coatings are not adversely affected
by climatic conditions during and after application.
- Prevent or control exposure of operatives to solvent vapour levels exceeding occupational
exposure standards set in the current Health and Safety Executive (HSE) document EH40.
- Unless it is specifically permitted by the coating manufacturer, do not apply coatings:
- To surfaces affect by moisture, frost or airborne dust.
- When the air or substrate temperature is below 5degC.
- When the relative humidity is above 80%.
- When heat is likely to cause blistering or wrinkling.
711 COATING GENERALLY:

- To BS 6150, Section 5.
- Do not use materials which show any bittiness or other defects when applied. Do not thin or
intermix unless specified or recommended otherwise.
- Apply priming coats as soon as possible on the same day as preparation is completed. They
must be of adequate thickness and suit surface porosity.
- Apply coatings by brush unless otherwise specified or approved.
- Keep brushes and equipment in a clean condition. Dispose safely of cleaning and waste
materials, do not pour into sanitary appliances or drains.
- Subsequent coats of the same pigmented material must be of a different tint to ensure that
each coat provides complete coverage.
- Apply coatings to clean, dry surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended
intervals between coats.
- Apply coatings evenly to give a smooth finish of uniform colour, free from brush marks, sags,
runs and other defects. Cut in neatly and cleanly. Do not splash or mark adjacent surfaces.
- Adequately protect drying and completed work from damage.
730 CONCEALED JOINERY SURFACES: Where one or more additional coats are specified to be
applied in the factory, they must be applied to all surfaces, including those which will be
concealed when components are fixed in place.
751 STAINING TIMBER:
- Apply primer where recommended by the stain manufacturer.
- Apply stain in flowing coats. Brush out excess stain before set to produce uniform depth of
colour.
760 VARNISHING: Thin first coat with white spirit in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Brush well in avoiding aeration and lay off. Apply further coats of varnish,
rubbing down lightly between coats along the grain.
820 COMPLETION: Ensure that opening lights and other moving parts move freely. Remove all
masking tape and temporary coverings.
- N.B. All paints used must be approved by the BNM conservation department.
- Adequate time must be allowed for the testing of any paints used.
4
Sec-11 50 00
P20 UNFRAMED ISOLATED TRIMS/SKIRTINGS/SUNDRY ITEMS
TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH PARTICULAR & SPECIAL CONDITIONS, JJA

DRAWINGS, SCHEDULES AND SCOPE
TRIMS/CASINGS/SUNDRY ITEMS
110 SOFTWOOD
SKIRTINGS GENERALLY
- Quality of timber and fixing: To BS 1186-3.
- Species: Nyatoh.
- Class: 2
- Moisture content at time of fixing: As recommended by the fabricator to suit
environmental conditions
- Profile: Square
- Finished size: _As shown on drawings
- Finish as delivered: Prepared and primed
- Fixing: concealed screw fitting
-
120 HARDWOOD
SELECTED EDGE DETAILS – See drawings
- Quality of timber and fixing: To BS 1186-3.
- Species: See drawings/finishes schedule
- Class: _1
Moisture content at time of fixing: As recommended by the fabricator to suit
environmental conditions
- Preservative treatment: Organic solvent as section Z12 and British Wood Preserving
and Damp-proofing Association Commodity Specification C5.
- To manufacturers recommendation
- Desired service life: _ To manufacturers recommendation
- Profile: _See drawings.
- Finished sizeSee drawings
- Finish as delivered: _Natural.
- Fixing: Concealed generally (See drawings)
-
150 DISPLAY PANEL EDGE DETAIL –
To freestanding partitions faced with graphic panels
- Material: St/steel to BSEN 100-2 grade 1.4301(304)
- Finish: _brushed /hairline
- Fixing: _Concealed
Metalwork: As section Z11.
150.1 GRAPHIC PANEL EDGE DETAIL – to junctions of graphic panels and partition
wall/adjoining finishes.
- Metalwork: As section Z11.
150.2 ‘U’ CHANNEL TO FLUSH SKIRTINGS

-
-
150.3 SKIRTINGS – Generally
Metalwork: As section Z11.

Sec-11 50 00
P20 Unframed isolated trims/skirtings/sundry items (continued) P20
150.4 ‘U’ CHANNEL TO TIMBER PANELS – see drawings CG1A CG1A-1 NG 1A

150.5 ST/STEEL SUSPENSION WIRES AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS – see drawings

- Finish: _To manufacturers recommendations
- Fixing: _NOTE all budget and forged shackles . swivels, rope, termination fittings and all
necessary accessories to manufacturers recommendation and to Designers full approval
INSTALLATION
510 INSTALLATION GENERALLY:

- Joinery workmanship: As section Z10.
- Methods of fixing and fastenings: As section Z20.
- Straight runs: Form in single lengths wherever possible.
- Running joints: Location and method of forming to be agreed where not detailed.
- Joints at angles: Mitre unless shown otherwise.
- Moisture content of timber and wood based boards: Maintain within the range specified
for the component during storage and installation.

Sec-11 50 00
Z11 PURPOSE MADE METALWORK

110 MATERIALS GENERALLY:

– Grades of metals, section dimensions and properties to be to the appropriate British Standard.
When not specified, select grades and sections appropriate for the purpose.
– Pre finished metal may be used if methods of fabrication do not damage or alter appearance of
finish and finish is adequately protected.
– Fastenings to be to the appropriate British Standard and, unless specified otherwise, to be of
the same metal as the component, with matching coating or finish.
120 FABRICATION GENERALLY:

– Fabricate components carefully and accurately to ensure compliance with design and
performance requirements.
– Do not permit contact between dissimilar metals in components which are to be fixed where
moisture may be present or occur.
– Finished components to be rigid and free from distortion, cracks, burrs and sharp arrises.
Moving parts must move freely and without binding.
– Unless specified otherwise, mitre corner junctions of identical sections.
130 COLD FORMED WORK: Use brake presses or cold rolling to produce accurate profiles with
straight arrises.
170 WELDING/BRAZING GENERALLY:

- THERE ARE TO BE NO HOT WORKS UNDERTAKEN ON SITE DURING THE FIT-OUT OF THE
EXHIBITION SPACES. THIS CLAUSE RELATES TO OFF SITE WORKS ONLY.
– Thoroughly clean surfaces to be joined.
- Ensure accurate fit using clamps and jigs where practicable. Use tack welds only for
temporary attachment.
– Make joints with parent and filler metal fully bonded throughout with no inclusions, holes,
porosity or cracks.
– Prevent weld spatter falling on surfaces of materials which will be self-finished and visible in
completed work.
– Remove all traces of flux residue, slag and weld spatter.
180 WELDING OF STEEL:

- Metal arc welding to BS 5135, or other methods subject to approval.
- 250 FINISHING WELDED/BRAZED JOINTS:

– Butt joints which will be visible in completed work to be smooth, flush with adjacent surfaces.
– Fillet joints which will be visible in completed work to be executed neatly. Grind smooth where
specified.
310 APPLYING COATINGS:

- Refer to Z31
– Apply after fabrication is complete and all fixing holes have been drilled, unless otherwise
specified.
– Before applying coating remove all paint, grease, flux, rust, burrs and sharp arrises.
– Make good all defects which would show after application of coating and finish surfaces
smooth.
1
Sec-11 50 00
Z20 FIXINGS/ADHESIVES

110 FIXING GENERALLY: Use fixing and jointing methods and types, sizes, quantities and spacings of
fasteners which are suitable having regard to:
- Nature of and compatibility with product/material being fixed and fixed to,
- Recommendations of manufacturers of fasteners and manufacturers of components, products or
materials being fixed and fixed to,
- Materials and loads to be supported,
- Conditions expected in use,
- Appearance, this being subject to approval.
130 FASTENERS for materials and components:

- Forming part of external construction but not directly exposed to the weather to be of corrosion
resistant material or have a corrosion resistant finish.
- Directly exposed to the weather to be of corrosion resistant material.
140 FIXING THROUGH FINISHES: Ensure that fasteners and plugs (if used) have ample penetration
into the backing.
150 PACKINGS:
- Provide suitable, tight packings at fixing points to take up tolerances and prevent distortion.
- Use noncompressible, rot proof, non-corrodible materials positioned adjacent to fixing points.
- Ensure that packings do not intrude into zones that are to be filled with sealant.
160 CRAMP FIXING:

- When not specified otherwise, position cramps not more than 150 mm from each end of frame
sections and at 600 mm maximum centres.
- Secure cramps to frames with matching screws as masonry work proceeds, and fully bed in
mortar.
230 PELLETING: Countersink screw heads 6 mm below timber surface and glue in grain-matched
pellets not less than 6 mm thick, cut from matching timber. Pellets to occupy the whole depth of
the holes and be finished off flush with surface.
250 POWDER ACTUATED FIXING SYSTEMS:

- Do not use without the approval of the Construction Managers.
- Tools to be to BS 4078:Part 2 and Kitemark certified, and used in accordance with BS 4078:Part 1.
Operatives to be trained and certified as competent by tool manufacturer.
- Fasteners, accessories and consumables to be types recommended by the tool manufacturer.
- Ensure that operatives take full precautions against injury to themselves and others.
- Remove all unspent cartridges from the site when no longer required.
- Apply zinc rich primer to heads of fasteners used externally, in external walls or in other locations
subject to dampness.
- Use top hat section plastics washers to isolate cartridge fired nails from stainless steel components
fixed externally, in external walls or in other locations subject to dampness.
510 ADHESIVES:
- Adhesive types: As specified in the relevant section.
- Surfaces to receive adhesive to be sound, unfrozen, free from dust, grease and any other
contamination likely to affect bond. Where necessary, clean surfaces using methods and materials
recommended by adhesive manufacturer.
- Adjust surface regularity and texture as necessary to suit bonding and gap filling characteristics of
adhesive.
1
Sec-11 50 00
- Ensure that operatives observe manufacturer's and statutory requirements for storage and safe
usage of adhesives.
- Do not use adhesives in unsuitable environmental conditions or beyond the storage period
recommended by the manufacturer.
- Apply adhesives using recommended spreaders/applicators to ensure correct coverage. Bring
surfaces together within recommended time period and apply pressure evenly over full area of
contact to ensure full bonding.
- Remove surplus adhesive using methods and materials recommended by adhesive
manufacturer and without damaging surfaces.
- N.B. Only materials approved by the exhibtion designer may be used.

Adequate time for the testing of any materials to be used must be allowed for.
2
Sec-11 50 00
Z22 SEALANTS

110 SEALANT TYPES: As specified in the relevant section.
120 SUITABILITY OF JOINTS: Before commencing, check that:

– Joint dimensions are within limits specified for the sealant.
– Surfaces are smooth and undamaged.
– Preparatory work which must be done before assembly of the joint has been carried out.
Inform Construction Manager / Exhibition Designers if joints are not suitable to receive sealant
and submit proposals for rectification.
130 PREPARING JOINTS:

– Clean surfaces to which sealant must adhere using methods and materials recommended by
sealant manufacturer.
– Remove all temporary coatings, tapes, loosely adhering material, dust, oil, grease and other
contaminants which may affect bond.
– Keep joints clean and protect from damage until sealant is applied.
– Backing strip, bond breaker, primer: Types recommended for the purpose by sealant
manufacturer.
– Insert backing strips and/or bond breaker tape into joint leaving no gaps.
– Cover adjacent surfaces with masking tape to prevent staining and protect surfaces which
would be difficult to clean if smeared with primer or sealant.
160 APPLYING SEALANTS:

– Ensure that operatives observe manufacturer's and statutory requirements for storage and
safe usage of sealants.
– Use equipment and methods recommended by sealant manufacturer and apply within the
recommended application life of primer and sealant, and the recommended air and substrate
temperature ranges.
– Do not apply to damp surfaces (unless recommended otherwise), to surfaces affected by ice or
snow or during inclement weather. Do not heat joints to dry them or raise the temperature.
– Fill joints completely, leaving no gaps, excluding all air and ensuring firm adhesion of sealant to
required joint surfaces. Tool the sealant to a neat, slightly concave profile unless specified
otherwise.
– Protect until cured.
– N.B. All sealants used must be approved by the exhibition designer.
– Adequate time must be allowed for the testing of any sealants used.
1
Sec-11 50 00
Z31 POWDER COATINGS

110 POWDER COATING: This is invoked by reference in other sections
120 POWDER COATING MATERIALS are to be obtained from the following manufacturers.
Trimite Ltd
210 WORKING PROCEDURES: Unless specified otherwise, comply with all relevant
requirements and recommendations of:
- BS 6496 for aluminium alloy backgrounds.
- BS 6497 for galvanized steel backgrounds.
- British Coatings Federation: Code of safe practice - Application of powder coatings by
electrostatic spraying.
220 APPLICATOR REQUIREMENTS:

- Powder coatings must be applied by an applicator approved by the powder coating
manufacturer. Provide evidence of approval to the Project manager/Exhibition Designers on
request.
- Use only one plant of the applicator wherever practical.
- Ensure that the applicator complies with all quality procedures, standards and tests required
by the powder coating manufacturer.
- Ensure that the applicator issues a certificate to the Project Manager / Exhibition Designers on
request and before delivery of work to site, confirming that coatings are in accordance with
this specification.
- Ensure that copies of the powder coating manufacturer's and/or applicator's guarantees are
issued to the Project Manager on completion of work.
-
225 GUARANTEES:
- Submit sample copies of powder coating manufacturer and applicator guarantees to the
Exhibition Designer before commencement of powder coating.
- Submit signed, project specific powder coating manufacturer and applicator guarantees to the
Exhibition designer on completion of work.
310 PRETREATMENT:
- All components to be powder coated are to be free from corrosion and damage, and suitable
for and compatible with the pretreatment and powder coating process.
- Clean, conversion coat, condition, drain and dry all components in accordance with the powder
coating manufacturer's requirements and the pretreatment supplier's recommendations.
430 EXTENT OF POWDER COATINGS:

- Obtain approval of drawn proposals or schedules for component surfaces to receive powder
coatings.
- All approved surfaces will be deemed 'significant surfaces' for relevant BS 6496/BS 6497,
performance requirements.
440 APPEARANCE OF POWDER COATINGS:

- The quality of finish must be consistent and in accordance with BS 6496/BS 6497, clause 10.2.
A slight degree of 'orange peel' texture may be acceptable, subject to approval of the Project
Manager / Exhibition Designers and the powder coating manufacturer.
- The gloss level of finish must be consistent and when tested in accordance with BS 6496/ BS
6497, clause 4.3 must be within the relevant range given in the powder coating
manufacturer's literature.
450 ALUMINIUM ALLOY FABRICATIONS: Units may be assembled:

Sec-11 50 00
- Before powder coating.

- From components powder coated after cutting to size.
- From components powder coated before cutting to size, subject to approval of the CA and the
powder coating manufacturer.
Assembly of components resulting in exposure of background metal will not be acceptable.
460 STEEL FABRICATIONS: Wherever practical units must be assembled before powder coating.
470 FIXINGS: All exposed metal fixings must be powder coated together with components, or
coated with matching repair paint system applied in accordance with the powder coating
manufacturer's recommendations.
480 FABRICATION DAMAGE REPAIR/REPLACEMENT:

- Check all components before delivery to site for powder coating damage. Report findings and
proposed method of repair or replacement to the Project Manager and obtain approval before
commencing remedial work.
- Repair components with minor damage as soon as possible by cleaning, abrading and coating
with matching repair paint system applied in accordance with the powder coating
manufacturer's recommendations.
- Replace components with major damage considered unacceptable for repair.
- Stripping and recoating of components will only be acceptable by prior agreement of the
powder coating manufacturer. Stripping, pretreatment and powder coating are to be in
accordance with manufacturer's requirements.
- Over coating of components will not be acceptable.
510 PROTECTION:
- All powder coated surfaces of components vulnerable to damage during handling and
installation, or by subsequent site operations, are to be fully protected throughout the course
of these works.
- Protective coverings are to be resistant to all weathers, removable from areas inaccessible
after installation, and partially removable and replaceable for access to fixing points during
installation or subsequent site operations.
- Any protective tapes used in direct contact with powder coatings are to be low tack, self
adhesive type and light in colour. Their use for application to powder coatings must be
approved by the tape manufacturer. Apply and remove in accordance with the tape
manufacturer's requirements and the powder coating manufacturer's recommendations.
- Carry out monthly inspections of protective coverings and promptly repair any deterioration or
deficiency.
- Remove protective coverings only when instructed by the Project Manager.
530 SITE DAMAGE REPAIR/REPLACEMENT:

- Any damage to powder coatings caused during handling and installation, or by subsequent site
operations, is to be rectified immediately. Obtain approval before commencing extensive
repairs or replacements.
- Repair components with minor damage by cleaning, abrading and coating with matching repair
paint system applied in accordance with the powder coating manufacturer's recommendations.
- Replace components with major damage considered unacceptable for repair.
540 MAINTENANCE: After removal of protective coverings, clean and maintain all powder coated
surfaces at regular intervals until Practical Completion. All maintenance is to be in accordance
with procedures detailed in the powder coating manufacturer's technical literature and the
guarantee.

Sec-11 50 00

ANNEXES

Sec-11 50 00
3000
540
brushed st/steel canopy to dims shown
4800
light source note light type and exact location tbc by contractor
Aqua graphic modules suitably fixed to overhead canopy
to manufacturers recommendations. For detail see AV hardware specification
4030
screen printed/back painted glass backdrop suitably fixed back
3970
to m/steel framework to contractors detail
brushed st/steel plinth to dims shown
st/steel water trough
decorative pebbles
499.4
FRONT ELEVATION 1:25 SECTION 1:25 NOTE: DRAWING IS INDICATIVE OF PROFILE AND FINISH ONLY

3040R
FOR TENDER
160
REV NOTE DATE

TITLE

340
PROJECT

25 ABBEVILLE MEWS
21" Touchscreen monitor face fixed to curved glass backdrop
LONDON
SW4 7BX
3000 DRAWINGS OR SITE WORK
1:25 @ a3 09.05.4.4 PI OCT 2010

Sec-11 50 00

INDEX OF PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE EXHIBITS

key:
1 1.1 PI Van de Graaff exhibit
2 1.1a PI Dancing water bowls exhibit
3 4.1 PI 8 no. interactive graphic displays
4 4.2 PI Working model of Al –Jazari water raising pump
5 4.2a PI Working model of Taqi-Al Din’s six cylinder pump
6 5.14 Modelled section of Water pipework
7 6.1 PI Practical interactive about lightning
8 6.2 PI Interactive showing principles of Electromagnetic Induction
9 6.3 PI Interactive in which visitors can generate electricity by using human
‘wind up’ power
10 6.4 PI Interactive model of gas turbine illustrating LNG and Electricity generation
11 6.5 PI Interactive scale model of Kahramaa power station
12 6.6 PI AV based group interactive exploring the World’s resources
13 6.7 PI Interactive exhibit about Co2
14 6.8 PI AV based interactive
15 6.9 PI Interactive exhibit about Qatari Water consumption
16 6.10 PI A model of a de-salination plant which allows visitors to explore its
Rev A – 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00

17 6.11 PI Examines the different ways in which water is consumed
18 6.12 PI Working model of the Al –Jazari reciprocating pump
19 6.13 PI An AV based touch table exhibit examines safety in the use of water and
electricity
20 7.1 PI Interactive model of the Kahramaa Education Park Building
21 Telescopes Located within the tower for viewing Desalination Plant
22 8.0 bench
23 8.3 PI Practical interactive explores wind power through cut away scale model of
gas turbine and model cars onto which types of blade and sail can be affixed and made to race
through wind power
24 8.4 PI Interactive displays demonstrate the principles of photovoltaic power
25 8.5 PI Tidal power is explored through working models
26 8.6 PI Animated cut through model of the Earth
27 8.7 PI Modelled display of Biomass materials
28 8.10 PI The Green House exhibit compares high energy consuming goods and
energy efficient goods in a stylised domestic setting
29 10.2 PI Visitor feed back and further information
30 4.4 PI Bit Fall Fountain
key:
LV – LINEAR VIDEO

Sec-11 50 00

O - OTHER

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Van de Graaff generator
Objective:
The exhibit poses an exciting introduction to one of the themes explored with in the Kahramaa
education park

A Van de Graaff generator is designed to generate static electricity--the same phenomenon that
can give you a nasty shock on a shag carpet and make your hair stand on end. It is also a
wonderful tool for teaching science, especially to children.
Exhibit overview: Dancing Water bowls fountain
Objective:
The exhibit poses an exciting introduction to the theme of water explored with in the Kahramaa
Education Park

Jets of water are propelled from one area of the exhibit to another as a timed sequence

Sec-11 50 00

AV hardware requirement: NONE (any sound,lighting FX, movement mechanisms to be included in
Exhibit overview: 8 no interactive graphic displays
Objective: to get children (and adults) thinking about water
An interactive asking 8 questions to which there are three possible answers. These might be:
1. Why is the sea salty?
2. Why can’t we drink seawater?
3. How much water is there on earth?
4. How much fresh water is there?
5. Where is most of the world’s freshwater?
6. How much fresh water is there in Qatar?
7. How much water is used in a 5 minute shower?
8. How much water is used in a washing machine?
The visitor touches their choice and is ‘told’ if their answer is right or wrong and then given the
correct answer.

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Working model of Al –Jazari water raising pump
Treatment: A working model approximately 0.5 metre in length. Caption should include its date
(13th century CE)

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Working model of Taqi-Al Din’s six cylinder pump
(16th century CE)

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 5.14
Type: PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE (MODEL)
Exhibit overview: Large scale section of industrial ‘valve’
Objective: to grasp the scale of some of the machinery involved in the process of De-salination
Treatment: A model approximately 2.5 metres in diameter. A caption should include its origin
and use
Background information: Visual reference to be provided by Kahramaa client

Sec-11 50 00

AV hardware requirement(any sound,lighting FX, movement mechanisms to be included in the
Objective: To show the actual phenomenon of lightning
Treatment: A lighting tube 400 mm in length. The exhibit is to be supported by graphics give a
few startling facts about lightning, such as:
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 6.1 CI (FOR INFORMATION ONLY – COMPUTER INTERACTIVE EXHIBIT
BY OTHERS)
Objective:
cloud
Treatment:
raindrops collide.

Sec-11 50 00

Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview Interactive showing principles of Electromagnetic Induction
Objective: to demonstrate how electricity is generated by moving a magnet in a coil.
A. Housed under a protective dome, a cylinder wrapped around with copper wire is attached to a
galvanometer. A magnet is attached to a transparent lever which allows the visitor to push the
magnet into the cylinder and move it back and forth. When the visitor uses the lever to move the
magnet back and forth in the cylinder, the needle on the galvanometer moves. A graphic image at
the back of the exhibit demonstrates the action needed and how, simply by moving a magnet back
and forth in a wire coil, an electrical current can be created.
B. This interactive is similiarly housed under a protective dome but this time the visitor turns a
handle which spins a magnet inside a copper coil. The copper is linked to a light bulb, which will
illuminate as the handle is spun.
Graphics at the back explain the action required and how changing the magnetic field is causing
the nuclei in the copper atoms to flow.
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Type: INTERACTIVE VIDEO (FOR INFORMATION ONLY –INTERACTIVE VIDEO EXHIBIT BY
OTHERS)
Objective: to explain electromagnetic induction, its history and its importance to older visitors
and adults
Treatment: A touch table interactive to:
1. show what is happening at the atomic level to neutrons in the copper coil when the
magnet is moved, or the coil is moved around the magnet – possibly through the use of
animated graphics
2. introduce Michael Faraday and the equipment he used to discover electricity almost 200
years ago– which is remarkably similar to that in this exhibit
3. show that electromagnetic induction is still the primary method of electrical generation by
showing electrical motors, turbines, etc.
Duration: the electromagnetic induction exhibit should engage visitors for approximately 4
minutes.
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Objective: to show that only a very small amount of electricity can be generated by human
power, even if working in a team and a huge amount of energy is needed to power a home
to domestic device – a light bulb, a kettle and radio for example. The on-screen instruction says
“How much electricity can you generate? Turn the handle to find out.”
the crank would have to be turned at that rate in order to generate enough power for the device
to work for an hour.

Sec-11 50 00

Notes:AV Hardware tbc by specialist AV hardware contractor
EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)

Sec-11 50 00

process
A large model of a gas turbine used in the generation of electricity. It should be cutaway to
demonstrate what happens in each area. It is not a requirement that it represents an actual
turbine, but is rather amalgam of the key features in a visually striking configuration.
It should have a button adjacent to each feature which identifies its function.
Note:

Sec-11 50 00

Type COMPUTER INTERACTIVE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY – COMPUTER INTERACTIVE
EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)
process
A touchscreen which depicts the large gas turbine model. The key elements can be touched, which
activates an animated film which explains what is happening. The touchscreen is ‘hosted’ by the
cartoon electricity figure Kahroob.
Notes:

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Interactive scale model of a Kahramaa power station
Objective: to explain how a real Qatari power station works and how power reaches the house
A scale model of one of Kahramaa’s power stations surrounded by h by touch buttons, positioned
in rough proximity to key features on the model. Each is labelled with the name of the feature –
e.g. Natural Gas input. When pressed, these illuminate part of the model where this activity takes
place and launch a short film showing the corresponding activity at the plant.
Duration: 3 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Type: VIDEO INTERACTIVE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY – VIDEO INTERACTIVE EXHIBIT
BY OTHERS)
Kahramaa power plant
Objective: to reveal how electricity is generated in Qatar
Treatment and storyline: Surrounding the scale model of one of Kahramaa’s power stations are
touch buttons which launch short films showing the activiy in that area of the plant. Five short
films depict the key activities in an LNG power station. They should include live action but may
need to be supplemented with graphic interpretation where the process is invisible. Any captioning
should be in Arabic and English. The precise process is to be discussed with the Client, but the
films might depict:
 LNG ignited
Duration: This exhibit should engage visitors for 3 minutes. Each film should last about 20
seconds

Sec-11 50 00

ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF EXHIBIT SEE AV SPECIFICATION FOR DETAIL
• Yes
• New Game
• No

Sec-11 50 00

Yes
No
Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)
AV hardware included: : (FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
the World’s energy resources (componant part of 6.6 PI above)
• Yes
• New Game
• No

Sec-11 50 00

Yes
No
Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

practical interactive construction) (AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF EXHIBIT SEE AV SPEC FOR DETAIL)

Sec-11 50 00

rear projected game
Objective: to raise awareness of the range of sources of CO2
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Objective: to demonstrate the amount of CO2 produced by everyday domestic goods.
models:
a TV set
a computer
an air conditioner
a microwave
In front of each is a small screen. The game begins with a film of a power station emitting CO2
into the atmosphere. The narrator says “Every electric device uses power and when we create
electric power, we release carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. Every day in Qatar we release XX
tons of CO2 into the atmosphere. Look above you to see how much space a ton of CO2 occupies”
one hour? ”

Sec-11 50 00

Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Computer interactive to demonstrate how co2 ommissions
in Qatar compare to the rest of the world
Objective: to surprise visitors by the very high consumption of power in Qatar
Treatment and storyline: this interactive allows visitors to select one of a number of countries
and guess whether consumption of power per capita is greater or less than in Qatar.
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Objective: to push visitors into committing themselves to reduce their power consumption
Treatment and storyline: EK
This interactive allows visitors to record comments about power consumption which can be
displayed on the overhead LED cube. It should be voice activated and prompt visitors by asking
open questions such as “what do you think about the consumption of power in Qatar?” “What
could you do to reduce the consumption of power in Qatar?”
Duration:1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Multi screen presentation introducing the major alternative means of
generating power without using fossil fuels

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 6.8 1-6 LV (SEE LINEAR/INTERACTIVE DETAIL TENDER BRIEFS FOR
DETAIL OF CONTENT FOR INFORMATION ONLY – LINEAR VIDEO EXHIBIT BY OTHERS)
Type LINEAR VIDEO
AV hardware included:) SEE ABOVE
Exhibit overview: Linear video demonstrates the major alternative means of generating power
without using fossil fuels
Objective: To show benefits and drawbacks of major types of non-fossil fuel based power
generation
Treatment and storyline: A series of short films on nuclear, geothermal, biomass, wind, solar,
tidal power generation.
Duration: each film to last about 20 seconds, with an expectation that the visitor will engage with
the exhibit for a total of one minute.

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview This consists of a tower made of 5,000 empty water bottles of one litre
capacity.
Objective: to highlight the amount of water consumed by a Qatari Citizen
litre capacity. In front of a tower, the visitor stands in front of a touchsceen . The message comes
up “Press here to see how much water a European consumes in a week”. Half the bottles are
illuminated. The message comes up “Press here to see how much water an American consumes in
a day”. Most of the bottles are illuminated.
Duration: 3 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Type COMPUTER INTERACTIVE (FOR INFORMATION ONLY –COMPUTER VIDEO EXHIBIT
BY OTHERS)
(above)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview Examines the different ways in which water is consumed
water is consumed:
 for drinking
 for gardening
 for cooking
 for car washing
washing”
A sign says:

Sec-11 50 00

Type COMPUTER INTERACTIVE( FOR INFORMATION ONLY –COMPUTER VIDEO EXHIBIT
BY OTHERS)
current data
cleanliness

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. Working model of Al –Jazari water reciprocating pump
Objective: to demonstrate a low tech method of water management
(13th century CE). It should also include graphics to introduce the garden and explain oxygen
generation and irrigation methods

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. An AV based touch table exhibit examines safety in the use of water and
electricity

Sec-11 50 00

BY OTHERS)
AV hardware included: Supplied by AV Hardware Contractor Exhibit overview: Rear
projected touchscreen where visitors are challenged to identify dangers in the featured scenarios
for example:
someone is trying to get the toast out of a toaster with a metal knife
a TV in the bathroom is powered by an extension lead
a repair has been made with electrical tape

Sec-11 50 00

BY OTHERS)
AV hardware included: Supplied by AV Hardware Contractor Exhibit
overview: Two person interactive rear projected touchscreen where visitors must find solutions to
dangerous situations, competeing against the clock
to help younger visitors understand the safety issues around electricity and electricity/water
Treatment :A two-person touch-screen game, with the objective of identifying safe and unsafe
and other scenarios

Sec-11 50 00


Sec-11 50 00

BY OTHERS)
AV hardware included (FOR AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
Exhibit overview
Innovative energy saving features of the KEP building are explored in a touch screen interactive
Duration: 2 minutes

Sec-11 50 00

Type: PRACTICAL INTERACTIVE (DISPLAY STRUCTURE TO HOUSE PI /CI/IV EXHIBITS
8.1 – 8.8 SEE DETAIL BREIFS FOR DETAIL

Sec-11 50 00

Reference number: 8.1 IV – 1-6
Exhibit overview: Visitors can select from a total of 6 video films on alternatives to fossil fuel
power generation
SEE FOLLOWING FOR DETAIL

Sec-11 50 00

Type INTERACTIVE VIDEO (AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
SEE ABOVE
a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed (QUAR 0.43)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

SEE ABOVE
cost of producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed (QUAR 0.42)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

SEE ABOVE
producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed (QUAR 0.40)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

SEE ABOVE
of producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed (QUAR 0.70)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

SEE ABOVE
producing a kilowatt per hour should also be displayed (QAR 0.93)
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

SEE ABOVE
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Type: COMPUTER INTERACTIVE (AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE
Exhibit overview: Touchscreen interactive demonstrates priniples of nuclear power
Duration: 1 minute

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. Practical interactive explores wind power
Objective: demonstration of wind power
Treatment: cutaway scale model of a turbine and model cars onto which types of blade and sail
can be affixed and made to race through wind power, This will turn as visitors experiment with
various types of blade and sail – including traditional designs – to find the most efficient. Through
a projected film, the visitor will discover the efficiency of wind farms compared to fossil fuel based
electrical generation.

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. Interactive displays demonstrate the principles of photovoltaic power
Objective: to demonstrate non-electromagnetic electrical generation
Treatment: 1) a simplified and symbolic representation of how a solar panel converts light into
electricity.
2) visitors use lemons to power a low voltage LED clock. It is essential that in doing so they grasp
the concept of the electrochemical energy – the battery.

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. Tidal power is explored through working models
Objective: to show how the sea can be harnessed to generate electricity
Treatment: A large tank demonstrates the theory of using the power of the tides to generate
electricity. Supporting information must reveal that this is only effective in areas of significant
tides, so it is not an option for Qatar.

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. Animated cut through model of the Earth
Objective: to remind visitors that the centre of the earth is a molten furnace - and therefore a
potential energy source.
Treatment: A cutaway model of the earth – reminding visitors, as they have seen in the Pearl –
that the earth’s centre is a molten furnace. Graphics explain how heat pumps tap into this free
source of power.

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview:. Modelled display of biomass materials
Objective: to show the quantity of plant material needed to generate a certain amount of power
Treatment: A 2.4m x 0.6 m tower of glass tower full of miscanthus. Supporting graphics explain
how much power can be obtained from this quantity of biomass, as well as revealing other sources
of biomass, such as wood and garbage
Duration: ½ minute

Sec-11 50 00

ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF DISPLAY STRUCTURE
Exhibit overview: A touch screen interactive compares green means of generating electricity
Objective: to demonstrate that renewablae energy sources do not generate sufficient power to
replace fossil fuels.
Treatment and storyline: A touchscreen display: visitors select a ‘green’ method - tidal, solar,
geothermal or bio-mass– and the energy output is compared with that of conventional sources. It
should also demonstrate the quantities needed to replace conventional power – for example, what
are of solar panels would be required to fulfil all of Qatar’s needs?

Sec-11 50 00

(AV HARDWARE – SUPPLIED BY OTHERS TO BE ACCOMMODATED WITHIN FABRIC OF
DISPLAY STRUCTURE)
Exhibit overview:. The Qatari House exhibit compares high energy consuming goods and energy

Sec-11 50 00

comparative running costs, C02 emissions, carbon footprint of manufacture, etc. There should
also be an explanation of HOW the more energy efficient appliences achieve this. This should
include basic cut away animated diagrams to show usually ‘hidden’ mechanisms etc

Sec-11 50 00

Treatment and storyline: Three walk in circular pod structures , each with three consoles.
Within each, visitors can scan their RFDI medallions. Interactive screens set into freestanding
partition s will then ask them to choose from a number of energy and water saving options that
they will commit to putting into practice.

Sec-11 50 00

Exhibit overview: Interactive fountain
Objective: To enable a name of an individual or group to be displayed through falling water
droplets
The bit fall fountain forms a centrepiece to the pre ride area. This is programmed with a selection
of popular and traditional tunes, according to the audience. The KEP education team are able to
project a name of the visiting group on to the falling water
Duration: tbc

Sec-11 50 00

AREA/ DESCRIPTION LOCATION MATERIAL REFERENCE/ SUPPLIER NOTES

EXHIBIT FINISH
1.1 Van de Graffe exhibit Spheres to electrical Stainless steel polished Sample to be
charge display submitted to
designers approval
Cylinder housing Clear acrylic
electrical rollers
Plinth Plastic laminate F2253 www.formicacollection. Or equal to
Diamond Black eu designers approval
Further conduit Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
covers/ submitted to
Enclosures as designers approval
necessary
1.1a Water bowls fountain Circular marble base marble tbc To match lobby floor
to fountain bowls finish
Water bowls Stainless steel polished Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
Water propelling tbc Black colour To designers
device to centre of tbc approval
bowl
1.2 Reception Curved backdrop Polished plaster SMX0065 www.armourcoat.com
Post hooks for display Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
of RFID medallion submitted to
designers approval
Fascia and countertop Color core plastic CC2255polar www.formicacollection.
to reception desk laminate white eu
Feature countertop Opal acrylic Red 4T26 Perspex
Lucite
www.lucitesolutions.c
om
WG1/2/7/8/ wayfinding monolith fascia Marble/granite tbc To match lobby floor

9/10/11/12 finish
3.0 The Pearl immersive AV Floor finish rubber Reflect acier www.dalsouple.com
theatre argent - uni
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00

Walls To specialist AV tbc

hardware
contractors spec
Paint finish to central To specialist AV tbc
globe pit hardware
contractors spec
4.2 Working model of Al- Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
Jazari water raising pump submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
designers approval
fascia Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
those of original
approval
detail
4.2a Working model of Taqi - Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
Al- Din six cylinder pump submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
designers approval
submitted to
designers approval
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


those of original
approval
detail
4.1 Interactive graphics See graphics spec for
detail
Side returns to graphic Stainless steel brushed Sample to be

enclosures submitted to
designers approval
4.1 Bit fall fountain
Fascia to housing Stainless steel brushed Sample to be

submitted to
designers approval
Backdrop glass Back painted Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
6.1 Lightening exhibit Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
edged in stainless
steel
eu
Top and base to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
lightening tube submitted to
display designers approval
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00

metallic powder submitted to
coat finish designers approval
Base to coil structure M/steel with powder black Sample to be
coat finish submitted to
designers approval
Shaped countertop Solid surface acrylic Perma white LG Himacs
P01 www.lgchem.com
Acrylic domes to acrylic clear Sample to be
interactive exhibits submitted to
designers approval
detail
Graphic fixings St/steel Brushed finish Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
6.3 Human Power Exhibit fascia Plastic laminate F3091 www.formicacollection.
eu
Side returns to St/steel Brushed finish Sample to be
exhibit fascia submitted to
designers approval
Upstands to LCD glass toughened
monitors
Electrical appliance St/steel Brushed finish Sample to be
display boxes submitted to
designers approval
Rotating capstan St/steel Brushed finish Sample to be
wheel submitted to
designers approval
Individual rotating St/steel Brushed finish Sample to be
handle winders submitted to
designers approval
Upstand to handle M/steel with powder RAL 3020
winders coat finish
6.4 LNG Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


designers approval
edged in stainless
steel
Exhibit fascia (front Laminated glass To front face of
and rear) graphic backdrop
detail
Recess to model Mdf spray paint To match RAL
finish 3020
model tbc
Side returns to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
designers approval
designers approval
designers approval
6.5 Countertop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
designers approval
submitted to
designers approval
interactive model submitted to
designers approval
Showcase enclosure glass toughened
to model
model tbc
6.6 Natural Resources Countertop Solid surface acrylic Perma white LG Himacs
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


eu
Console structures Solid surface acrylic Perma white LG Himacs
P01 www.lgchem.com
Inset acrylic to Opal acrylic tbc Perspex Colours to be
consoles Lucite specified in
www.lucitesolutions.c conjunction with CI
om producer to
designers approval
edged in stainless
steel
6.7 Co2 Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
detail
eu
Cube structure Anodised aluminium Tbc with contractor
Graphic ribbon and See graphics spec for
letterforms detail
6.8 Alternative energy Countertop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
sources and edge returns submitted to
designers approval
submitted to
designers approval
interactive Videos submitted to
designers approval
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
edged in stainless
steel
6.9 Water Consumption Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
detail
eu
6.10 Desalination Model
model tbc
Interactive Consoles Stainless steel brushed
H2o Console M/steel powder coat RAL 5012
finish
Upstand to model Smooth plaster 10BB 73/039 iCI Dulux
matt emulsion paint
finish
6.11 Water usage Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


edged in stainless
steel
1000mm dia Water Glass/acrylic Tbc by contractor
cylinder
Base to water Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
container cylinder submitted to
designers approval
300mm dia water Glass/acrylic Tbc by contractor
cylinders
Plinth to 300mm dia Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
water cylinders submitted to
designers approval
Tubes linking water Stainless steel polished
cylinders
6.12 Introduction to garden Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
6.12 G1 & G2 submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
detail
Interactive model Plinth enclosure Solid surface acrylic Perma white LG Himacs
P01 www.lgchem.com
Glass tank glass toughened
those of original
approval
6.13 Safety Graphic back drop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


designers approval
detail
eu
display
7.1 Countertop Solid surface acrylic Perma white LG Himacs

upright supports
Upright and housing Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
for LCD touchscreen submitted to
monitor designers approval
Architectural model tbc To be agreed with
Architect and
exhibition design
consultant
detail
8.0 Display benches x2 Countertop Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
designers approval
submitted to
designers approval
submitted to
designers approval
designers approval
8.1 Alternatives to fossil fuel Decorative shapes to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


designers approval
detail
8.2 Nuclear power Decorative shapes to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
designers approval
detail
8.3 Wind power Enclosure to Wind glass toughened
turbine model
Enclosure to vehicle glass toughened
tracks
Model vehicles Timber/cotton/nylon tbc Tbc with design
consultant
detail
8.4 Photo voltaic power Surround to light Plastic laminate tbc
source
Frame to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
photovoltaic panels submitted to
designers approval
display
detail
designers approval
3no. interactive tbc
exhibits to
countertop
8.5 Tidal power Enclosure to Water glass toughened
tank
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00


designers approval
detail
8.6 Geothermal power External face to cut Stainless steel polished
away model of the
Earth
Internal strata tbc
Interanaly Coloured acrylic tbc
illuminated inner
sphere
designers approval
detail
8.7 Biomass Enclosure to glass toughened
modelled plant
matter
designers approval
detail
8.8 Further means of Decorative shapes to Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
generating electricity graphic upstand submitted to
designers approval
8.9 ‘Blue sky’ vision of the Projection screens tbc Material capable of
future rendering projected
image to front and
rear faces tbc by AV
hardware consultant
Method of St/steel tensioned tbc by AV hardware
suspension cables or similar to consultant
suit
8.10 The Qatari House Curved exterior glass toughened
partitions
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00

Curved exterior Stainless steel brushed

partitions and fascia
panels
Floor to visitor glass laminated
interaction area
Ramp and room set Rubber Dalsouple - colour tbc
floor Uni
Interactive Console Stainless steel brushed Sample to be
submitted to
designers approval
10.2 Visitor feedback Fascia to enclosure glass Laminated Colour interlayer tbc
with coloured sample to be
interlayer submitted to
designer for approval
Decorative applied Metallic plastic tbc
discs laminate
detail
Central structure housing All faces Plastic laminate F3091 www.formicacollection.
touchscreen eu
monitors/camcorder/RFID
scanner location
Disc with recessed Plastic laminate F3091 www.formicacollection.
lighting faces and eu
edge
Rev A 09.12.10
Sec-11 50 00
The History of Energy area brief:
Area Overview:
A series of LCD screens displaying Computer interactive programmes set into wall panels form an “Energy
timeline”
The wall panels can be ‘perforated’ with apertures which house working models of relevant Islamic
inventions as appropriate.
The centre of the space is dominated by a central showcase housing relevant models and artefacts
Concept Storyline:
Graphic Introduction
A curved graphic panel serves as an introduction to this area. It will outline the main themes explored
within this area
CI 1 – Sun & Fire
Before the Industrial Revolution of the 1890s, human beings had only a moderate need for energy. Man
mostly relied on the energy from brute animal strength to do work
The sun was the first energy source. It provided light and heat to the first humans. During the day, the
people searched for food. They had no home. When it began to get dark, they looked for shelter.
Once in a while, lightning started fires. Later, they learned how to start fires. Man first learn to control
fire around 1 million BC they rubbed pieces of flint together to make sparks to make a wood fire. One
day, someone dropped a piece of meat into the fire. They learned that fire could cook food. Cooked meat
tasted better and was easier to chew.
They used fire to make stronger tools. They used fire to help them capture animals for food. They had an
energy source that could do many things for them. It made life easier.
Suggested Artefact/model - Flint
CI 2 – Wind and magnetic energy

The sun and wood gave man energy for a long time. It was only about 5,000 years ago that people
started using other sources. People began using the wind to move from one place to another. They built
boats with sails that captured the wind. They could travel to new places. Wind was the first energy source
used for transportation.
About 2,500 years ago, people began using windmills and water wheels to grind grain. Later, these
simple machines were used to pump water and run sawmills
Suggested Artefact/replica - Windmill -14 th Century manuscript by al- Dimashqi shows vertical vanes
rotating around vertical shaft
About 5 thousand years ago, magnetic energy was discovered in China. Magnetic force pulled iron objects
and it also provided useful information to navigators since it always pointed North because of the Earth's
magnetic field.
Electric energy was discovered by a Greek philosopher named Thales, about 2500 years ago. Thales
found that, when rubbing fur against a piece of amber, a static force that would attract dust and other
particles to the amber was produced which now we know as the "electrostatic force".
Suggested Artefact/model - Babylon batteries – model (15 cm high ceramic vessel)

Sec-11 50 00
(A cylinder of sheet copper soldered with a 60:40 lead/tin alloy, capped with a crimped-in copper disk
and sealed with bitumen or asphalt, with a further insulating layer of asphalt on top. This held in place an
iron rod suspended in the centre of the cylinder, which showed signs of acid corrosion - an ancient
electric battery and experimental copies show that it was capable of providing a charge of about one
volt.)
CI 3 The emergence of fossil fuels
Around 1000 BCE, the Chinese found coal and started using it as a fuel. It burned slower and longer than
wood and gave off more heat. It served as an excellent fuel and continued to be used for centuries
thereafter. When Marco Polo returned to Italy after an exploration to China in 1275, he introduce coal to
the Western world
Early Egyptians collected oil that floated to the top of ponds. They burned the oil for light. American
Indians burned coal to bake clay pots. Ancient Chinese people used natural gas to heat sea water for salt.
They piped the gas from shallow wells. At about the same time, people began using heat energy from
inside the earth (geothermal energy). They piped hot water from hot springs into their houses for heat.
People were learning how to use many different energy sources. But until 150 years ago, the sun and
wood provided most of the energy. In many parts of the world, they still do today.
The Netherlands was the first country to find coal in Europe, and it provided the fuel to UK and other
nearby countries. In the 17th century, England started producing coal of its own and supplying it to other
countries. It suddenly became the provider for virtually the whole world.
In this century, Europeans also learned to contain solar heat in a closed room made out of glass (a
greenhouse) to grow plants with the indoor warmth even in the cold weather.
CI 4 The Steam Age and Industrial Revolution – the reliance on Coal
This CI programme would cover the development of the steam engine, The Industrial revolution and
mass production, the foundations of Solar energy
Suggested artefact/model – Early steam engines
CI 6 Electricity generation
Constructions of small hydroelectrical power plants were first constructed in the 19th century. Windmills
that up until then were used for pumping water or grinding crops were also developed in an attempt to
produce electrical power. Geothermal energy began to be used to heat up houses and, by the end of the
century, to produce electricity.
Suggested artefact/model Early 19th C electromagnetic aparatus
CI 7 Oil and Natural Gas
This CI programme would cover the emergence of alternatives to coal, the invention of the internal
combustion engine, the first aeroplane
Suggested artefact/model - early distillation apparatus
CI 8 Electricity now and into the future
How electricity has changed the way we live our lives

Sec-11 50 00
Suggested artefact/model -Electricity in the home – early domestic electrical artefacts
As the exhaustion of fossil fuels and the environmental damage cause by the pollutants produced thereof
become notable, scientist began to seek for an alternative source of energy. Some of the types of energy
sources that are becoming popular are solar, wind, hydroelectric, biomass and geothermal energy. Many
of them had already been developed nearly a century ago, but are only now coming into widespread use.
Nuclear energy is widely used today. Its efficiency in producing energy is very attractive but the disposal
of radioactive waste that is harmful to the environment is the main concern.
As we look over our energy's history, one thing is clear: the energy sources that have sustained civilized
society for so long, namely fossil fuels, have been abused and are now rapidly becoming nonexistent. It
is important for us to learn that whatever the energy source of the future turns out to be, we must learn
to conserve and value it.

Sec-11 50 00
CI 3 CI 4 CI 5 Inset showcase
CI 6
Inset showcase
Inset showcase
CI 2
profiled metal sheet fascia to monitor surround
Curved brushed st/steel panels

Inset showcase CI 7
Area Title
CI 1
Central Showcase
Entrance
Graphic Introduction
The Discovery area - Birds eye view

coloured backlighting to panels
inset showcases to monitor surround panels
42" LCD monitors

treadplate rubber floor finish
KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - THE DISCOVERY AREA CONCEPT DESIGN (TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH CONCEPT STORYLINE DOCUMENT)
Sec-11 50 00


Sheet no. 1
Issue date/Revision
9/12/10
5/11/10
09.05.4.1 PI Interactive graphic details
09.05.8.3/4 PI 8.3/8.4 Practical Interactive Details
09.05.8.5/6/7 PI 8.5/8.6/8.7 Practical Interactive Details
09.05.8.10 PI 8.10 Practical Interactive Details(1 of 2)
09.02.4.4.PI 4.4 Practical Interactive details
Distribution/Copies
John Kress (Cubitt UK Architects) PDF
Seif Elkhouly (Cubitt Qatar Architects) 1
Sec-11 50 00

Alan Wilkinson (Electrosonic- AV)
Andrew Howarth (WGH- Dark Ride)
Dr. Eric Kentley (Content/ Interpretation)
Gordon Bell (Landscape Architects)
Colin Pyrah (Paragon)
Rob Ferguson (Electrosonic)
Legend:
Notes:
2
Sec-11 50 00
The Discovery area brief
Area 8.2 is now to be known as the Discovery area. Mounted above an accessible suspended ceiling are a
series of projectors, these will project images with a maximum size of 4000mm (dependant on available
ceiling height) Also housed at ceiling level are IR cameras which will provide the gesture technology
required for the visitor interaction.
The theme for the Discovery area is the latest scientific discoveries of water and electricity
It is probably appropriate for the flooring to be sheet linoleum or rubber material, as the interactivity is
likely to be made with the visitors feet as well as arms
Scientific discoveries that can be developed into gesture interactive programmes might include:
1. Photovoltaic panels that automatically sense sun light and move automatically towards it
2. Home-Brewed Electricity With 'Personalized Solar Energy'

Inexpensive storage system for achieving personalized solar energy. At its heart is an innovative catalyst
that splits water molecules into oxygen and hydrogen that become fuel for producing electricity in a fuel
cell. The new oxygen-evolving catalyst works like photosynthesis, the method plants use to make energy,
producing clean energy from sunlight and water.
3. A cancer researcher using radio waves to target cancer cells stumbled upon a novel method to split
water atoms into their hydrogen and oxygen component gasses using radio waves. The invention's
potential for desalinization or cheap energy is not without its sceptics. However, briny seawater covers
most of the planet's surface, and harnessing its heat energy could power all sorts of things.

Sec-11 50 00
Kahramaa Education Park October 2010
CONSTRUCTION
OF KAHRAMAA
AWARENESS PARK
AV HARDWARE SPECIFICATION
Tender document to cover the supply of Audio Visual Equipment and services for the
AV hardware for the Kahramaa Education Park in Qatar.
29 th October 2010 Version 1.00
Electrosonic © Page 0
Qatar General Electricity & Water Corporation
Contents
System Description .............................................................................................................................. 5
Functional Description Exhibits ref. 1.1; 4.1; 4.2; 6.10B; 6.12; 8.3; 8.5; 8.6 and 8.7................. 7
Functional Description Reception ref. 1.2 ........................................................................................ 7
Functional Description Welcome Theatre ref. 2 .............................................................................. 7
Reasons for System Architecture .................................................................................................. 9
Schematic ........................................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
Functional Description - Dome - ref. 3 .............................................................................................. 9
Functional Description - Pre-boarding Briefing - ref. 4.3 .............................................................. 15
Functional Description - Musical Fountain - ref. 4.4 ..................................................................... 15
Functional Description - Dark ride boarding - ref. 5.0 ................................................................... 16
Functional Description - In the clouds - ref. 5.1 ............................................................................. 16
Functional Description - Into the storm - ref. 5.2 ........................................................................... 17
Functional Description – Rainfall - ref. 5.3 ..................................................................................... 17
Functional Description - Underground cavern - ref. 5.4 ............................................................... 17
Functional Description – Water ways - ref. 5.5 .............................................................................. 18
Functional Description - Into the sea - ref. 5.6 ............................................................................... 18
Functional Description – Under the sea - ref. 5.7.......................................................................... 19
Functional Description – Desalination and Electricity generation - ref. 5.8 ............................... 19
Functional Description - Using water - ref. 5.9 .............................................................................. 20
Functional Description – Down the plug hole - ref. 5.10 .............................................................. 20
Functional Description – Grey water - ref. 5.11 ............................................................................. 21
Functional Description – Irrigation and plant growth - ref. 5.12 .................................................. 21
Functional Description – Transpiration and back into the clouds - ref. 5.13 ............................. 22
Functional Description – Electricity in the sky - ref. 6.1................................................................ 22
Functional Description – Electromagnetic induction - ref. 6.2 ..................................................... 22
Functional Description – Human power - ref. 6.3 .......................................................................... 23
Functional Description – LNG and electricity generation - ref. 6.4 ............................................. 23
Functional Description – Interactive power station model - ref. 6.5 ........................................... 24
Functional Description – The world’s most precious resources - ref. 6.6.................................. 24
Page (1/104)
GTC 400/2011 Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs
Sec-11 52 00
Functional Description – CO2 - ref. 6.7 .......................................................................................... 25

Interactive A: ................................................................................................................................... 25
Interactive B: ................................................................................................................................... 25
Interactive C: ................................................................................................................................... 26
Interactive D: ................................................................................................................................... 26
Functional Description – Alternative Methods of generating electricity - ref. 6.8 ..................... 26
Functional Description – Water consumption - ref. 6.9 ................................................................ 27
Functional Description – Desalination/electricity generating plant model - ref. 6.10 ............... 28
Exhibit A:.......................................................................................................................................... 28
Exhibit B:.......................................................................................................................................... 28
Functional Description – Your own water consumption - ref. 6.11 ............................................. 29
Functional Description – Stay safe - ref. 6.13 ................................................................................ 29
Interactive A: ................................................................................................................................... 29
Interactive B: ................................................................................................................................... 29
Functional Description - Interactive model of Kahramaa - ref. 7.1 ............................................. 30
Functional Description – Alternatives to fossil fuel power generation - ref. 8.1 ........................ 30
Functional Description – Nuclear Power - ref. 8.2 ........................................................................ 31
Functional Description – Photovoltaic and electrochemical power generation - ref. 8.4 ........ 31
Functional Description – Other means of generating electricity - ref. 8.8 ................................. 31
Functional Description – Visions of the future - ref. 8.9 ............................................................... 32
Functional Description – The Qatari house - ref. 8.10.................................................................. 32
Functional Description – Interactive Pods- ref. 10.2 ..................................................................... 33
Functional Description – AV control room ...................................................................................... 33
AV Contractor Scope of Works ........................................................................................................ 33
Relations with Other Trades ............................................................................................................. 34
Instructions to Bidders ....................................................................................................................... 35
Bid Tender ........................................................................................................................................... 35
Mid bid Interviews............................................................................................................................... 35
Tender Return ..................................................................................................................................... 35
Information to be submitted with Bid return.................................................................................... 36
Tender Assessment Criteria ............................................................................................................. 36
Sub-Contract Works........................................................................................................................... 37
Page (2/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Pricing .................................................................................................................................................. 37
Accessories ......................................................................................................................................... 37
Spares .................................................................................................................................................. 38
Summary of Costs.............................................................................................................................. 38
Project Management.......................................................................................................................... 38
Health & Safety ................................................................................................................................... 38
Warranty .............................................................................................................................................. 38
Maintenance & Service ..................................................................................................................... 39
Post-Tender Substitutions................................................................................................................. 39
Implementation Programme ............................................................................................................. 39
Review of Infrastructure .................................................................................................................... 39
“Kick-Off” Meeting .............................................................................................................................. 40
Information .......................................................................................................................................... 40
Unused Components ......................................................................................................................... 40
General Requirements ...................................................................................................................... 40
Lifespan and Availability .................................................................................................................... 41
Access for Service ............................................................................................................................. 41
Safety of the Installed System .......................................................................................................... 41
System Software and Software Programming ............................................................................... 41
Quality of Materials ............................................................................................................................ 42
System Installation ............................................................................................................................. 42
AV Contractor Performance ............................................................................................................. 43
Hardware ............................................................................................................................................. 43
Factory Prefabrication ....................................................................................................................... 44
Serviceability ....................................................................................................................................... 44
Wiring ................................................................................................................................................... 44
Equipment Rack Connections .......................................................................................................... 45
Audio Visual Signal Cables............................................................................................................... 46
Audio Cables ....................................................................................................................................... 46
Analogue/Digital Video Cables......................................................................................................... 46
Graphics Cables ................................................................................................................................. 46
Power Cords ....................................................................................................................................... 47
Page (3/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Cable Termination .............................................................................................................................. 47

Cable and Conductor Preparation ................................................................................................... 48
Connectors General ........................................................................................................................... 48
Solder Connections............................................................................................................................ 49
Insulation Displacement Connections ............................................................................................. 49
Crimp Connections............................................................................................................................. 49
Screw Connections ............................................................................................................................ 50
Electrical Power .................................................................................................................................. 50
Equipment Power Removal .............................................................................................................. 50
EMC...................................................................................................................................................... 50
Handover & Commissioning requirements..................................................................................... 51
Commissioning ................................................................................................................................... 51
Equipment provision. ......................................................................................................................... 51
Equipment Set-up............................................................................................................................... 51
Cabling ................................................................................................................................................. 51
Functionality ........................................................................................................................................ 52
Labelling .............................................................................................................................................. 52
Safety ................................................................................................................................................... 52
Scenario Testing................................................................................................................................. 52
Manuals ............................................................................................................................................... 52
Maintenance Manuals ....................................................................................................................... 52
Bill of Quantities.................................................................................................................................. 54
Tender Acceptance Document....................................................................................................... 103
Page (4/104)
Sec-11 52 00
System Description
This document outlines the equipment and scope of work required for, a 70 seat 3D theatre, a
planetarium type dome experience, a Dark-ride and Pre-ride Queuing Area, all interactive Exhibits
galleries within the Kahramaa Education Centre installation.
Kahramaa Education centre is located in Qatar, the theatre forms part of an interactive museum and
learning centre.
Page (5/104)
Sec-11 52 00
For further information and drawing please refer to JJA drawing numbers:
09.05.01 GA - Ground Floor Exhibition General Arrangement A A
09.05.02 GA - Mezzanine & Tower Level Exhibition General Arrangement A A
09.05.03 GA - Section A-A A
09.05.04 GA - Ground Floor Exhibition Graphic Location Plan A A
09.05.05 GA - Mezzanine & Tower Exhibition Graphic Location Plan A A
09.05.08 GA - 7.1 Tower Plan & Section
Page (6/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Functional Description Exhibits ref. 1.1;4.1; 4.2; 6.10B; 6.12; 8.3;

8.5; 8.6 and 8.7
Please read this in conjunction with the Audio Visual and Control (AVC) system schematics. Drawing
number9383-AV740 and the following drawing numbers from the JJA detailed design package:
09.05.1.1 PI 1.1 -Practical Interactive Details
09.05.1.1a PI 1.1a - Practical Interactive Details
09.05.4.1 PI - Interactive graphic details
09.05.4.2 PI - 4.2 Practical Interactive Details
09.05.4.2a PI - 4.2a Practical Interactive Details
09.05.6.10 PI 6.10 - Practical Interactive Details (1 of 2)
09.05.6.10.1 PI 6.10 - Practical Interactive Details (2 of 2)
09.05.8.3/4 PI - 8.3/8.4 Practical Interactive Details
09.05.8.5-8.8 PI - 8.5-8.8 Practical Interactive Details
09.05.8.5/6/7 PI - 8.5/8.6/8.7 Practical Interactive Details
A RFID reader will also be installed into the exhibit and connected to the RFID server.
Functional Description Reception ref. 1.2

number 9383-AV703.00 and the following drawing numbers from the JJA detailed design package:
09.05.06 GA - 1.2 Reception Desk Details
09.05.07 GA - 1.2 Reception Desk Details (2 of 2)
Located in the Lobby the reception will have 2 working positions, each will be equipped with a
Ticketing/RFID computer, a 21” LCD desktop monitor, a RFID writer. Visitor will be provided with a
RFID tagged medallion.
The RFID ticketing computer will be connected, over the LAN, to the RFID server, located in the AV
control room.
Local audio will be played from a locally installed MP3 player with integrated amplifier, sound will be
delivered by 2 speakers built into the set work.
Functional Description Welcome Theatre ref. 2

numbers 9383-AV700.00
On the outside of the theatre there will be a small LED display that shows time till next show and
whether the next show is in Arabic or English.
The entrance and exit doors to the theatre will be controlled from the AV system.
When entering the theatre the lights will be at a level to enable the public to find their seats, there may
be an attendant to bring people in but this is not clear at this stage. The public will be handed
specialist polarising glasses, making the audience see dynamic imagery emerge from the screen and
float out towards them creating a magical and memorable experience. The show will either trigger
Page (7/104)
Sec-11 52 00
automatically based on time or by pushing a button on a Start/Stop panel located within the theatre or
started from the control room.
The control room is to the rear of the auditorium on the same floor.
The lights will dim and the show will start, the HD video will be replayed onto a single straight screen
to the front of the auditorium. It will be a semi silveredperforated screen. The 10K HD projectors will
be stacked and providing the image are mounted at high level within the space.
At the end of the show the lights will fade back up and the public will move out ready for the next
show.
The sound is relayed through three speakers behind the perforated semi silvered screen and 6 rear
surround speakers.
There is a radio mic.system for the space, when used the speakers behind the screen would be
muted and the sound relayed at low level through the rear surround speakers.
There is the ability for the space to be used for computer or video presentations; there is an input
panel to the right of the screen for a lectern position enabling a PC and audio source to be input to the
system. The display will then either be sent direct to the middle screen or soft edged across the whole
display.
The theatre is also being equipped with a drop-down, mat white perforated, 6 metre wide screen for
showing non-3D films and presentations when required.
In presentation mode the computer or video signal is input to a scaler which presents the signal to the
projector as an input at a set resolution.
When this is required, the filter on bottom projector is removed by the mechanical slider that holds the
filter. This will allow for the use of the bottom projector for PC, laptop, DVD and Blue-ray projection.
These sources will be scaled in order for them to be connected to the second DVI input on the
projector.
Audio from these resources will be going through the DSP via the amps to the speakers. The
Microphone will only be directed through the surround speakers.
The audio system includes signal processing to set levels, EQ and provide the correctly configured
filtered signals to the loudspeakers. There is also a surround sound decoder to be used with various
input devices as required.
The control system is the hub for the various elements of the system, most control is network based to
the discrete components and this system is accessed by a Panel program that comes with the show
controller. This is accessed either in the control room via a PC accessing the system control page on
the control system or remotely through a wireless connected touchscreen Slate PC.
The lighting is programmed and set using its own system specified by the lighting designer, this
system will have an input so that separate lighting scenes can be called by the control system as
required.
In the event of an emergency fire alarm the AV racks power should be switched off and the house
lights should be forced on, this should not be a function of the AV system, it should be a function of
the building fire alarm or BMS.
The control system should be programmed in such a way so that a schedule system is set to power
the equipment in the morning and power it off at night. The system should allow for manual triggering
Page (8/104)
Sec-11 52 00
of shows or automatic triggering i.e. 4 per hour. When powering off all projectors should be put in
standby and then 10 minutes later the power to the projectors and non-control equipment ( i.e. control
system, hubs and relays sets must stay on to enable switch on the following morning) in the racks
should be switched off using distribution board contactor control. In the morning the system should be
switched on through the scheduler in the control system and then wait for the first show either
manually triggered or automatically triggered.
The important element is that overnight as much equipment is switched off as possible and not left in
standby.
The general layout of the control interface should be simple and easy to use by all levels of staff.
Its functionality should include but not be limited to:-

Power On and Off
Mode selection
Auto Run
Show Start and Stop
System reset to show configuration
Select Show presentation mode
Volume override
System input, source selection and source control within presentation mode
Drop down screen
Lighting override
Door override.
Reasons for System Architecture
The client’s requirement for the space was to provide a 3D theatre experience that is part of the
Centre’s experience but also allows the flexibility for computer and video based presentations.
A key element was to use systems that can be programmed and setup locally.
We have specified the projection system as being 10,000 lumen 3 chip DLP projectors, these devices
are rated for all day usage and the 3 chip technology gives excellent contrast levels and colour
rendering required for this type of venue.
We have allowed for a separate Media server playback system to replay graphics within the space for
the immersive theatre to preserve as much visual quality as possible and also enable many different
kinds of production processes.
The Medialon control system can be programmed locally by Qatari nationals and is a proven reliable
audio visual control system.
Functional Description - Dome - ref. 3

number9383-AV742
The visiting group passes into a domed-shaped space, with a circular walkway around a darkened
sphere. Around the outer perimeter of the walkway are benches on which the visitors can sit as the
immersive audio visual experience unfolds. When all the groups are in, the door closes and the lights
dim slightly. The walls then brighten up with the vision of a trillion galaxies while a voice over tells the
Page (9/104)
Sec-11 52 00
story of the origin of the universe. In the centre a sphere gradually rises. It is appears to be a molten
ball, which gradually cools and becomes recognisable as Planet Earth. But this is an ancient Earth
with only a single continent and vast forests. Slowly the continent breaks up, the forests become
submerged and the world we know appears. The voiceover tells how the forests became the fossil
fuels we depend on today and how much of our world is water, but although water is vital to all life
less than three per cent of all the water on Earth is drinkable.
The presentation might end with a reading – and possibly the projection of the words - from the Holy
Quran. The Client will select the verse if this option is taken up
There is a large dome screen area, similar to a planetarium and this will show the creation of the
earth.
The ideal screen for a show of this type is manufactured from perforated aluminium panels as used in
traditional planetariums. This allows loudspeakers to be mounted behind the acoustically transparent
screen surface. Air conditioning systems can also be housed behind the dome. The panels are
usually mounted on a steel frame suspended from a solid outer dome. It is possible to use a
traditionally built dome but this can introduce very difficult acoustic problems which sounds cannot be
placed within the space to coincide with images.
In the centre of the dome theatre will be a projection sphere and this will show moving images such
as the molten core of the earth.
There are a number of ways of projecting onto hemispherical surfaces such as domes. Sometimes a
single projector is placed at the centre of the auditorium but this does limit overall resolution as does
the option of using a parabolic mirror and single projector set to one side of the dome. Both of these
techniques would be difficult here as we have a second projection surface in the centre of the
auditorium. The more usual layout involves multiple projectors around the horizon line of the dome.
Many planetariums do these using six projectors. The projection layout will form part of the detailed
design.
The Pearl
This is an immersive dome cinema with a skirt that protrudes below the horizon line of the
hemispherical screen. The audience stand in the space or sit on benches around the perimeter of the
room. In the centre is a stage pit that houses a spherical screen or globe containing an internal video
projection system. This spherical screen is on a stage lift that allows the ball to rise up into the cinema
and to come to rest at the top level of the plinth.
In addition to a full dome video projection system and the raised spherical video screen there will be
additional lighting and special projected effects and a planetarium style cove lighting system or
approved alternative to provide even coloured illumination over the complete dome surface.
As the show producer has not yet been appointed there will need to be some flexibility in the system
proposed and the details of this are listed in the appropriate sections below.
The Hemispherical Screen
Page (10/104)
Sec-11 52 00
It is the AV hardware supplier’s responsibility to supply and erect the main projection screen. This will
be assembled from pre-formed perforated powder coated aluminium panels and will be manufactured
off-site by a recognised manufacturer of hemispherical projection screens. There are different
qualities of screen available and the most important differentiator between types is the type of seam
used to join the panels. This must meet the specification listed below otherwise the panel seams will
be visible given the audience viewing distance.
The AV hardware supplier will be responsible for the delivery to site and unloading of the screen
panels. The AV hardware supplier will be responsible for the provision and erection of all scaffold and
metalwork frames required to install the dome screen.
It should be noted that the hemispherical screen is shown with a 26° extended skirt and this should be
shown in the costs as an option.
It will be the AV hardware supplier’s responsibility to calculate the required reflective index of the
screen surface to ensure the optimum projected image quality and contrast with the projection system
proposed. This will be passed to the screen manufacturer before manufacture begins and the design
engineering costs for this work must be included in the AV hardware supplier’s overall engineering
costs.
The projection surface shall be suitable for viewing bright projected scenes with high resolution, true
colour, and high contrast. The surface shall maintain specified reflectance values and exhibit no gloss
characteristics when subjected to a projected image and viewed under typical viewing angles.
The projection surface shall be pre-finished with a powder-coated, achromatic finish, and shall have
an overall reflectance of 0.45, or a mutually agreed upon finish.
Page (11/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Projection System
A full dome immersive projection system is required. Due to the space available for mounting
projection equipment and the centrally located spherical projection screen we expect this to be
provided as multiple projectors located around and just below the dome horizon line or centrally
mounted around the stage pit. It will be the AV hardware supplier’s responsibility to design and
specify a suitable system capable of replaying show material.
The fact that there is a projection sphere in the centre of the cinema should be taken into account. A
common projection solution for hemispherical theatres is to use six projectors around the horizon line
dividing the hemisphere into five segments and using the sixth projector to fill the “cap” at the top of
the dome. The AV hardware supplier should consider if this will suffice given the centrally mounted
sphere and include a suitable solution to the problem of the sphere interfering with the projection
cones of the dome projectors.
The projection system should incorporate soft edge masking where each segment of the image
overlaps with another to produce invisible seams. The image should appear as a single high quality
image with no visible joins. Due to the amount of distortion introduced into each part of the image by
projecting onto a complex curved surface we would expect the soft-edging to be accomplished within
the image generation hardware along with the image warping required to produce an undistorted
picture on the screen. In addition to the software soft-edging we would expect the AV hardware
supplier to supplement this with some form of mechanical masking in front of each projector.
The AV hardware supplier must provide full specifications for the projectors, lenses, mechanical
masking systems and also provide optical drawings showing the degree of masking applied to each
projected segment along with reflected light and dome luminance and contrast ratio calculations with
their bid. If single chip DLP projectors are proposed then the AV hardware supplier must guarantee
that these will provide a seam free visual image across the whole dome.
Projector resolution should be no less than 1400x1050 pixels if six projectors are used and
4096x2160 pixels if two projectors are proposed. Overall dome resolution should be at least 6.5M
pixels.
The AV hardware supplier will be responsible for designing and providing a means of mounting the
projectors that minimises the effects of vibration from other equipment or from the audience.
Spherical Projection System
Page (12/104)
Sec-11 52 00
The spherical projection system consists of a solid projection sphere 150cms in diameter. This has a
single fisheye projection system providing a complete video image across the dome.
The projection sphere will required a 10,000 lumen DLP projector with special matched fisheye lens
and a minimum resolution of 1400x1050 pixels.
As well as supplying the solid projection sphere and projector the AV hardware supplier must also
provide an industrial quality stage lift to raise the ball into the auditorium at the correct point in the
show. The noise levels generated by the lift must be inaudible to the audience and the lift must be
suitable for daily use at a rate of up to 50 operations per day over a period of ten years. If hydraulic or
pneumatic systems of operation are required it will be the AV hardware supplier’s responsibility to
provide this equipment and any linkages or pipe-work required to run from the display to a remote
location where the pumps or compressors can be safely installed. The AV hardware supplier will also
be responsible for any safety and test certification required to install such equipment and must
provide a schedule showing when periodic testing will be required in the future.
Image Generation
Image generation for the dome display should be from industrial grade computer sources. The
graphics output of each channel should match the native resolution of the projector input. If 4K
projectors are employed then it will be acceptable to feed each individual video input on each
projector with a 1920x1080 uncompressed 4:4:4 video signal at a minimum of 60 frames per second.
If more projectors are used then graphics outputs must be a minimum of 1400x1050 and match the
native resolution of the projectors. Playback should be at a minimum of 60 frames per second.
It should also be possible for the playback system to accept external video or graphics sources that
can be sized, warped and displayed as a window within the main image.
Page (13/104)
Sec-11 52 00
The system must be capable of replaying programs that comply with the “Full Dome” standard. For six
projector shows at 1400x1050 this will mean replaying dome masters produced at 2800x2800 pixels,
for 1600x1200 projectors 3200x3200 pixels and for two projector 4K systems produced at 4096x4096
pixels.
Image Generation for the spherical display should be gen-locked to the main hemispherical dome
projection system. It should provide a 1400x1050 pixel output to the single projector in the sphere.
Audio
A 5:1 compliant audio system must be supplied. This should have enhanced bass for a true
immersive experience. The full range loudspeakers will be located behind the perforated aluminium
screen and the bass units will be located either around the perimeter of the screen at floor level or
Page (14/104)
Sec-11 52 00
around the central console. It will be the AV hardware supplier’s responsibility to ensure these are
installed in such a way as to not impact on the projection system alignment by means of vibration. An
anti-vibration mounting system may be required for the bass units.
The acoustic performance of the space should equate to a Noise rating curve of NR25. This will
define the wall types and finishes within the theatre. Typical reverberations times in the completed
space should be around 0.5s, @ 500Hz. Modern soundtracks are mixed in small preview theatre on
the assumption that reverberation times are minimal in the performance space. Balanced against
this, the conference / presentation function of the space requires a modest level of reverberation to
avoid it sounding dead.
To be absolutely clear – wall finishes do not contribute to the acoustic performance of the envelope,
but they are essential to tailor the acoustic performance of the space. As a general rule we look for
around 65-80% cover with acoustically absorbent wall panels, but this will vary and can be and is
adjusted according to the size of the space, floor finishes, ceiling type etc. The acoustic consultant
should be able to provide guidance on this aspect.
Using a perforated screen does meant that acoustic fabric can be fitted behind the screen to help
deaden the space. It is very important that the rest of the space is fitted with acoustic cladding to the
wall to absorb and control audio reflection. A suitable wall acoustic product is Lamophon used heavily
within commercial theatre systems.
http://www.siderise.co.uk/property.asp?level1=Acoustic&level2=Sound+Absorption&level3=Dedicated
+Products
Lighting and Special Effects
As the show producer is not yet appointed there is no specific brief for special effects and lighting. It is
likely that some special effects lighting that can emulate flames and similar effects on the dome will be
required if only to mask shadows cast when the central spherical projection screen rises. In addition to
this there are likely to be effects such as timed fibre optics displays lit by a strobe and inserted into
some of the dome screen perforations to simulate physical effects. As well as the provisional sum
indicated in the bill of quantities the AV hardware supplier should allow design and engineering time
within his overall engineering allowance to liaise with the program makers to specify these effects.
Functional Description -Pre-boarding Briefing - ref. 4.3

number9383-AV701.00
Immediately prior to boarding the ride, a short film tells visitors what they are about to experience –
the journey of a water droplet and how it is helped on its way by electricity.
The short film will be HD, played back from a HD video player onto a 42” LCD monitor installed
portrait mode. The player will be installed in the control room and VGA and audio extenders used to
send the signal to the screen.
Functional Description - Musical Fountain - ref. 4.4
Page (15/104)
Sec-11 52 00
number9383-AV702.00 and the following drawing numbers from the JJA detailed design package:
09.05.4.4PI - 4.4 Practical Interactive Details
In the centre of the area, and dominating the space, is a musical fountain, programmed with a
selection of popular and traditional tunes, according to the audience. The KEP education team are
able (using a ‘Bit fall’ display) to project the name of the visiting school, or of a teacher, on to the
falling water.
A 21” LCD touch monitor controls a computer, installed in the control room. The computer will replay
the selected audio track and images. The screen will be off the Aqua graphics type display. VGA and
audio Cat.X extenders will be used between control room and exhibit.
Functional Description - Dark ride boarding - ref. 5.0

numbers9383-AV704.00 and 9383-AV705.00 and the following drawing numbers from the JJA
detailed design package:
09.05.01 DR - Dark Ride Plan Layout A pdfpppppp
09.05.02 DR - Dark Ride Scenic Sections A-A/B-B

09.05.08 DR - Dark Ride Vehicle sections
THE CAR:
The attendant pushes the action button (2 off) to select the language option. Audio in the cars catches
attention of visitors. The loudspeakers are in front of each seat.
A locally installed MP3 player with amplifier will be connected to 6 off speakers. The MP3 should be
able to be triggered using I/O.
Platform:
The attendant is equipped with a wireless lavaliere microphone. Audio is replayed be 4 off speaker
built into set work. Amplifier and DSP installed in the control room.
Once the car starts moving it will trigger the opening of the door leading into the dark ride.
The triggering will be done by the ride trigger and controlled by the show controller.
Functional Description - In the clouds - ref. 5.1

Ride trigger, triggers Show controller and Car audio track. Show controller trigger, HD video player,
light, fog etc. sfx.
I.e. Cloud effects from pumped liquid nitrogen. The rear projection of Katoora on ‘fog’ – the outline of
Katoora is cut from acrylic and her smiles and movements are done though animation – they are
synced to the voice over from the car loudspeakers.
Page (16/104)
Sec-11 52 00
A HD media player will replay Katoora. It will be a 4000 lumens SX+ resolution DLP projector,
installed within an environmental housing. The projection will be done onto a rear projected screen
material supplied by the AV hardware integrator. The screen will be 2500 mm high x 2000 wide.
Functional Description - Into the storm - ref. 5.2

09.05.01 DR - Dark Ride Plan Layout A
pdfpppppp
As the car move forward, the liquid nitrogen clouds but the background of the ‘tunnel’ is darker.
A theatrical lighting within static themed cylinder will be installed in order to create revolving and
spinning effect.
Stroboscopic “lightening” projectors triggered by sensors as the car passes them.
Ride trigger, triggers MP3 player for sound effects. The MP3 should be able to be triggered using I/O.
Sound will come from 2 off powered speakers.
Functional Description – Rainfall - ref. 5.3

pdfpppppp
All we can see is rain and we are in an acrylic setwoks display of real water running down
Ride trigger, trigger Car audio commentary from the car loudspeakers. It also triggers the show
controller that controls light and water sfx.
Functional Description- Underground cavern - ref. 5.4

pdfpppppp
A jolt tells us that the car has reached earth. As the lights brighten, we see the stone roof , stalactites
and stalagmites: we are in an underground cavern, Katoora is projected on a screen behind a
waterfall of real water that falls into a pond, she tells us that it is in these places that the world’s
largest reserves of fresh water are found.
Ride trigger, triggers Show controller and Car audio track, voice over from the car loudspeakers.
Show controller trigger, HD video player, light, fog etc. sfx.
Page (17/104)
Sec-11 52 00
A HD media player will replay the video. The projector will be a 4000 lumens SX+ resolution DLP
projector. The projection will be done onto a rear projected screen material supplied by the AV
hardware integrator. The screen will be 2200 mm high x 2000 wide.
Functional Description –Water ways - ref. 5.5

pdfpppppp
The car gradually picks up speed and starts to shake as we leave the cavern and enter the daylight.
We career down a narrow stream, narrowly avoiding the rocks, then slows down as we cross an
estuary with sand and we go through a smashed hole in the hull of a wrecked ‘Dhow’ which is on the
seashore. There are screens with videos of the waterways of the world – lakes, rivers, damsetc. at
high level to both sides and on the Dhow sails
Show controller triggers 5 off HD video players. The content is then projected onto 3 rear projected
screens and 2 front projected screen. Background audio played back on 2 off powered speakers.
The film on both sides of car to give the impression that the car moving at different speeds.
Rear projected screen will be 2000 mm high and front projected screens will be 1500 high.
The projectors are all DLP, 4000 lumens, SX+.
Show controller also interfaces with lighting and sfx.
Functional Description- Into the sea - ref. 5.6

pdfpppppp
We pass through the hull of the dhow and the car turns into a dark area. We can smell something
fresh – ozone. And we can hear the sound of surf crashing. Katoora tells us that we have reached the
sea.
Show controller triggers 1off HD video player. The video content is then projected onto 1 off rear
projected screen. Background audio played back on 2 off powered speakers.
The screen will be 1500 wide. The projector will be DLP, 4000 lumens, SX+.
Show controller also interfaces with lighting and sfx.
Page (18/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Functional Description–Under the sea - ref. 5.7

pdfpppppp
09.05.03 DR - Dark Ride Scenic Sections C-C/D-D/E-E/F-F
Once again, the car seems to plunge downwards. Above us, to the left of us and to the right, there are
fish. So engrossed are we in looking at these beautiful fish that Katoora has to shout out a warning for
us to beware of the salt crystals into which we plunge. She tells us that the salt crystals have made
the water undrinkable and for it to be of use we must remove these crystals.
There are doors at the end of this area which open as the car approaches.
Show controller triggers 4 off HD video players. The content is then projected onto 1 rear projected
screen and 3 peppers ghosts built into the set work. Background audio played back on 2 off powered
speakers.
The 3 off ‘Pepper Ghost’ effects of fish in a rock and coral lined cave to the side, the car turns to face
this effect. The projected image will be 2800 mm wide per Ghost.
The rear projected screen will be 2200 mm high.
There will be lighting effects to produce the shadows of sharks and shoals of fish.
Functional Description–Desalination and Electricity generation -

ref. 5.8
pdfpppppp
09.05.03 DR - Dark Ride Scenic Sections C-C/D-D/E-E/F-F
The car now slows in front of a number of windows looking into a desalination and electrical
generation plant. Kahroob now joins Katoora and with the help of short animated films they explain
the main parts of the plants and how it uses electricity to take away the salt crystals from the water,
and water to assist in the generation of electricity.
The model has lights inside with a programmed lightshow and the show goes from daylight to nigh
time.
The model is generic – not an actual desalination and generating plant.
Show controller triggers 3 off HD video players. The content is then projected onto 3 peppers ghosts
built into the set work. Background audio played back on 2 off powered speakers.
Page (19/104)
Sec-11 52 00
The3 off ‘Pepper Ghost’ effects of Kahroob and Katoora, the car turns to face this effect. The
projected image will be 4000 mm wide per Ghost.
Projected image to approx.2 meters per Ghost.
The Lighting effects on a ‘coved’ scenic background to the models also lighting effects on model.
Functional Description - Using water - ref. 5.9

pdfpppppp
09.05.04 DR - Dark Ride Scenic Sections G-G/J-J/K-K
The car turns and approaches doors that open. Katoora explains that we are now among fresh water
droplets again as the car travels through Qatar’s domestic water supply pipe network. We go through
a giant pipe and there is a giant tap with water dripping out of it. All around us we see images of our
constant demand for water for washing, drinking, cleaning and cooking.
Show controller triggers 1 off HD video player. The content is then projected onto a 2200 mm wide
rear projected screen. Background audio played back on 2 off powered speakers.
The Show controller trigger, HD video player and lights.
The projector are all DLP, 4000 lumens, SX+.
Functional Description–Down the plug hole - ref. 5.10

pdfpppppp
The car now approaches a circular door that is made like a plughole and as we approach we enter
with special lighting of water rushing effects we appear to be spinning downwards through a plug
hole.
Show controller triggers 1 off HD video player. The content is then front projected onto a 3400 mm
circular door. S
Background audio played back on 2 off powered speakers.
Page (20/104)
Sec-11 52 00
The Show controller trigger, HD video player, lights and door trigger/sensor
Functional Description–Grey water - ref. 5.11

pdfpppppp
We find ourselves again in a pipe – but one with a slightly soapy smell. It is a giant acrylic pipe with
real water (grey in colour) pumped through it. Katoora explains that we are in ‘grey water’. She tell us
how this is a vital part of water conservation, particularly in Qatar and she explains the regulations
governing it, with the help of animated cartoons.
Show controller triggers 1 off HD video player. The content is then projected onto a 2500 mm high
rear projected screen.
Functional Description–Irrigation and plant growth - ref. 5.12

pdfpppppp
The car begins to rise and Kahroob does not want us to think that this is all Katoora’s work, and tells
us that grey water can only make such a contribution because of the electricity. The two of them show
us various examples of irrigation systems using grey water - surface, sprinkler, drip, manual, etc.
Meanwhile above our heads are huge plant roots, through which we slowly rise. The car rises up
through the soil and we are on the leaf of a growing plant. And here is Katoora again – a water droplet
breathed out by the plant. We enter the next theme through scenic doors of lush vegetation
Show controller triggers 3 off HD video player. The content is then projected onto 3 off 2200 mm wide
rear projected screens.
Page (21/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Functional Description–Transpiration and back into the clouds - ref.

5.13
The sun’s rays ‘evaporate’ us and we rise once again into the clouds where we began the journey.
There is a storm with lightening and Kahroob appears and tells us that he is now going to show who
really the ‘top dog’ not water is but electricity. We approach a set of mirrored doors that open and we
are out into the main Gallery space where the car slows so we can get off
Show controller triggers a HD video player. The content is then projected onto a 2200 mm wide rear
projected screens.
Functional Description–Electricity in the sky - ref. 6.1

numbers 9383-AV719.00 and the following drawing numbers from the JJA detailed design package:
09.05.6.1 PI - 6.1 Practical Interactive Details (1 of 2)
09.05.6.1.1 - PI 6.1.1 Practical Interactive Details (2 of 2)
A 2.5 meter wide by 1 meter multi touch surface will be linked by Cat.X extenders to a computer. The
computer will be connected by using a video extender to a 6000 lumens WUXGA projector with 1.3 -
1.9:1 Zoom Lens. The projector will be installed above the table pointing down.
Also audio will coming from the computer. The audio will be sent to 2 off full range powered speakers
installed within the table.
A RFID reader will also be installed into the table and connected to the RFID server.
Functional Description–Electromagnetic induction - ref. 6.2

09.05.6.2 - PI 6.2 Practical Interactive Details (1 of 2)
09.05.6.2.1 - PI 6.2.1 Practical Interactive Details (2 of 2)
A touch table shows older visitors what is happening at the atomic level through the use of animated
graphics, and how the principles they have explored here were first discovered almost 200 years ago
but still are the primary method of electrical generation.
An approx. 1000 mm wide by 750 mm high, touch surface will be linked byCat.X extenders to a
computer. The computer with dual graphics output card will be connected by using 2 off video
Page (22/104)
Sec-11 52 00
extenders to 2 off 3500 lumens SX+ off axis projectors, one covering the touch area and the other
covering an approx. 650 x 490 mm, "slave" image further up on the table. The projectors will be
installedabove the table pointing down.
Also audio will coming from the computer. The audio will be sent to 1 off mono amp and a speaker
Functional Description–Human power - ref. 6.3

09.05.6.3 - PI 6.3 Practical Interactive Details
Exhibit A: three separate cranks – based on a yachtsman’s winch for ease of use – each linked to a
separate generator and digital read out. The on-screen instruction says “How much electricity can you
generate? Turn the handle to find out.”
When the crank is turned, a number of light bulbs are illuminated according to the amount of power
generated. When the visitor stops turning, a screen displays the amount of electricity generated and
how long the crank would have to be turned in order to generate the power needed for a typical Qatari
house in a single day.
A RFID reader will be installed into the table next to each crank and connected to the RFID server.
Exhibit B: a capstan, linked to a generator and digital read-out .The on-screen instruction says “Get
This will have a built-in camera which will allow young visitors and their families to see their efforts on
the internet.
Note: after two three minutes continual use both Exhibit A and Exhibit B will become more difficult to
Triggered by the RFID readers are 4 PC's that will then activate their attached cameras. 2 off the
computers will also display content onto 2 off 42" LCD monitors.
(The video capture can then be send over the internet to the visitor. This will be a software solution.)A
RFID reader will also be installed into the table and connected to the RFID server.
The RFID readers will also be installed into the table and connected to the RFID server.
Functional Description–LNG and electricity generation - ref. 6.4

Page (23/104)
Sec-11 52 00

4 off back light buttons adjacent to each feature activates an animated film or light up the adjacent
features on the model with audio feedback, hosted by Kahroob, which explains what it going on.
A 42” open frame LCD touch screen is built into the set work next to the model. The screen will be
equipped with a touch foil and visitors can interact and be informed using this screen.
Speakers built into set work.
A RFID reader will also be installed into the table next to each button and the touch screen and
connected to the RFID server.
Functional Description–Interactive power station model - ref. 6.5

A model is surrounded by 5 touch buttons, positioned in rough proximity to key features on the model.
Each is labelled with the name of the feature – e.g. Natural Gas input. When pressed, these illuminate
part of the model where this activity takes place and launch a short film showing the corresponding
activity at the plant.
The touch buttons triggers a computer. The computer displays using a 4:3 resolution projector that
rear projects onto an inclined 400 x 300 mm glass screen shows actual footage of activities within the
power plant. The projector and screen will built into the set work.
Speakers built into set work.
Functional Description–The world’s most precious resources - ref.

6.6
09.05.6.6.1 PI - 6.6 Practical Interactive Details (2 of 2)
Visitors group around consoles and register themselves with their RFIDs. There will 3 stations.
Each station is equipped with a 21" LCD touch monitor open frame connected to a computer. The 3
computers are linked to a 4th computer (main computer) that will display using a SX+ projector. The
projector will be ceiling mount pointing down.
Also, audio will be coming from the Main computer via a DA. The audio will be send line level to the
stations where a small mono amplifier will be connected to a small speaker built into the set work.
Page (24/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Functional Description–CO2 - ref. 6.7
Interactive A:
An infrared camera sends information to a computer. The computer then displays the
information/animation using a 16:10 format projection from inside a 750 mm high table. The projected
area is 1500 x 900mm.
Interactive B:
In front of each there is a weighing scale and a small screen. The game begins with a film of a power
station emitting CO2 into the atmosphere.The narrator says “Every electric device uses power and
when we create electric power, we release carbon dioxide into the atmosphere. Every day in Qatar we
release XX tons of CO2 into the atmosphere. Look above you to see how much space a ton of CO2
occupies”
The aim of this interactive is to demonstrate the amount of produced by everyday domestic goods.
area is 2000 x 1000mm.
Page (25/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Interactive C:
Having established items that contribute to CO2 omissions the visitor is challenged to see how Qatar
compares to the rest of the world - They will be surprised to learn just how much is produced by each
Qatari citizen
area is 900 x 500 mm.
Interactive D:
Here visitors’ comments and commitments to change some lifestyle habits can be recorded and
displayed on the overhead LED cube.
area is 900 x 500 mm.
The computer will also feed the "Cube" LED display.
Functional Description–Alternative Methods of generating

electricity - ref. 6.8
Page (26/104)
Sec-11 52 00
This is a multi-screen presentation. 6 touch buttons, each is labelled with the name of the feature –
e.g. Tidal power. When pressed, these launch a short film showing the corresponding activity on all 6
screens.
The touch buttons triggers a computer. The computer displays using a 42” LCD monitor
A RFID reader will also be installed into the table next to each button and connected to the RFID
server.
Functional Description–Water consumption - ref. 6.9

A.
This consists of a tower made of 5,000 empty water bottles of one litre capacity. In front of a tower,
the visitor stands in front of a small terminal. The message comes up “Press here to see how much
water a European consumes in a week”. Half the bottles are illuminated. The message comes up
“Press here to see how much water an American consumes in a day”. Most of the bottles are
illuminated.
information/animation using a 16:10 format projection from inside a 700 mm high table. Allow for the
projected area to be 900 x 500 mm.
B.
The message comes up on screen. “How much does the average Qatari consumes during a day?
If visitors take their fingers off, the message comes up on screen “Wrong – we consume nearly 4,750
litres of water a week: the highest in the world!” Almost all the bottles are illuminated.
If visitors keep their fingers on the button until all the bottles are illuminated, the message comes up
on screen “Correct! We consume nearly 4,750 litres of water a week: the highest in the world!”
Page (27/104)
Sec-11 52 00
A big button is also connected to the computer and will trigger the bottles illumination.
Functional Description–Desalination/electricity generating plant

model - ref. 6.10
Exhibit A:
Four consoles surround the model of the desalination plant glimpsed on the Ride. On a 21” touch
screen are touch buttons, individually labelled with the name of the feature – e.g. ‘Natural Gas input’.
When activated, these buttons illuminate the part of the model where this activity takes place and
launches a short film showing the corresponding activity at the plant. The use of salinated water in the
production of electricity, and the role of electricity in desalination will be particularly highlighted. Each
console also includes a button to activate a one-minute film highlighting the air pollution and CO2
production associated with desalination and the effect on wildlife in the areas surrounding the
desalination plants.
The touch screen interacts with computer. Computer displays videos about the highlighted areas on
the model. Audio from computer to mono amplifier and speaker built into set work.
Exhibit B:

This has two water dispensers – where the water is dispenses just one drop at time. One dispenses
salinated water; the other desalinated water
Page (28/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Functional Description–Your own water consumption - ref. 6.11

A sign says:
“The tank holds the average daily water consumption in Qatar - 675.5 litres. Turn the valves on each
tube to distribute it amongst these six categories.”
“Press this button when you have finished.
back into the tank, and then re-distributed among the tubes according the known consumption
Buttons interact with a computer. Computer display results on a 42" portrait mounted LCD monitor.
Audio from computer to mono amplifier and speaker built into set work.
A RFID reader will also be installed into the table next to each button and connected to the RFID
server.
Functional Description–Stay safe - ref. 6.13

Interactive A:
This is a two-person touch-screen game, with the objective of identifying safe practices in the
minimum amount of time.
1 off 21" LCD touch monitor interacts with a computer. The computer also triggers a countdown clock.
Audio from computer to mono amplifier and speaker built into set work.
A RFID reader will also be installed into the table next to each station and connected to the RFID
server.
There 2 off these stations.
Interactive B:
Page (29/104)
Sec-11 52 00
This is a rear projected touchscreen, again on the theme of electrical safety and visitors are asked to
identify dangers.
Functional Description- Interactive model of Kahramaa - ref. 7.1

The theme of sustainability is continued with an interactive model of the KEP building and grounds,
which highlights all the innovative features and in particular highlights those which could be adopted
in domestic houses.
2 off 21” touch screens will be installed at each end of the table. The visitor can then interact with the
model and get video feed back on the locations chosen within the model.
The areas of the model will also light up when selected on the touch screen.
Also audio will coming from the computers. The audio will be sent to 1 off mono amp and a speaker
A RFID reader will also be installed into the table at each station and connected to the RFID server.
Functional Description–Alternatives to fossil fuel power generation

- ref. 8.1
The area is introduced by an expanded version of the multi-screen presentation seen above (6.8),
portraying the alternatives to power generation from fossil fuels - nuclear, geothermal, biomass and
wind, solar and tidal power. The visitor can select from a menu of six options to see a short film on
any one of these six methods.
1 off 19" LCD touch monitor interacts with a computer.
Page (30/104)
Sec-11 52 00
A RFID reader will also be installed into the table next to each station and connected to the RFID
server.
There 5 off these exhibits.
Functional Description–Nuclear Power - ref. 8.2

A touch-screen interactive demonstrates the principles of nuclear power to create steam. The visitor is
challenged to assess the pros (little pollution) with the cons (waste disposal, limited uranium, risk).
Functional Description–Photovoltaic and electrochemical power

generation - ref. 8.4
Every visitor to KEP will be very familiar with another source of electrical power – the battery. The
principles of electrochemical energy will be demonstrated by allowing visitors to create their own low
power battery by using lemons to run an LED clock.
The battery interacts by an interface to drive a LED clock.
Functional Description–Other means of generating electricity - ref.

8.8
Page (31/104)
Sec-11 52 00
A touchscreen display looks at the energy output of tidal, geothermal and bio-mass power and
demonstrates that they are unlikely to rival more conventional methods of power generation in the
foreseeable future.
Functional Description – Visions of the future - ref. 8.9

09.05.8.5/6/7 PI - 8.5/8.6/8.7 Practical Interactive Details
09.05.8.10 PI - 8.10 Practical Interactive Details(1 of 2)
Suspended in mid-air, but most clearly seen from the balcony are 8 screens on which are projected
films each lasting one or two minutes. The screens will be fabricated in a translucent material which
allows the imagery to be seen from both sides.
8 off HD video players, playing looping videos, are connected to a 6000 lumens WUXGA projector.
The players are control by a show controller. Projection onto translucent screens, so that images can
be seen from both sides. Screen will be 5 metres wide.
Functional Description–The Qatari house - ref. 8.10

09.05.8.10 PI - 8.10 Practical Interactive Details(1 of 2)
This exhibit forms a circle into which the visitor enters and stands by one of a number of consoles in
the centre. One half of the circle shows a stylised bathroom and kitchen, of a ‘normal’ house,
equipped with high energy-consuming goods. The other half of the circle shows exactly the same
setting, but equipped with environmentally friendly and energy efficient goods. The visitor selects
either a room or a specific piece of equipment on the screen to illuminate these in the rooms and the
comparative information is revealed on the screen.
4 off 21" LCD touch monitor interacts with a computer each.The computer will interact with a lighting
interface.
installed within the station.
Page (32/104)
Sec-11 52 00
A RFID reader will also be installed into each station and connected to the RFID server.
Functional Description–Interactive Pods- ref. 10.2

Adjacent to the multi-purpose area, the children can find 9 interactive pods. These will scan their
medallions and ask them to choose from a number of energy and water saving options that they will
commit to putting into practice.
The visitors can access further information on the key themes explored during their visit.
9 off 21" LCD touch monitor interacts with a computer each. Also connected to the computer is a
camera.
The audio will be sent from the computer to 1 off mono amp and a speaker installed within the pod.
A RFID reader will also be installed into the pods and connected to the RFID server.
Functional Description – AV control room
The AV control room will be situated within the Dark ride area and will house all audio-visual
equipment and racks.
All equipment will connect from the AV control room to the site equipment using Cat.6A cabling.
We have estimated the number off rack to be 14.
The racks shall be equipped with back doors and at the end of a row of rack these shall be equipped
with side panels.
All racks should be equipped with a, mains distribution switch, a network switch, a brush strip and a 1
U rack pull out tray.
The control rack should be equipped with a, mains distribution switch, a network switch, a brush strip,
a 1U LCD drawer with keyboard and mouse and a 2U drawer for storing of remote controls etc. this
rack should also be equipped with a pair off powered monitor speakers, a control computer that will
allow the user to access all other computers and HD media players for control purposes and media
loading.
A main show controller and a start/stop panel allowing for overall manual show control.
The backbone for the network to be fiber optic cable (12 core).
AV Contractor Scope of Works
Page (33/104)
Sec-11 52 00
The AV Contractor shall be responsible for providing a fully operational, turnkey system to the Client.
The AV Contractor shall furnish all equipment and materials whether specifically mentioned herein or
not, to ensure a complete and fully operational system.
Where equipment is described as ‘Client Free Issued’ the AV contractor shall integrate the equipment
into the system, providing any additional mounting hardware and cabling required achieving this.
The AV Contractor shall be responsible for allequipment (computers,etc.,) to be adequate with the
objective of each interactive and exhibit.
Where items of equipment are visible the requirements of the Architect shall be followed.
Works by Other Trades
Certain equipment and materials will be provided and installed by others. Unless otherwise indicated
in this Specification or on the related drawings this will include, but not be limited to, the following:
• All builders’ works in connection with this Contract including all structural work, wall openings,
ceilings, platforms, glazing, core drilling, cutting of ceiling and floor tiles, installation of cable ducts,
floor coverings, painting and patching.
• Any window coverings; drapes, blinds or blackouts with motorized actuation (if supplied) and low
voltage control interface.
• All electrical supplies, distribution, breaker panels, outlets etc., required to power the audio visual
systems.
• Installation of the room lighting fixtures, wiring, lighting control and low-voltage control interface to
each AV equipped space.
• Installation of all CAT 6A cabling between rooms.
• All electrical grounding systems.
• All cable trays, trunking, conduits with pull wires, dado trunking, floor boxes and wall mounted back
boxes for low voltage audio visual signal and control cabling
• Moveable furniture; desks, chairs etc.
• Owner Furnished Equipment (OFE) supplied by the Client as detailed elsewhere in this document.
Relations with Other Trades

It shall be the responsibility of the AV Contractor to co-operate at all times and to the fullest extent
with all trades working in the building to the end that lost time, work stoppages, interference and
inefficiencies do not occur.
It will be critical that the AV hardware supplier works closely with the designer and other specialist
suppliers as there are several technical areas where the whole success of the project will rest on
positive collaboration. This will include but not be limited to the ride manufacturer where the effects
triggering system will be closely linked to the ride vehicles and the on board audio which the AVH
supplier must fit into the cars and utilise power provided by the ride manufacturer. The on-board and
off-board audio must then work in synchronisation.
The AVH supplier must also liaise directly with the lighting designer for the dark ride. This will be
essential if the projection elements are to work.
Page (34/104)
Sec-11 52 00
The AVH supplier must work closely with the immersive show producer to ensure the mechanical &
lighting effects and the projection system work with the story. This is of particular importance when the
projection sphere is deployed as this will interfere with the normal projection paths of the projectors.
The AVH supplier must work closely with the architect, designer and lighting designer on the
interactive gallery to ensure that projected displays, screen based displays and Interactives using
infra-red sensing technology will work reliably within the spaces and not be adversely effected by
ambient or controlled lighting.
The cost of technical meetings and detailed engineering design must be allowed to ensure the above
works are carried out.
Instructions to Bidders
Qualification of Bidders
The Tenderer shall be a company with at least five years’ experience in the fabrication, assembly and
installation of audio visual systems of a similar magnitude and quality as those specified herein and
shall provide documentation to this effect with the bid return.
Bid Tender
The tender shall be returned by the date shown in the accompanying letter. Any tender returns not in
the requested format or returned late may be rejected. The tender is to be returned to the address
detailed in the accompanying letter.
Mid bid Interviews
Tenderers may be required to attend a mid-bid interview, which will take place in at a place to be
confirmed.
A minimum of 3 working days’ notice will be given of any such interview.
Tender Return
The Tenderer shall quote for the detailed systems design, equipment purchase, supply, installation,
commissioning, documentation and user training for the systems described in this document.
This shall also include but not be limited to resources for:
Page (35/104)
Sec-11 52 00
• All minor items of equipment, cable, connectors etc., necessary for the full and correct operation of
the system which shall be deemed to have been included in the tender return
• Site inspections, meetings and design co-ordination particularly in respect to architectural and
infrastructure issues
• Production of necessary drawings, as appropriate to the installation, to advise the design team e.g.
equipment rack elevations, screen elevations, cable schedules, fixing details and equipment cut
sheets
• Production of drawings to advise the client technical team e.g. System schematics, optical layouts
(where appropriate), connection panel layouts, user interface designs, cable schedules for AV and
power, test and commissioning schedules.
• Project management, scheduling, planning & control to co-ordinate and integrate in with the project
design and construction trades
• Provision and maintenance of all necessary access and safety equipment required for the safe
conduct of the AV Contractor’s works
• Protection of the works from effects of other trades
• Removal of AV Contractor associated rubbish to designated project skips, if provided, or as
otherwise directed by the Main Contractor.
Delivery of all necessary equipment to Qatar including delivery costs, duties and any necessary cost
to enable goods to be correctly imported into Qatar.
Information to be submitted with Bid return

The tender return should include the following returned by the date given in the attached letter.
• A signed copy of the tender document to confirm the document has been read and
understood (see final page of the tender)
• A filled in paper copy of the BOQ in the signed tender document
• A filled in Excel version of the Bill of Quantities (blank version supplied)
• A basic project schedule
• Copies of your public and professional liability insurances.
• 2 x references for previous projects.
• Any supporting information on your company and why you should be selected to carry out the
project.
Tender Assessment Criteria

Note that each tender shall be assessed against set criteria including compliance with the
Specification, value, quality and ability to deliver excellence. Short listed Tenderers may also be
invited to an interview.
Tenderers should also note that lowest price at the expense of essential quality is not acceptable and
is unlikely to guarantee acceptance.
Page (36/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Sub-Contract Works
If the Tenderer intends to sub-contract any of the works to another supplier, details must be provided
concerning the sub-contractor, the structure of the sub-contract relationship and how quality is to be
maintained on any sub-contract work.
The Tenderer shall retain responsibility for supervision of the sub-contract works and quality control of
the sub-contractor’s works.
No change or addition of sub-contractors shall be permitted at any stage in the contract without prior
permission being granted in writing from the client.
Pricing
The Tenderer shall determine the detail of exactly what items of equipment and accessories and
exact quantities by reference to the drawings, tables and descriptions in this Specification document.
Any inconsistencies should be reported at the earliest opportunity.
The Tenderer shall show in their response a detailed list with pricing for each item of equipment to be
supplied. A single, inclusive total shall be given for miscellaneous items including cables, connectors,
assorted hardware, etc.
The lists of equipment pricing shall be in the same order as the equipment lists in this Specification
followed by details of any other items that the Tenderer deems are required to complete the system.
Pricing information shall be provided by completing and returning the attached Excel file, together with
a printed version of the same file forming part of the written response.
Tender responses not containing the pricing information in electronic format will be deemed non-
compliant.
Equipment costs shall reflect all required accessories.
The Tenderer shall show manpower costs separately. These shall be broken down into individual
labour components i.e. design, engineering, project management, installation, commissioning etc. and
also by each system / area. The quantities of each labour type shall be detailed, as well as the costs.
The Tenderer shall cost for seven man days of client and support staff training, and also provide a
separate daily cost for additional training that may be taken at any time within the first six months
following the completion of the installation.
Accessories
The Tenderer shall suggest separately any optional accessories not specifically requestedthat they
would consider useful. Each shall be priced individually and not included in the overall tender price.
Page (37/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Spares
The Tenderer shall cost for spares specifically mentioned in the specification. These shall be included
in the tender price.
The Tenderer may also suggest a list of recommended spares for equipment that requires periodic
replacement of consumable items e.g. projector lamps, filters etc. together with individual costs.
These shall be treated as optional items and not included in the overall tender price.
Summary of Costs
An overall recapitulation of costs, excluding options and alternatives, listed by area, with separate
equipment and labour totals, shall be shown for the entire project.
Project Management
The Tenderer shall state in their response the name of the person who will be their appointed Project
Manager for the duration of the contract. This person shall have full managerial and financial
responsibility for the project and will be actively involved. Once a contract is awarded, the name of a
deputy to the Project Manager shall also be provided.
Health & Safety

The AV contractor shall comply with all necessary Health and Safety and CDM requirements. The site
will be managed by the fit-out contractor who shall have overall H&S responsibility.
During the course of the AV installation works, the site will be handed over to the client, who will then
assume responsibility for H&S.
Points of contact will be advised at the project kick-off meeting
Warranty
The Tenderer shall include a Statement of Warranty on the entire system indicating the type and
duration of service to be provided. The Warranty shall require the AV Contractor to provide all
necessary services at no charge to the Client, during the warranty period, to restore full system
functionality in the event of system or equipment malfunction.
The warranty period shall be for a minimum of twenty four (24) months on an “On Site” basis,
commencing from the issue date of the final completion certificate. This shall include any preventative
maintenance work the Tenderer considers essential to maintain the warranty.
The Tenderer shall price for a 4 working hour response in their tender return, and shall quantify
savings gained from extending the response to 8 hours.
All manufacturers’ equipment warranties shall commence from the day of final acceptance.
Equipment only warranty
The client may, at his discretion decide to make other arrangements for maintaining the systems from
the date of handover. If this happens, the AV contractor shall honour all manufacturers’ equipment
Page (38/104)
Sec-11 52 00
warranties whilst they are still valid. They shall agree to manage these warranties directly with the
client or their appointed agent.
Maintenance & Service

The Tenderer shall include separately from his tender return details of any extended maintenance and
service contract arrangements available. This proposal should indicate the choice of response times
available, and should give costs for one, three and five years' duration commencing immediately after
the expiration of the Warranty period.
Service contracts shall include site visits every three or four months for corrective maintenance
checks and adjustments to maintain the systems at optimal operating efficiency.
The Tenderer shall also give separate costs for emergency on site call-outs.
This information will not be assessed as part of the tender return and will be separately negotiated if
the Client wishes to pursue this option.
Post-Tender Substitutions
All tenders shall be submitted on the basis of this Specification. The Tenderers may propose
alternate equipment for substitution identified in the bid return as ‘alternates’ with reasons for
substitution. Manufacturer’s specification ‘cut’ sheets for the substitute equipment shall accompany
the tender return.
Equipment substitutions will be considered after commencement of work on the project where the
contracted equipment becomes unavailable, where unanticipated lead times could delay the Project
or for other legitimate practical considerations. The Client must approve, in writing, equipment
substitutions submitted after commencement of work on the project.
Client approval of equipment substitutions shall not imply release of AV Contractor responsibility for
meeting all requirements and design objectives as outlined in this Specification.
Implementation Programme
All tenders shall include a project timeline that shows project completion within the timescale set out in
the accompanying letter
Review of Infrastructure
The AV Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing the provision of infrastructure for the prospective
audio visual systems.
This shall include but not be limited to advising on:
Space provisions
Mains power requirements
Interfacing
Cable routes, provision, capacities and low voltage containment
Page (39/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Audio visual equipment cooling If there is no provision he shall specify his requirements as they
evolve and will have deemed to have allowed for this in his quote.
“Kick-Off” Meeting
The AV Contractor’s Project Manager and other representatives, as appropriate, shall be available to
attend a ‘kick-off’ meeting to be held within 5 working days of the placement of Contract or letter of
intent or as soon as may be scheduled thereafter.
Information
Before commencement of their off-site fabrication the AV Contractor shall issue shop drawings to the
client. These shall include as a minimum requirement:
• Detailed system schematics including cable numbers. For complex systems separate audio, video
and control schematics shall be provided
• Rack layouts for all systems
• Connection panel layouts
• Projection drawings detailing equipment locations, screen sizes and any mirror arrangements
• Equipment locations and mounting arrangements as agreed with the Architect of other members of
the design team.
The AV Contractor shall describe the system of documenting shipments and delivery to site of all
components and material. This system shall ensure that the components being delivered are those
identified in the tender return.
Within 1 month of appointment, or in any case before fixing works are complete, the AV
Contractor shall provide final information regarding mounting and fixing details of floor, wall or ceiling
mounted equipment that is located in any architecturally sensitive areas, or areas where other
specialist equipment needs to be installed. Note that additional costs incurred by the late provision of
information will be deducted from the AV Contractor’s final account.
Unused Components
All components necessarily purchased by the AV Contractor to achieve the installation, but not used,
shall be documented and passed to the Client before practical completion.
General Requirements
General standards used in the design, fabrication and installation of the audio visual systems shall
comply with the highest quality Broadcast Industry standards. The following is a list of the type of
industry organizations with published technical standards that provide a general indication of the
desirable values, but it is not intended to be all-inclusive.
AES Audio Engineering Society:

Audio Standards
Page (40/104)
Sec-11 52 00
BSI British standards Institute:

Induction loop and infrared hearing assistance systems
EIA Electronic Industry Association:
Equipment mounting, construction, tooling
IEE Institute of Electrical Engineers:
Wiring regulations 16th edition
IEC International Electro technical Commission:
Projected image quality measurement standards
NCAC National Council of Acoustical Consultants:
Acoustic Standards
NEC National Electrical Code:
Electrical Standards
SMPTE Society of Motion Pictures & Television Engineers:
Video & Projection Standards
Audio visual system conformance to individual equipment manufacturer specifications and

Broadcast performance standards will be verified by the procedures outlined for System Test and
Adjust, and Acceptance herein.
Certain non-professional equipment, especially that using magnetic tape e.g. VHS format videotape,
may not meet the performance requirements specified herein. Such equipment, however, shall be
expected to meet or exceed the manufacturer’s published specifications.
Lifespan and Availability

The audio visual systems shall be engineered to operate under normal conditions, 12 hours
a day, 365 days per year for a period of 10 years.
Access for Service

The AV Contractor shall provide a fully functioning system that is easily accessible for service while
the system is operational. The audio visual system design, construction and installation will allow
components to be accessible for inspection, maintenance and repair with a minimal disassembly of
other components or surrounding equipment.
Safety of the Installed System

The audio visual system will be inherently safe, when operated and maintained in compliance with the
operations and maintenance manuals provided by the AV Contractor.
In addition, equipment will meet or exceed governing standards and requirements for safety.
System Software and Software Programming

The AV Contractor shall be responsible for providing a complete and working system with respect to
the provision of software programming.
Page (41/104)
Sec-11 52 00
All software programming shall be included in the AV Contractor’s scope of work. No portion may be
omitted from the scope of the AV Contractor’s work. Bids excluding any portion of the software
programming will be deemed non-compliant.
All commercial software provided by the AV Contractor, as part of the installation, shall be procured
and transferred in full compliance with the publisher’s copyright, licensing and other requirements of
ownership and use. All software license agreements shall be registered in the Client’s name.
The Client shall retain full rights to all custom software, programming, and software-programming
code developed by the AV Contractor as part of the project. This shall include the right to use,
reproduce and modify the software and software-programming code as reasonably required to
operate the audio visual systems and to support their on-going maintenance and development. The
AV Contractor shall handover to the client copies of all the latest source code for all custom software,
and ensures that these are updated as necessary during the warranty or any maintenance contract
period.
Quality of Materials
All materials and equipment supplied by the AV Contractor shall be new and shall meet or exceed the
published manufacturer’s specifications. The AV Contractor shall supply the latest model of each
piece of equipment.
Substances generally known to be deleterious at the time of specification shall be excluded, including
but not restricted to:
• Substances that have been expressly disapproved by the Building Research
Establishment, in written guidance made available to the industry as being hazardous to health and
safety or to the durability of the property in the particular circumstances in which they are used
• Substances expressly disapproved by applicable British Standards Specifications and Codes of
Practise current at the date of specification.
Together these shall constitute the “Deleterious Materials”.
System Installation
Installation shall be considered to include, but not be limited to, the following:
• Delivery, unpacking, setting in place, fastening to walls, floors, ceilings, counters, or other structures
where required, of all equipment except as otherwise noted
• Termination the Interconnect wiring of the system components
• Equipment alignment and adjustment
• All other work whether or not expressly required herein which is necessary to result in a completely
operational system.
• All equipment shall be firmly secured in place unless requirements of portability dictate otherwise.
Fastenings and supports shall be adequate to support their loads with a safety factor of at least three
(3) times.
Consideration shall be given to overall aesthetic factors as well as operational efficiency.
All boxes, equipment, etc., shall be mounted plumb and square.
Page (42/104)
Sec-11 52 00
AV Contractor Performance
During the installation the AV Contractor shall be obliged to protect his works from damage and loss.
In the event of any damage or loss the AV Contractor shall be responsible for the repairs or
replacements at no additional cost to the Client.
The AV Contractor shall take precautionary measures to protect all cabinets, casework, finished
flooring, wall coverings, equipment, etc., from damage resulting from its work.
This shall include, but not be limited to, the installation of temporary protective coverings and other
sensible safety measures. The AV Contractor shall be responsible for the correction of any such
damage at no additional cost to the Client.
All on-site assembly and material cutting or drilling shall be limited to a protected working area
specifically designated by the Fit-Out Contractor or the client for this purpose.
Scrap and metallic strands from cable and wire stripping shall be kept away from sensitive electronic
equipment, such that loose pieces do not become lodged inside equipment.
All working areas occupied by the AV Contractor shall be cleaned as an on-going activity.
The AV Contractor shall vacuum clean all such spaces and remove all debris, scrap and waste at
least daily and after any substantial debris accumulation. At the conclusion of the work in a given
room or area, a final vacuum cleaning of the immediate vicinity shall be performed. Wet mopping
shall be performed on flooring only when other dry cleaning methods are insufficient. No brushing or
wet cleaning of equipment shall be permitted.
All loose items, including those that existed at the start of the project shall be removed.
The AV Contractor shall be responsible for the proper alignment, adjustment and calibration of all
audio visual systems equipment (including client free issued equipment where this forms part of the
AV system), and shall provide all personnel and test equipment for the system test and adjust.
The AV Contractor shall furnish all software necessary to operate software controlled audio visual
equipment or sub-systems (e.g. remote control system). Whether produced by the
AV Contractor or supplied by a software manufacturer, all software shall be installed and tested prior
to the delivery of equipment to the site.
Hardware
The AV Contractor shall use metal-framed equipment racks with vented top, side panels and rear
door. The rack height shall take into account available space and any need for a monitor or other
equipment on top of the rack to be a suitable height for viewing. Castors and/or a front door or other
rack accessories shall be as specified.
Equipment rack-mounting shall conform to the industry standard of 1 ¾ ” = 1 rack unit (RU).
All equipment racks, consoles, connection boxes and other metallic enclosures shall be degreased
and vacuum cleaned prior to installation of equipment or panels.
The AV Contractor shall implement a general ventilation scheme, passive or fan powered as required,
for all equipment racks and consoles in the installation.
All equipment racks shall have rear rack rails, or an approved alternate mounting system, behind the
front rack mounting rails. The rear rails shall be parallel to and square with the front rails and shall
conform to current industry standards for 19” racks. These rails are to be used for equipment items
that require rear rack support or for any rear mounted equipment and connector panels.
All equipment racks shall be sufficient in depth to enclose all equipment and allow sufficient internal
space for signal and power wiring unless specifically indicated otherwise.
Page (43/104)
Sec-11 52 00
All equipment racks shall be carefully inspected prior to final installation and all rough or sharp edges
that may cause injury to personnel or damage to equipment or cabling shall be de-burred or a
permanent protective covering applied.
The AV Contractor shall provide blank filler panels in all rack openings not occupied by equipment or
vents. For the sake of future re-configuration of the racks blank filler panels should not exceed three
rack units (3RU) in size. Perforated panels may be used to aid in proper ventilation.
Allow space for future expansion where possible. All devices within equipment racks shall be
mounted to the equipment rack. No devices shall be resting on top.
Devices should be mounted in the racks in logical order with heavier devices in the lower portion to
ensure that the assembly is not top heavy. Frequently used devices should be mounted at the
optimal distance from the floor for operator monitoring and use.
Each rack above 27 RU in height shall be fitted with retractable working lights on the front and rear to
facilitate operations and service.
Engraved or other AV Contractor logo panels shall be confined to a single rack unit in height.
Factory Prefabrication
To minimize on-site time, the opportunities for on-site damage or losses and equipment contamination
due to builder’s works the AV Contractor shall, as far as is possible, prefabricate all equipment racks
and sub-assemblies at their premises. This should include wiring, labelling, dressing, supports, and
ventilation.
The degree to which off-site testing is required at the factory will be agreed with the Client and/or
Client representative who will be invited to witness the test procedures.
Serviceability
In the interest of efficient servicing and maintenance, all equipment is to be installed such that access
is not hampered. To further aid the serviceability of the equipment racks, slide out rack assemblies
shall be used, with appropriate service loops.
Wiring
Cable Installation
The AV Contractor shall be responsible for determining the correct length of all cables with
appropriate slack length whether required on or off the job site.
All cables, regardless of length, shall be marked with permanent alphanumeric cable markers at both
ends. There shall be no un-marked cables at any place in the systems.
Marking codes shall be marked on corresponding drawings and tabulated on a run sheet.
The AV Contractor shall determine the desired methods for securing cables with consideration to
neatness, support and ease of modification from a maintenance standpoint. Suitable service loops
shall be provided to allow removal of equipment from the front of the rack without disconnection, or to
extend equipment that is mounted on rack slides.
Wires and cable shall be installed in a neat and orderly fashion, with like cable types grouped together
following similar paths. Groups of cables shall be neatly combed and harnessed.
Page (44/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Plastic cable ties are the preferred method for harness or loom lacing. Cable lay-in systems are not
acceptable except as applied to a horizontal cable tray.
Harnessed groups of cables shall be anchored at suitable intervals to reduce and relieve wire strain,
especially strain on connections. Adequate service loops shall be provided at all cable endpoints.
Network cables should not be tie-wrapped; they should be loosely gathered using Velcro bands so
that cable performance is not compromised by crushing.
No point in the cable routing path shall be subjected to a bend radius of less than eight times (8x) the
cable diameter or the minimum bend radius specified by the cable manufacturer.
Captive cables shall not be laced so tightly that it may prevent access to or removal of the equipment
to which they are captive.
Wires and cables shall be segregated according to signal type to reduce signal contamination. In
addition, audio cable shall be sub-divided into three (3) categories: microphone level circuits, line level
circuits, and loudspeaker circuits. Microphone level audio circuits shall be kept at least 75mm from
any other type of parallel signal circuits and a minimum of 150mm from any parallel AC power circuits.
Loudspeaker level audio circuits shall be kept a minimum of 75mm from line level audio and AC
power circuits. All other signal circuits shall be kept at least 75mm away from any parallel AC power
circuits.
Where circuits of different types must cross, they shall do so at right angles and then return to the
separations specified above.
Conductors, wires, and cables shall be continuous and unbroken between termination points. Any
kind of cable splicing is categorically unacceptable.
Permanent cable tie and lacing installation shall be accomplished using hand tools specifically
designed to apply proper tension to the cable tie, and to cut the end of flush with no protruding sharp
edges. The AV Contractor’s Project Manager shall spot check assemblies using cable ties both
visually and by touch, thereby detecting any sharp edges of improperly cut cable ties.
Cable ties shall be placed approximately 150mm apart on all cable runs of two or more cables that are
not supported by raceway, cable tray, or other means. No more cable ties shall be used than are
necessary for a neat installation. Cable ties shall not be applied with excessive force that may
damage or deform sensitive and fragile cables.
Rack mounting rails shall not be used for cable lacing. Lacing bars and/or tie mount bases, mounted
to cabinets or console, shall be provided where appropriate.
Equipment Rack Connections

In general and unless otherwise agreed, all major groups of equipment i.e. equipment racks,
consoles, credenzas or minor items of equipment with multiple signals cables, shall be connected in
to the installation via a wiring loom and a connection panel or box.
Connections shall be of a type appropriate for the signal e.g. BNC for video, Neutrik ‘Speakon’ for
loudspeaker, D-type or EDAC (multi-way) for control and XLR or EDAC (multi-way) for audio. If
EDAC connectors are used for both audio and control signals, separate connectors shall be used for
each group of signals.
The wiring loom shall be of sufficient length to allow the connected rack or cabinet to be moved by up
to 1metre in place, for maintenance or repair. For more extensive works the rack must be fully able to
be disconnected and removed from place.
The wiring loom shall be fabricated from the number and types of cable appropriate to the signals
being carried. The cables shall be bundled to form a tidy loom and bound in black expandable
sheathing.
Mains power cables shall be kept separately from the signals wiring loom.
Page (45/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Any deviation from this instruction, in full or in part, must be agreed with the Client prior to build.
Audio Visual Signal Cables

All AV signal cables shall be installed tidily on ladders, trays, in trunking and through conduit. Cables
on ladders and trays shall be laid to one side leaving space for additional cables to be added at a later
date. Cables on ladders and trays shall be secured at regular intervals. Cables shall not be fastened
so tightly that permanent indentation or cutting of the outer sheath or conductor insulation occurs.
Attention should be paid to this instruction particularly when using tie wraps with tie wrap guns. All
cables shall be labelled within 300mm of each end of the cable. This labelling shall include a colour
coded cable number as well as a circuit identification label. A unique cable-numbering scheme shall
be used. The Client shall approve this scheme at the start of the contract.
The AV Contractor shall determine building and other regulating authority requirements for cables
installed as part of the AV scope of the Project. This requirement applies in particular to cables
installed in return air plenums as well as other areas. If the cable type indicated does not comply with
these requirements, the AV Contractor shall propose alternate cable types, and/or encasement in
conduit or raceways that comply with the regulations. All cabling shall be plenum-rated.
Any extra trunking or conduit needed to complete the installation shall be the responsibility of the AV
Contractor.
Audio Cables
All audio cables shall be of the shielded, twisted pair type such as Belden 1801, Canford
Audio DFT-LFH or approved equivalent. The two cores shall have minimum 0.22mm² copper
conductors and have different coloured outer insulation jackets one of which shall be red. Installed
cables shall have a braided, lapped or foil screen around each pair.
Screen shielding for each pair shall be 94% coverage or better. The cable shall have a characteristic
impedance of 110 ohms and be suitable for transmission of AES/EBU digital audio signals as well as
conventional analogue signals. The same type of cable shall be used throughout the installation; the
Tenderer shall state the type of cable and its specification in their tender return.
Analogue/Digital Video Cables

High quality, 75-ohm coaxial cable such as Belden 1505ANH, Canford Audio SDV-L-LFH or approved
equivalent shall be used for all video-cabling runs.
Where a number of cables run together from one point to another e.g. an S-video camera to a
connection panel, the variation in cable length shall be less than 100 mm.
The Tenderer shall state the types of cable and their specification in their tender return.
Graphics Cables
The cabling for high resolution, computer generated graphics signals shall be suitable for use with low
loss of signals up to a 300 MHz bandwidth.
Page (46/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Multiple runs of high quality, 75-ohm coaxial cable such as BBC PSF1/3M, Canford Audio
SDV-L-LFH, Belden 8281 or 1506A, or a single run of high performance multi-core cable such as
Extron High-Resolution cable shall be used for all video-cabling runs exceeding 10m.
Multiple runs of high quality, flexible 75-ohm coaxial cable such as Belden 8279 or a single run of
limited performance multi-core cable such as Extron BNC-5 Mini HR cable shall be used for all video-
cabling runs within racks and for runs up to 10m. Site cable extension of graphics signals should
make use of a relevant Cat 6A baluns such as those highlighted in the specification document.
Where a number of cables run together from one point to another e.g. an RGB output document
camera to a connection panel, the variation in cable length shall be less than 10 mm.
The Tenderer shall state the types of cable and their specification in the tender return.
Alternate Cables
The AV Contractor is encouraged to suggest alternate cable types where a significant cost savings
may be realized without any loss of quality, reliability and performance. The Client must approve
alternatives prior to their use.
Power Cords
All equipment power cords shall terminate in a standard plug that shall be wired in compliance with
governing codes and standards.
Power cords may be laced into the rack as long as the cord is free to be removed at the power
connector on the piece of equipment but they shall not be laced in the same bundle or loom as signal
or control cables. This is to prevent mains hum and to allow removal of the equipment without
unnecessarily disturbing the cable lacing. If the power cord is permanently fixed to the equipment, the
cable shall be dressed separately from all other cables terminating at the equipment to facilitate easy
removal of the equipment.
All power cords shall be connected to an AC power distribution strip that will be pre-wired into the rack
prior to delivery to site.
Mains cabling to the individual units shall be by high quality distribution units. This may be routed
down one side of the rack separated from the audio visual signal cabling that shall be routed on the
other side. Alternatively rack strips at the top and/or bottom of the racks may be used. Consideration
should be given to using controllable strips that allow the control system to switch on and remove
power in a controlled manner. Cabling shall be neat and tidy, accessible for rearrangement without
undue work and brought into the rack from underneath unless where otherwise stated.
Cable Termination
Wire and cable termination shall be performed in accordance with Broadcast Industry Standards and
the guidelines of generally accepted installation practices.
With respect to audio equipment interconnects, the AV Contractor shall make every effort to use
equipment with balanced inputs and outputs. When this is not possible, such as the case to meet
specification, then an electronic balancing device (professional interface) or balancing transformer
should be utilized. Unbalanced to unbalanced connections are permitted within (but not between)
equipment racks, but are discouraged.
It is ultimately the AV Contractor’s responsibility to choose the best wiring practices to maintain
maximum audio quality.
Page (47/104)
Sec-11 52 00
All cable ends shall be protected with insulated sleeves. Either rubber “Hellerman” type sleeves or
heat shrink tubing sleeves shall be used. Bare shield drain wires shall be insulated with small
diameter clear Teflon, silicone or PVC heat shrink (as appropriate) from under the outer jacket to
within 3mm of the point of termination.
Cable and Conductor Preparation

All cables shall be prepared in such a way that the individual conductors, shield or insulation jackets
are not nicked or cut in any way. The outer cable jacket shall be cut square.
Insulation shall be removed from conductor in such a manner that conductor strands shall not be
nicked to the extent that base metal shows through the plating and wire strands are not combed out
and remain in the original lay. The conductor’s insulation shall be cut square within 5mm of the outer
diameter of the insulated conductor. If required, the conductor shall be tinned with a minimum amount
of suitable electronic grade solder with resin flux.
ConnectorsGeneral
Only premium quality cable connectors shall be used. All cable-mounted connectors shall be covered
by a connector hood or shall have crimp ferrules, which securely grasp the cable outer jacket to
provide protection to the connections made on the connector and provide strain relief for the cable.
All connectors shall have a mechanical means of attaching the connector to its mate to assure that a
connector will not fall off unless intentionally removed.
Audio XLR type Connectors
These shall be premium quality connectors with tarnish resistant contact surfaces. No connection
shall be made to the shell unless specifically called out in the drawings.
Video Connectors
Only connectors with tarnish resistant contact surfaces shall be used. The centre conductor pin and
socket shall be captive and finished with gold or silver plating over nickel. The manufacturer shall
specify all connectors to be acceptable with the specific cable being used.
Panel Mounted Connectors
Care shall be taken to insulate the bodies of panel mount connectors (e.g. video BNCs) or their pins
(e.g. audio XLRs) from making contact with the mounting panel. The following types of connectors
are recommended for panel mount connections:
• Audio – microphone level: Latching XLR-F type.
• Audio - line level: Locking/latching XLR-F type. Insulated Phono (RCA) or 3.5mm insulated stereo
jack sockets are acceptable for unbalanced audio signals provided that the signal is locally balanced if
it is being sent to a remote equipment rack.
• Audio - loudspeaker level: Neutrik ‘Speakon’ 4 pole connector
• Video: Recessed BNC type panel mount socket, or female to female BNC bulkhead connector.
Both these must be insulated from the panel.
• Serial Data: DB-9F or DB-25F socket. 4,5,or 6 pole XLR-F types are also permitted provided they
are not used for any other signal types in the building.
Page (48/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Solder Connections
Only the finest quality solder with rosin flux, specifically for electronic use, shall be used.
Solder shall comply with current RoHS legislation.
Solder fillets shall wet and flow around conductors and terminals. In no case shall the general outline
of the conductor be visible in excessive solder. The insulation shall not be charred, melted or burned
by the soldering operation. There shall be no evidence of either lead or terminal contamination. The
final solder joint shall be bright and shiny and shall show no evidence of being a “cold soldered” joint.
Mechanical connections made to terminals prior to soldering shall be the minimum required to reliably
retain wire, usually a simple bend around solder eyelet or post. The practice of multiple wraps on
solder terminals shall be avoided, as that practice makes conductor removal very difficult after
soldering.
Insulation Displacement Connections

Insulation displacement connections such as ribbon cables and telephone connector ‘
punch-down’ technology shall only be installed with the termination tooling specified by the connector
manufacturer. A controlled-cycle crimp tool shall be utilized if called for in the connector
manufacturer’s data. If the manufacturer has a multi-conductor mass-termination tool available, this
shall be selected for all connectors of ten pins or more.
Individual conductors of cables installed on terminal blocks shall not be stripped, and shall be
punched down with a spring loaded impact tool designed for this specific purpose. Bare cable
conductors shall be insulated with Teflon, PVC heat shrink or other insulating sleeve (as appropriate)
prior to being punched down on terminal block. During the punch down process, the free end of the
conductor shall be cut off, and the installer shall ascertain that this cut off end is not left within the
block and cleared from the block assembly.
Only cables designed specifically for insulation displacement termination shall be used with the
correct termination device, as specified, employed.
Crimp Connections
Where crimp connectors are utilized, they shall be installed using the manufacturer’s recommended
controlled cycle crimp tool that assures that the proper crimp pressure is applied. The AV Contractor
shall develop a procedure to insure that the crimp tooling is properly checked for compliance with the
manufacturer’s standards, and that it is producing crimp-type connections within the required
tolerances. The frequency for such checks will depend on the amount of usage and on the length of
time a particular tool is anticipated to remain within calibration limits.
Only the manufacturer’s recommended tooling shall be used. Only pins and connectors of the proper
size and design for the cable to which they are to be applied shall be used.
There shall be no abnormal deformation of the contacts during the crimping operation.
There shall be no damage to the contacts during the crimping operation that could interfere with its
retention within the connector shell or mating. There shall be no damage done by the crimping
operation that either severs conductor strands or exposes the individual strand base metal.
Page (49/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Screw Connections
Conductors shall be stripped prior to installation underneath screw-down terminals.
Insulated crimp-on spade terminals shall be used for the connection of stranded conductor cables to
screw down barrier strips. Multiple gang lugs or ring lugs are categorically unacceptable for this
purpose. It is suggested that stranded conductor wire be “doubled over” on the crimp end prior to
crimping.
Electrical Power
All audio visual racks shall have pre-wired AC power distribution strips within the rack. The
assembled rack internal power strips will conform to the approved testing laboratory specifications.
Each circuit will consist of a “live” wire, a dedicated neutral wire, and a dedicated safety ground wire of
equal current carrying capacity.
The audio visual system will be designed so that power may be supplied or removed smoothly or
abruptly at any time without causing damage to system equipment.
The audio visual system shall be designed to operate on unconditioned power, or the system will
have power-conditioning devices included in the design to accommodate computers or other power
fluctuation sensitive equipment.
Equipment Power Removal

The detailed control system design shall include the removal of power from AV equipment when not in
use. This is particularly important for LCD/DLP projectors but also for equipment in general to
minimise power wastage and heat generation.
As a minimum all completed installations shall:
• Allow video projectors to be placed into standby after a predetermined period of no usage
• Allow manual isolation of all equipment from power either in an emergency or routinely e.g. at the
end of each day
EMC
All equipment used in the installation shall have its own EMC approval. The installation as a whole
must also comply with the EMC standards in force at the time. This may be achieved in part, by
adherence to good grounding practice (see below)
Grounding Practices
The Technical Power ground conductor that is provided with the mains supply will service the audio
visual system.
Audio cables shield shall be connected to ground at one point only. This ground point shall be at the
system ground of the destination device, which shall be strapped to the system ground in the rack.
For intra-rack wiring this requires the shield to be connected at both ends, but grounded at only one
end. Exceptions may be made for phantom powered microphones.
All video receptacles shall be insulated from any metallic mounting panel, outlet box, or wire way.
Unless otherwise detailed, this shall be accomplished by using insulated-from-panel type receptacles.
Page (50/104)
Sec-11 52 00
The AV Contractor should take care to consider ground references within each device and the
grounding factors on site. Under no circumstances should the mains earth wire be removed from any
piece of equipment.
Pin 1 on both free and fixed XLR’s shall not be connected to the XLR casing anywhere in the
installation to avoid panel earth (which is building earth) from being connected to the clean technical
earth. Any metalwork that is not already earthed through conduit shall be earthed to an approved
point.
Handover & Commissioning requirements
Commissioning
Inspection by the Client or their representative shall not commence until the AV Contractor has
completed all his own testing, rectified all faults and can demonstrate a fully working system, including
all modes of control systems.
The AV Contractor shall submit for approval a commissioning schedule at least one week before
commissioning is due to start. This schedule shall include drafts of the test results sheets to be used
to record all tests. Exceptionally the Client may issue a test schedule, which shall form the basis of
the tests.
Systems commissioning shall demonstrate to the Client that the installation has been built in
accordance with the provisions of this Specification or as otherwise agreed. In particular it shall be a
requirement to demonstrate:
Equipment provision.
The installation as quoted has been supplied i.e. all the facilities and equipment included in the tender
return schedule taking into account any amendments made. The AV Contractor shall supply the
Client an updated, as-built, bill of quantities for the Client to use in making this check.
Equipment Set-up
All equipment with adjustable controls shall have their pre-sets marked for recognition following
commissioning. Method of marking is to be approved by the Client prior to being implemented.
Cabling
All cables leaving equipment racks shall be shown to be of correct type and correctly wired. All cable
test results shall be noted on a schedule available for inspection by the Client. A random selection of
cables shall be re-tested during the commissioning period to check the validity of the results.
Page (51/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Functionality
That the installation provides the functionality and usability that was specified or agreed.
Labelling
All parts of the installation are labelled in a satisfactory manner for ease of use e.g. patch panels, floor
boxes, and cables.
Safety
The installations are safe and sound both physically e.g. projector mountings, and electrically e.g. all
metal structures bonded to earth. Any warning notices e.g. mains voltage, should have been posted.
Scenario Testing
After all of the above have proved satisfactory, a number of scenarios shall be developed to test the
installation in real situations.
Manuals
The AV Contractor shall present a sample of the format proposed for Operations and
Maintenance (O&M) documentation for approval by the Client early in the project, before on site work
commences.
Full documentation to guide service and operations is considered an integral part of this project.
The installation will not be deemed complete and handed over until the final issues of the agreed
documentation have been received and approved.
Maintenance Manuals
Hard and soft copies of an A4 format maintenance manual shall be provided. The format of the soft
copy shall be agreed with the client. The manual shall detail:
• A project specific description of the system
• System operational instructions
• Routine care and maintenance requirements
• ‘First level’ fault finding procedures
• Records of settings for all adjustable controls
• Equipment inventory with serial numbers
• A list of accessories provided
• A list of spares provided
A full set of systems reference drawings shall be included within the manual and preferably in A3
format folded to fit in neatly.
Page (52/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Comprehensive wiring information shall be provided either in the form of cable run sheets organised
according to the alphanumeric cable identification scheme or by prior agreement (lower complexity
installations only) on the schematics. It shall not be sufficient just to state the start and end points of
each cable; details shall be provided of cable type, its core colours and details of pin connections at
each end.
Drawings and cable information shall also be provided in machine-readable form, in a format to be
agreed with the Client.
The front page of the manual shall include contact details (name, addressand telephone, e-mail and
fax numbers) for the AV Contractor.
The AV Contractor shall provide a minimum of three complete sets of the Maintenance
documentation. In addition, a complete set shall be provided for the technician and for the Client's
representative if appointed. Manufacturer's handbooks for all proprietary items shall be provided
bound in a separate file with alphabetical indexing.
On completion of the installation the AV Contractor shall insert in the rear of each main equipment
rack a laminated copy of the system schematic. In addition, each rack shall have a cable schedule
attached to the inside of the rear door. This schedule shall clearly identify all the connections and
numbering of all cables within the rack.
Page (53/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Bill of Quantities
Exhibit Equipment Equipment Unit Price
Reference Exhibit Name Generic equipment description Make Model Quantity in $ Total in $
Electricity and water

1.1 exhibits Rack equipment
$ $
RFID reader 2 - -
Subtotal 1.1
1.2 Reception Rack equipment

$
RFID Database Computer 1 -
Field equipment
RFID Ticketing Computer with Keyboard $
and Mouse 2 -
$
RFID Writer 2 -
$
RFID Tags 1,000 -
$
MP3 player with amplifier 1 -
$
Speakers for set work 2 -
$
LCD monitor 21" 2 -
Page (54/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Subtotal 1.2

2.0 3D Theatre Rack equipment

$
HD Video dual DVI output player 1 -
$
Blue ray player 1 -
$
Computer 1 -
$
Show controller 1 -
$
Touch panel 1 -
$
Wireless Mic pack 1 -
$
Mic antenna extension kit 1 -
$
Audio DSP 16 inputs 16 outputs 1 -
$
Surround processor 7.1 1 -
$
Amplifier 4 -
$
Projector 10K HD 2 -
Page (55/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
Stacking frame 1 -
$
Circular filters + mechanical slider 1 -

$
Scaler DVI full HD out 1 -
$
Cat.X VGA, Audio and USB extender 5 -
$
VGA DA 1 to 4 1 -
$
Rack 1 -
$
Rack side panels 1 -
$
Rack doors 1 -
$
Brush strip 1 -
$
Mains switch 1 -
1 U Rack Drawer with Monitor, $
keyboard and mouse 1 -
Field equipment
$
HD15 and audio input panel 1 -
Page (56/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
Cat.X VGA, Audio and USB extender 1 -
$
Front speakers 3 -
$
Sub-woofer 1 -
$
Surround 6 -

$
Start panel 1 -
$
Countdown clock 1 -
$
Plastic 3D specs. 250 -
$
Door interface 1 -
Screen 16:9, 6 meter wide semi silvered $
for 3D perforated 1 -
Drop down semi mat 16:9 , 6 meter $
wide for presentation screen perforated 1 -
$
Mic antennas 2 -
Subtotal 2
Page (57/104)
Sec-11 52 00
3.0 Dome Rack equipment

Image generator/server for dome
projection. 6 channels of video. Minimum $
resolution of 1440 x 1050 per channel 1 -
$
VGA, audio and USB Cat.x extender 7 -
$
HD media player 1 -
$
Show controller 1 -
$
Control panel 1 -
$
7.1 audio processor 1 -
$
DSP 1 -
$
Show control 1 -
$
Amplifier 5 -
$
Rack 1 -
$
$
Rack doors 1 -
Page (58/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
Brush strip 1 -
$
Mains switch 1 -
1 U Rack Drawer with Monitor, $
keyboard and mouse 1 -
Field equipment
$
Projector 4000 lumens DLP, SX+ 6 -
$
Projector 10000 lumens DLP, SX+ 1 -
Pufferphere with hard ball 1500 mm $
screen 1 -
$

$
Projector bracketry, Optical masking 6 -
$
Projection screen for Dome as per spec. 1 -
Mechanical lift for pufferphere as per $
spec. 1 -
$
Sub-woofer 2 -
$
Speaker 6 -
Page (59/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
Speaker bracketry 6 -
$
Mechanical interface 1 -
$
Lighting interface 1 -
$
Start/stop panel 1 -
Subtotal 3
4.1 Water Quiz Rack equipment

$
RFID reader 1 -
Subtotal 4.1

Water management
4.2 models Rack equipment
$
RFID reader 2 -
Subtotal 4.2
Page (60/104)
Sec-11 52 00
4.3 Pre Boarding Briefing Rack equipment

$
Computer 1 -
$
VGA, Audio, USB Cat.x extender 1 -
Field equipment
$
42" LCD monitor 1 -
$
$
Amplifier 1 -
$
Speaker for set work 2 -
$
RFID reader 1 -
$
Monitor bracket 1 -
Subtotal 4.3

4.4 Musical Fountain Rack equipment

Computer with dual output graphics card $
Page (61/104)
Sec-11 52 00
1 -
$
$
RS232 Cat.x extender 1 -
Field equipment
$
21" LCD Touch monitor Open frame 1 -
$
$
Type Aqua graphics display all inclusive 1 -
$
RFID reader 1 -
$
Powered Speaker 2 -
$
Speaker brackets 2 -
Subtotal 4.4

5.0 Boarding Rack equipment

$
100 V Amplifier 4 channels 1 -
DSP 4 channels $
Page (62/104)
Sec-11 52 00
1 -
$
Microphone receiver 1 -
$
Overall show controller 1 -
Field equipment
$
Speaker for Car (6 per car) 60 -
$
100 V Speaker for set work 4 -
$
Wireless mic. 1 -
$
Backlight push buttons (2 per car) 20 -
$
Audio player with I/O for the cars 20 -
Subtotal 4.4

5.1 In the clouds Rack equipment

$
HD Media player 1 -
$
Show controller $
Page (63/104)
Sec-11 52 00
1 -
Field equipment
$
Smoke beam sensor 1 -
$
Ride trigger 1 -
$
$
Powered Speaker with bracket 2 -
$
Projector 4000 Lumens SX+ 1 -
$
Projector Bracketry etc. 1 -
$
Projector environmental housing 1 -
Rear projection material 2500 mm high by $
2200 mm wide 1 -
Subtotal 5.1

5.2 Into the storm Field equipment

$
MP3 player with I/O 1 -
Page (64/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
Ride trigger 1 -
$
Powered Speaker with bracket 4 -
$
Audio DA 1 to 4 1 -
Subtotal 5.2
5.3 Rainfall Rack equipment

$
Show controller 1 -
Field equipment
$
Ride trigger 1 -
$
Door trigger 1 -
Subtotal 5.3

5.4 Underground cavern Rack equipment

$
HD Media player 1 -
VGA Cat.x extender $
Page (65/104)
Sec-11 52 00
1 -
$
Show controller 1 -
Field equipment
$
Ride trigger 1 -
$
VGA Cat.x extender 1 -
$
$
1600 mm wide 1 -
Subtotal 5.4
5.5 Water ways Rack equipment

$
HD Media player 5 -
$
Page (66/104)
Sec-11 52 00

$
Show controller 1 -
Field equipment
$
Ride trigger 1 -
$
$
$
2200 mm wide 3 -
Front projection material 1500 mm high $
by 2000 mm wide 2 -
$
Powered speaker 2 -
Subtotal 5.5

5.6 Into the sea Rack equipment

HD Media player $
Page (67/104)
Sec-11 52 00
1 -
$
$
Show controller 1 -
Field equipment
$
Ride trigger 1 -
$
$
$
$
Powered speaker 2 -
1500 mm wide 1 -
Subtotal 5.6

5.7 Under the sea Rack equipment

$
HD Media player 4 -
VGA, Audio, USB Cat.x extender $
Page (68/104)
Sec-11 52 00
4 -
$
Show controller 1 -
$
Field equipment
$
Ride trigger 1 -
$
$
$
2200 mm wide 1 -
Peppers ghost including Mirror, foil, rig $
etc. 3 -
$
Ripple interface 1 -
$
Door interface 1 -
$
Subtotal 5.7
Page (69/104)
Sec-11 52 00

Desalination and
5.8 electricity generation Rack equipment
$
HD Media player 3 -
$
$
Show controller 1 -
$
Field equipment
$
Ride trigger 1 -
$
$
$
Peppers ghost including Mirror, foil, rig $
etc. 3 -
$
Door interface 1 -
$
Subtotal 5.8
Page (70/104)
Sec-11 52 00

5.9 Using water Rack equipment

$
HD Media player 1 -
$
$
Show controller 1 -
Field equipment
$
Ride trigger 1 -
$
$
$
2200 mm wide 1 -
Subtotal 5.9
5.10 Down the plug hole Rack equipment
Page (71/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
HD Media player 1 -
$

$
Show controller 1 -
Field equipment
$
Ride trigger 1 -
$
$
$
Front projection material 3400 mm high $
by 3400 mm wide 1 -
$
Powered Speaker with brackets 2 -
Subtotal 5.110
5.11 Grey water Rack equipment
Page (72/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
HD Media player 1 -
$
VGA, USB Cat.x extender 1 -
$
Show controller 1 -
Field equipment
$
Ride trigger 1 -

$
$
$
$
Rear projection material 2000 mm wide 1 -
Subtotal 5.11
Irrigation and plant

5.12 growth Rack equipment
$
HD Media player 3 -
VGA, USB Cat.x extender $
Page (73/104)
Sec-11 52 00
3 -
$
Show controller 1 -
Field equipment
$
Ride trigger 1 -
$
$
$
$
Rear projection material 2200 mm wide 3 -
Subtotal 5.12

Transpiration and
5.13 back into the clouds Rack equipment
$
HD Media player 1 -
$
$
Show controller 1 -
Field equipment
Ride trigger $
Page (74/104)
Sec-11 52 00
1 -
$
$
$
2000 mm wide 1 -
Subtotal 5.13

6.1 Electricity in the sky Rack equipment

$
Computer 1 -
$
Field equipment
Multi touch foil or IR camera with light to
cover a 2500 x 1100 mm surface from $
within a 750 mm height table 1 -
$
$
Powered Speaker built in to set work 2 -
Page (75/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Projector 6000 lumens WUXGA with zoom $

lens 1 -
$
Projector bracketry etc. 1 -
$
RFID reader 2 -
Subtotal 6.1

Electromagnetic
6.2 induction Rack equipment
$
Computer with dual graphics output card 1 -
$
Field equipment
Multi touch foil or IR camera with light to
cover a 1000 x 750 mm surface from $
within a 750 mm height table 1 -
$
Amplifier 1 -
$
VGA, Audio, USB Cat.x extender -
$
Speaker built in to set work 2 -
Projector 4000 lumens SX+ with standard $
Page (76/104)
Sec-11 52 00
zoom lens 2 -
$
$
RFID reader 1 -
Subtotal 6.2

6.3 Human power Rack equipment

$
Computer 4 -
$
$
Field equipment
$
$
$
RFID reader 4 -
Camera $
Page (77/104)
Sec-11 52 00
4 -
$
42" LCD monitor 1 -
$
Monitor bracket 1 -
Subtotal 6.3

LNG and electricity
6.4 generation Rack equipment
$
Computer 1 -
$
Field equipment
$
42" LCD monitor 1 -
$
42" Touch foil 1 -
$
$
Back light buttons 5 -
$
Button interface 1 -
RFID reader $
Page (78/104)
Sec-11 52 00
6 -
$
Amplifier 1 -
$
Speaker 2 -
$
Monitor bracket 1 -
Subtotal 6.4
xhibit Equipment Equipment Unit Price

Reerence Exhibit Name Generic equipment description Make Model Quantity in $ Total in $
Interactive power
6.5 station Rack equipment
$
$
Computer 1 -
Field equipment
$
Stainless steel buttons 5 -
$
$
Projector 4:3 format to be installed within $
a 700 mm high table 1 -
Rear projection rig with mirror to be $
Page (79/104)
Sec-11 52 00
installed within a 700 mm high table 1 -

$
Rear projection screen 400 x 300 mm 1 -
$
RFID reader 1 -
$
Amplifier 1 -
$
Speaker 1 -
Subtotal 6.5

The worlds most
6.6 precious resources Rack equipment
$
Computer 4 -
$
$
Audio DA 1 to 3 1 -
Field equipment
$
21" LCD touch monitor OF 3 -
VGA, Audio, USB Cat.x extender $
Page (80/104)
Sec-11 52 00
4 -
Projector 6000 lumens, SX+, with zoom $
lens 1 -
$
$
RFID reader 3 -
$
Mono Amplifier 3 -
$
Speaker built in to set work 3 -
Subtotal 6.6

6.7A CO2 Rack equipment
$
Computer 1 -
$
Field equipment
Rear projection rig with mirror for a 1500
x 900 mm screen, from within a 750 mm $
high table 1 -
Projector 16:10 format $
Page (81/104)
Sec-11 52 00
1 -
$
IR camera and light 1 -
$
Mono amplifier 1 -
$
Speaker 1 -
$
RFID reader 1 -
$
Subtotal 6.7A

6.7B CO2 Rack equipment
$
Computer 1 -
$
Field equipment
x 1000 mm screen, from within a 750 mm $
high table 1 -
Page (82/104)
Sec-11 52 00
1 -
$
$
Mono amplifier 1 -
$
Speaker 1 -
$
RFID reader 1 -
$
Subtotal 6.7B

6.7C CO2 Rack equipment
$
Computer 1 -
$
Field equipment
x 500mm screen, from within a 750 mm $
high table 1 -
Page (83/104)
Sec-11 52 00
1 -
$
$
Mono amplifier 1 -
$
Speaker 1 -
$
RFID reader 1 -
$
Subtotal 6.7C

6.7D CO2 Rack equipment
$
Computer 1 -
$
Field equipment
Rear projection rig with mirror for a 900 x
500 mm screen, from within a 750 mm $
high table 1 -
Page (84/104)
Sec-11 52 00
1 -
$
$
Mono amplifier 1 -
$
Speaker 1 -
$
RFID reader 1 -
$
Subtotal 6.7D

Alternative methods
of generating
6.8 electricity Rack equipment
$
Computer 6 -
$
Field equipment
$
42" LCD monitor 6 -
Page (85/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
$
back light button 6 -
$
$
Speaker 6 -
$
Mono amplifier 6 -
$
RFID reader 6 -
$
Monitor bracket 6 -
Subtotal 6.8

6.9 Water consumption Rack equipment

$
Computer 2 -
$
Field equipment
Page (86/104)
Sec-11 52 00

high table 2 -
$
Projector 16:10 format 2 -
$
$
Mono amplifier 2 -
$
Speaker 2 -
$
RFID reader 2 -
$
$
Button 1 -
$
$
Light interface 2 -
Subtotal 6.9

Desalination/electricity
6.10A generating model Rack equipment
Page (87/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
Computer 4 -
$
Field equipment
$
21" LCD touch monitor 4 -
$
Mono amplifier 4 -
$
Speaker 4 -
$
RFID reader 4 -
$
$
Light interface 4 -
Subtotal 6.10A

Rference Exhibit Name Generic equipment description Make Model Quantity in $ Total in $
Desalination/electricity
6.10B generating model Field equipment
$
RFID reader 1 -
Subtotal 6.10B
Page (88/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Your own water

6.11 consumption Rack equipment
$
Computer 1 -
$
Field equipment
$
42" LCD monitor 1 -
$
Mono amplifier 1 -
$
Speaker 1 -
$
RFID reader 1 -
$
$
Button 1 -
$
$
Tube interface 1 -
Subtotal 6.11
Page (89/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Introductory area for

6.12 the garden Field equipment
$
RFID reader 1 -
Subtotal 6.12
6.13 Stay safe Rack equipment

$
Computer 3 -
$
Field equipment
$
$
Mono amplifier 3 -
$
Speaker 3 -
$
RFID reader 3 -

Page (90/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
high table 1 -
$
Projector 16:10 format 1 -
$
$
LED countdown clock 2 -
Subtotal 6.11
Interactive model of
7.1 Kahramaa Rack equipment
$
Computer 2 -
$
Field equipment
$
21" Touch LCD Monitor Open frame 2 -
$
$
Light interface 2 -
RFID reader $
Page (91/104)
Sec-11 52 00
2 -

$
Mono Amplifier 2 -
$
Speaker 2 -
Subtotal 7.1
Alternatives to fossil
8.1 fuel power generation Rack equipment
$
Computer 5 -
$
Field equipment
$
$
$
RFID reader 5 -
$
Mono Amplifier 5 -
Speaker $
Page (92/104)
Sec-11 52 00
5 -
Subtotal 8.1

8.2 Nuclear power Rack equipment

$
Computer 1 -
$
Field equipment
$
$
$
RFID reader 1 -
$
Mono Amplifier 1 -
$
Speaker 1 -
Subtotal 8.1
Page (93/104)
Sec-11 52 00

8.3 Wind power Field equipment

$
RFID reader 1 -
Subtotal 8.3
Photovoltaic and
electrochemical power
8.4 generation Rack equipment
$
Computer 1 -
$
Field equipment
$
$
RFID reader 1 -
$
Mono Amplifier 1 -
$
Speaker 1 -
$
Battery interface 1 -
LED clock $
Page (94/104)
Sec-11 52 00
1 -
Subtotal 8.4

8.5 Tidal power Field equipment

$
RFID reader 1 -
Subtotal 8.5
8.6 Geothermal power Rack equipment

$
RFID reader 1 -
Subtotal 8.6
8.7 Biomass power Rack equipment

$
RFID reader 1 -
Subtotal 8.7
Page (95/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Other means of
8.8 generating electricity Rack equipment
$
Computer 1 -
$
Field equipment

$
$
RFID reader 1 -
$
Mono Amplifier 1 -
$
Speaker 1 -
$
Monitor bracket 1 -
$
Subtotal 8.8
8.9 Vision of the future Rack equipment
Page (96/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
HD media player 8 -
$
Field equipment
Projector 6000 lumens WUXGA with $
standard zoom lens 8 -
$
Translucent screen viewing from both $
sides, 5 metres wide 8 -
$
Screen suspension rig and bracketry 8 -
$
Projector bracketry 8 -
Subtotal 8.9
8.10 The Qatari house Rack equipment

$
Computer 4 -
$
Field equipment
21" LCD touch monitor OF $
Page (97/104)
Sec-11 52 00
4 -
$
$
Speaker built into set work 4 -
$
Mono amplifier 4 -
$
Lighting interface 4 -
$
RFID reader 4 -
Subtotal 8.10

10.20 Interactive Pods Rack equipment

$
Computer 9 -
$
Field equipment
$
21" LCD touch monitor OF 9 -
$
Speaker $
Page (98/104)
Sec-11 52 00
9 -
$
Mono amplifier 9 -
$
Web camera 9 -
$
Monitor bracketry 9 -
Subtotal 10.2
Control
Room Rack equipment
$
40 U Rack 12 -
$
Rack doors 12 -
$
$
Rack suiting kit 9 -
$
Mains insulation switch 12 -
$
24 port Network switch 12 -
$
1 Brush strip 12 -
Page (99/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
1 U drawer 11 -
$
2 U drawer 1 -
$
Control Computer with dual network card 1 -
$
Main Show controller 1 -
$
1 U LCD drawer with keyboard and mouse 1 -
Powered speaker for control computer (1 $
pair) 1 -
$
Button panel for manual start/stop 1 -
Subtotal Control room
Total Equipment
$
Project management 1 -
$
System Engineering 1 -
$
System Assembly 1 -
System Test $
Page (100/104)
Sec-11 52 00
1 -
Delivery cost inclusive of all duties and $
taxes 1 -
$
Onsite Installation 1 -
$
Onsite commissioning 1 -
$
Programming 1 -
$
Handover 1 -
$
Training (1 man week) 1 -
$
Manuals 1 -
Post system completion programming and $
attendance. (1 man week) 1 -
Total Labour
Grand Total
Page (101/104)
Sec-11 52 00
$
Options 1 -
$
Day Rate for additional Training 1 -
Mark up for additional hardware 1

$
Project management day rate 1 -
$
Design engineering day rate 1 -
$
Commissioning day rate 1 -
$
Programming day rate 1 -
$
Installation day rate 1 -
$
Price for 3 years lamp supply 1 -
Page (102/104)
Sec-11 52 00
Kahramaa Education Park October 2010
Tender Acceptance Document
We the undersigned have read this document and understand it.
We have supplied:-
A signed paper version, of this document, with a Bill of Quantitiesfilled in.
A project timeline / schedule we are happy to work to that complies with the clients requirements
A completed excel version of the Bill of Quantities
Copies of your company liability insurance
2 x references from Projects you have carried out that are similar to that tendered in this document.
Any other information about your company which you feel would help differentiate you as the winning
contractor.
Name_________________________________________________________________
Position (Director Level) __________________________________________________
Company Name_________________________________________________________
Contact Details__________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
Electrosonic © Page 103

Specs Interactive Exhibits

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Specs Interactive Exhibits

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TENDER NO.

KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK EXHIBITION SPECIFICATION

JJA-MUSEUM AND EXHIBITION DESIGN CONSULTANTS

GTC 400/2011 1 Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs

KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK, DOHA, QATAR

JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES

KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK (KEP) JJA JOB NO: 09.05

Please acknowledge receipt of this issue by return

3.0 2.0 FOR TENDER

GROUND FLOOR EXHIBITION GENERAL ARRANGMENT

UPPER GROUND FLOOR PLAN 1:300@ a3 09.05.01 GA OCT 2010 A

COMPETITIONS AREA1 B3 M-14

LIFT LOBBY STAIR CASE-2

8.9 OPEN TO BELOW 8.9 LIFT

Water fountain Water fountain

MEZZANINE & TOWER LEVEL

KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - DOHA

7.0 T. 020 7622 7277

SCALE DRG no. DATE REV

GTC 400/2011 4 Appendix A: S.O.W & Specs

ENERGY SAVING (TOWER)

4000 lumen hi-res projectors (or similar to specialist contractors spec)

Base & loudspeaker located in service area beyond

specialist perforated aluminium projection surface

lighting gantry for specialist lighting

3.0 THE PEARL

upholstered bench seating with upholstered headrest

smooth acoustic plaster finish B1 G-43

2m diameter puffersphere globe

Entrance from lobby area doors to architects detail

(VIEWED FROM MAIN GALLERY)

5.0 DARK RIDE

to specialist contractors detail B1 B-07 DESALINATION

KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - DOHA

SCALE DRG no. DATE REV

1:300 @ a3 09.05.03 GA OCT 2010

WG7 WG8 TOILETS

F.F.L B3 G-60 EEE

MULTI-PURPOSE GWP4 B3 G-42

6.2 6.1 G3 STAIR-3

6.7G6 6.7 6.7G5 6.1 G5

WG13 B3 G-68 EEE

6.7G4 STAIR CASE-1 FIRST AID B3 G-32

6.7G3 OPEN TO BELOW

F.F.L WP56 B3 G-30

6.7G1 GWP2 6.5 UP

WP54 WP52 6.13 G1

10.2G1 FROM GR.LEVEL

10.2G1 4.4 EEE

B1B3 4.6 EEE

6.12 G3 F.F.L F.F.L

B3 SE-02 B3 SE-03 B3 SE-05 EEE

2.0 FOR TENDER

WG9 WG10 TOILETS

GROUND FLOOR EXHIBITION GRAPHIC LOCATION PLAN

JASPER JACOB ASSOCIATES

6.9G2 6.10G3 LOBBY

COMPETITIONS AREA1 B3 M-14

8.10G3 LIFT LOBBY STAIR CASE-2

8.2 8.4G1 8.5G1 STAIR CASE-3

8.9 OPEN TO BELOW 8.9 LIFT

Water fountain Water fountain

WALL WITH GRAPHICS

KAHRAMAA EDUCATION PARK - DOHA